K-RD 
 131 
 
 ^^ys 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 UC-NRLF 
 
 B 3 in ^cio 
 
 
 y:/>:/ 
 
 *■ .' i» 1* .' i' i' i''i' i' i' >' 1 I 
 
 .•VN'N':.t:,':.':.'N' 
 
 .1 .*.«.! 
 
 'mm 
 
 
 ■• /'/ ^ 
 
 
 ^'■ViA';-: 
 
 ,<■ / /, 
 
 W^Ul^-' ^'-' 
 
 
 m 
 
 \ 
 
 .' * 
 
 ^ 
 
 k' 
 
 
 / 
 
 ^\ 
 
 i' . 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 kV- 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 1 ." 
 
 ' 
 s 
 
 ,' 
 
THE LIBRARY 
 
 OF 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY 
 
 OF CALIFORNIA 
 
 PRESENTED BY 
 
 PROF. CHARLES A. KOFOID AND 
 
 MRS. PRUDENCE W. KOFOID 
 
/ 
 
 v^^ 
 
 THE NEW SYDENHAM 
 
 SOCIETY. 
 
 INSTITUTED MDCCCLVIII. 
 
 VOLUME LXXXVIII. 
 
LONDON : 
 
 PRINTED BY WKST, NEWMAN AND CO., 
 
 HATTON GARDEN, E.C. 
 
t. 
 
 INVESTIGATIONS L^ 
 
 INTO THE 
 
 ETIOLOGY 
 
 OF 
 
 TRAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES, 
 
 BY 
 
 DE. IIOBEIIT KOCII, 
 
 (WOLLSTEIN.) 
 
 TRANSLATED BY 
 
 W. WATSON CHEYNE, F.E.C.S., 
 
 ASSISTANT SUKGEON TO KINg's COLLEGE HOSPITAL. , , , , , 
 
 
 ) 1 
 
 » > » > 
 
 
 T HE NEW 
 
 LONDON: 
 SYDENHAM 
 
 1880. 
 
 > 3 3 
 
 SOCIETY, 
 
< * • , 
 * ' • •• 
 « • • 
 
vc 
 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Translator's Preface ....... 
 
 Preface ......... 
 
 Introduction ........ 
 
 Present state of knowledge regarding the relations of micro 
 organisms to Traumatic Lifcctive Diseases . 
 
 1. The occurrence of micro-organisms in the human 
 
 body in disease 
 
 2. Eelations of micro-organisms to traumatic infective 
 
 diseases, as established by experiment 
 
 3. Objections to the conclusiveness of these facts 
 Method of investigation 
 Ai'tificial traumatic infective diseases 
 
 1. Septicaemia in mice 
 
 2. Progressive destruction of tissue in mice 
 
 3. Spreading abscess in rabbits 
 
 4. Pyfemia in rabbits 
 
 5. Septica3mia in rabbits 
 
 6. Erysipelas in rabbits . 
 Anthrax ..... 
 Conclusions .... 
 
 PAGE 
 
 V 
 
 vii 
 xiii 
 
 8 
 12 
 
 33 
 33 
 40 
 44 
 47 
 53 
 56 
 59 
 G3 
 
 ivi357476 
 
TRANSLATOR'S PREFACE 
 
 The reaclcr of the following work cannot fail to admit 
 the beauty and importance of the observations which it 
 records, provided he can be satisfied of their authenticit3\ 
 "With regard to the plates which illustrate the text I am 
 able to give the most satisfactory confirmatory evidence. 
 Since the work was published Dr. Koch has succeeded in 
 photographing his microscopic preparations, and he has 
 forwarded a considerable mumber of the photographs to 
 Professor Lister. These, which have unmistakably been 
 taken from sections of tissue, when examined by a pocket 
 lens or projected on a screen, show plainly that the drawings 
 are faithful representations of what has been seen. I have 
 also lately received from Dr. Koch several of his stained 
 sections, and those which I have been able to examine are 
 equally satisfactory with the photographs. 
 
r Pv i: F A C E 
 
 The present work pertains to a series of investigations 
 which I have ah-eacTy made regarding the etiology of infective 
 diseases, and Avhich I intend to prosecute more fully here- 
 after. The object of the enquiry was to determine whether 
 the infective diseases of wounds are of parasitic origin 
 or not. Owing to extraneous circumstances I found it 
 necessary to confine myself- solely to experiments on the 
 action of putrid materials on animals. These experiments 
 have led to definite, and, as it seems to me, not unimportant 
 results. Nevertheless, in order to obtain a complete answer 
 to the question it would have been necessary to carry out a 
 further series of similar experiments on animals with 
 materials obtained from persons suffering from or who had 
 died of traumatic infective diseases, and— what indeed seems 
 to me to be the most important— to look for micro-organisms 
 in the human body by the method described in this work. 
 
 As, however, I liad not the opportunity of completing my 
 investigations in this direction, I have contented myself with 
 producing experimentally in animals morbid processes which 
 resemble the traumatic infective diseases observed in man, 
 and which may serve as illustrations of them. 
 
 Since I have succeeded in completing this series of morbid 
 processes, to the extent of furnishing examples illustrative 
 of the most important traumatic infective diseases, viz., of 
 septicaemia, pyasmia, progressive suppuration, gangrene, and 
 erysipelas, I believe that 1 have solved the problem, so 
 
X PREFACE. 
 
 far as is possible by experiments on animals alone ; and 
 I therefore think it well to publish the results already 
 obtained. 
 
 With respect to the illustrations accompanying this work I 
 must here make a remark. In a former paper* on the 
 examination and photographing of bacteria I expressed the 
 wish that oljservers would photograph pathogenic bacteria, 
 in order that their representations of them might be as true 
 to nature as possible. I thus felt bound to photograph the 
 bacteria discovered in the animal tissues in traumatic infective 
 diseases, and I have not spared trouble in the attempt. 
 The smallest, and, in fact, the most interesting bacteria, 
 however, can only be made visible in animal tissues by stain- 
 ing them, and by thus gaining the advantage of colour. 
 But in this case the photographer has to deal with the same 
 difficulties as are experienced in photographing coloured 
 objects, e. g., coloured tapestry. These have, as is well 
 known, been overcome by the use of coloured collodion. This 
 led me to use the same method for photographing stained 
 bacteria, and I have, in fact, succeeded, by the use of eosin- 
 coUodion, and by shutting off portions of the spectrum by 
 coloured glasses, in obtaining photographs of bacteria which 
 had been stained with blue and red aniline dyes. Never- 
 theless, from the long exposure required and the unavoidable 
 vibrations of the apparatus, the picture does not have sharpness 
 of outline sufficient to enable it to be of use as a substitute 
 for a drawing, or indeed even as evidence of what one sees. 
 For the present, therefore, I must abstain from publishmg 
 photographic representations ; but I hope, at a subsequent 
 period, when improved methods allow a shorter exposure, to 
 be able to remedy this defect. 
 
 ■'• The paper referred to is published iu Cohn's Bcitriige zur Biologie d. 
 Pflauzen. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 As at present used, the term " traumatic infective diseases " 
 (W'lmd infections Kranldieitcn) indicates a group of affections 
 formerlj^ lmo-\^Ti as traumatic fever, purulent infection, putrid 
 infection, septicaemia, pysemia, hut which were inchided at a 
 suhsequent period (when the view became generally accepted 
 that these diseases were essentially of the same nature) under 
 the title " pysemic or septica3mic processes." 
 
 Strictly speaking, we should include in this group all 
 those diseases which are the sequel of wounds, even the 
 smallest, as, for example, the pricks of a vaccinating needle, 
 and which have been proved w^ith certainty, by clinical obser- 
 vation or experiment, to be contagious. For example, vaccine 
 infection, anthrax, glanders, hydrophobia, and even syphilis, 
 must be ranked among the traumatic infective diseases. 
 Nevertheless this term does not commonly have such a wide 
 signification, but is limited to those morbid processes specially 
 interesting to the surgeon, which may complicate injuries 
 and operation wounds ; in other words, to septicaemia, pyaemia, 
 progressive inflammation and suppuration, and erysipelas. 
 Of late the conviction has more and more gained ground 
 that puerperal fever is also to be regarded as an infective 
 disease, starting from the placental surface or from wounds 
 of the genital passages. Further, many authors include 
 diphtheria also among these diseases, because it at times 
 attacks wounds, and because the possil)ility of transmitting 
 it by inoculation has been abundantly demonstrated. 
 
Xll INTRODUCTION. 
 
 In the comments introductory to the experimental part 
 of this work, I shall likewise confine myself to the last- 
 mentioned morhid processes ; in the second part, however, 
 I shall deviate from the ordinary limitation of the term 
 " traumatic infective diseases " in so far that I shall also take 
 notice of anthrax on account of its manifold relations to the 
 septicaemia produced experimentally in animals. 
 
 The expressions pj'semia and septicaemia are often used 
 with different meanings, and it is therefore necessary to 
 indicate precisely what I shall understand by terms so 
 universally emploj^ed. 
 
 For a long time pyaemia was distinguished from septicaemia 
 by the occurrence of metastatic deposits in the former and 
 their absence in the latter. But since it has been established 
 that, even in such cases as had been previously described 
 as septicaemia, isolated microscopic metastatic deposits are 
 not unfrequently present, and that the two processes cannot 
 be definitely separated in this way, some authors have pre- 
 ferred to designate as septicaemia the disease brought about by 
 absorption of dissolved putrid poison, and to call all the other 
 morbid processes connected with the development of micro- 
 scopic organisms, pyaemic processes. 
 
 Birch-Hirschfeld,* for example, separates pyaemia from 
 septicaemia in this way. He understands by the term 
 " septicaemia " a disease originating in alterations of the 
 blood, which alterations are a consequence of the absorption of 
 the products of putrefaction. On the other hand, he defines 
 pyaemia as " a general infection, which proceeds from the sur- 
 faces of wounds or from the focus of a primary suppm'ative 
 inflammation, probably evoked by specific organisms and 
 different from the putrid infection." Cohnheimf also identifies 
 
 - Lelirbueli der patliologisclien Anatomie. Leipzig, Vogel, 870, p. 1224. 
 I Vorlesungen uber Patliologie. Berlin, 1877, R. 469. 
 
INTRODUCTION. Xlll 
 
 septiccomia with putrid infection, and cittiibiitcs it to the 
 entrance of a putrid poison in solution into the fluids of 
 the bod3\ Davainc, whose works I shall have to allude 
 to repeatedly, adheres, on the other hand, to the older 
 distinction between pyaemia and septicemia, and includes 
 under the latter term all those cases in which the post-mortem 
 examination shows no metastatic deposits, although in both 
 cases he considers the co-operation of specific organisms as 
 proven. 
 
 The terms pyaemia and septicaemia no longer retain their 
 original signijScation, for pyaemia does not arise, as was at one 
 time believed, from the entrance of pus into the blood-vessels, 
 and septicaemia is not putrefaction of the living blood. They 
 now remain only as collective names for a number of symptoms 
 which in all probability belong to different diseases. So long, 
 however, as these diseases are not sufficiently separated from 
 each other, it seems best for the present to retain these terms 
 in their ordinary signification, in order to avoid the necessity 
 of constantly adopting new definitions. 
 
 For these reasons I shall in what follows include under the 
 term septicaemia all those cases of general traumatic infection 
 in which no metastatic deposits occur, and under pyaemia 
 those in the course of wliicli they may be present. 
 
^'ORTH 
 
 -. 1<I 
 
 T H j; 
 PRESENT STATE OF KNOWLEDGE 
 
 WITH nECAlU) TO 
 
 THE UHLATIONS OK MICIlO-OrvOANISMS T( 
 TEAUMATIC liXFECTIYE DISEASES. 
 
 I. The Occurrence of Micro-organisms in the 
 Hitman Body in Disease. 
 
 The first coiiiiniuiicatioii regarding tlio occurrence of 
 bacteria in the organs of those who have died of traumatic 
 infective diseases was made by liindfieisch*- in the year 186(3. 
 In pysemia, puerperal fever, and hke infective diseases, small 
 softened metastatic deposits, of the size of a pin's head, at 
 times occur. These deposits are always found in greater 
 numbers in the substance of the heart, in the muscular tissue 
 of which they have at first the appearance of grej'ish white 
 spots, these specks becoming, at a later period, cavities filled 
 with a thin fluid pulp. The contents of these cavities consist, 
 as liindfleisch has shown, not of pus-corpuscles, but solely of 
 "vibriones." These organisms lie at first closely packed 
 between the fasciculi of the muscle ; at a later period, 
 however, from disintegration of the muscular fibres, they 
 penetrate into their interior, liindfleisch was unable to trace 
 the alterations further than to the formation of these small 
 abscess-like softened spots, because the process in (juestion 
 only occurs in those forms of infective diseases which are 
 most severe and rapidly fatal, liindfleisch has not specially 
 described the organisms termed by biiii "vibriones," as 
 regards their size or as to whcfhcr they were rod-shaped or 
 spherical. 
 
 ••■ Lclirbucli (Icr iiulliolo^dhchcii gcwobolehrc. 1 Auil., .s. 'lU-i (4 Aull., 
 p. 109). 
 
 B 
 
2 MICRO-ORGANISJrS IN RELATION TO 
 
 Tliat the development of these mihary purulent deposits, 
 which occur also in other organs in typhus, pygemia, etc., is 
 produced hy parasitic organisms, in other words by bacteria, 
 was shown almost simultaneously by Yon Eecklinghausen 
 and Waldeyer. Von Eecklinghausen* describes the bodies 
 found in the smallest renal veins, in the glomeruli, urinary 
 tubules, and pulmonary alveoli, under the name of micrococci, 
 and states that they ma}' be distinguished from detritus by 
 the uniform size of their granules and by their resistance to 
 the action of glycerine, acetic acid, caustic soda, &c. He 
 likewise calls attention to the brownish colour of the centre of 
 the deposit, as well as to the fact that the uriniferous tubules 
 and the vessels in which the micrococci lie are very much 
 distended at intervals. 
 
 Waldeyer confirmed Eindfleisch's statement regarding the 
 occurrence of numerous miliary bacteric deposits in the 
 substance of the heart in pysemia, and he also found bacteria 
 in small abscess-like spots in the kidneys. 
 
 Attention was directed by these investigations to the bac- 
 teria, which are present in metastatic deposits in pyaemia, and 
 which up to that time had been overlooked or regarded as 
 unimportant. These statements were confirmed and extended 
 by many similar observations, and it may now be regarded as 
 an established fact that, in most of the metastatic deposits in 
 pyaemia, bacteria in the form of the so-called zooglaea will, on 
 careful examination, be found. Notlimg essentially new, with 
 some exceptions to be noticed directly, has, however, been 
 added by later investigations to the original observations of 
 Eindfleisch, Yon Eecldinghausen, and Waldeyer. It is 
 therefore unnecessary to take special notice of the numerous 
 X^apers on this subject. 
 
 It is worthy of mention that P. Yogtt has seen moving 
 "monads," even during life, in the metastatic deposits of a 
 pyaemic individual. It now natm-ally occurred to observers 
 to subject the pus of wounds to examination, in order to ascer- 
 tain if the bacteria, found in the metastatic deposits, accumu- 
 
 '■^'- Vortrag in dei* Wiirzb. pliysik.-med. Ges. 10 Juui, 1871 (quoted from 
 Bii-cli-Hirsdilcld, Med. Jalirljb. Ed. 155, Heft 1). 
 
 f Ceutralblatt fiir ilie medicin, Wissenscliaft. 1872, Xo. 4-1. 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 3 
 
 lated in the first instance in the pus of the -wound, and from 
 thence penetrated into the tissue. Extensive observations 
 of this kind have been made by Birch-Hirschfeld.* He came 
 to the conchision tliat the unhealthiness of a -wound stood in 
 a direct relation to the number of spherical bacteria in the 
 pus of that -wound. The more abundantly these appeared the 
 -v\'orse became the state of the wound and the general 
 condition of the patient. The most unfavourable cases were 
 those in which the spherical bacteria had become grouped 
 together in colonies (zoogla3a). As the spherical bacteria 
 increased in number their penetration into the pus-corpuscles 
 could also be observed. Bircli-Hirschfeld examined at the 
 same time the blood of p^'temic pa,tients, and found that it 
 contained bacteria. He further states that the severity and 
 rapidity of the general infection are in proportion lo the 
 number of bacteria which may be detected in the blood. 
 
 The channel by wdiicli the bacteria gain access to the meta- 
 static deposits would, if these observations were correct, be 
 pretty clearly indicated. The mode by -Vkdiich they pass into 
 the circulation, from the surface of the wound, alone remained 
 unknown. This blank was filled up by the investigations of 
 Klebs. The work of Klebst deserves notice here, not on this 
 ground alone, but also because his researches furnish very 
 numerous and thorough observations on the bacteria of 
 wound diseases, and further because in them the attempt was 
 made for the first time, by the aid of abundant and excellently 
 used materials for observation, to demonstrate a causal 
 connection between bacteria and traumatic infective diseases. 
 Klebs designates the bacteria found in the pus of a wound as 
 microsporon septicum, starting witli the view that spherical 
 and rod-shaped bacteria stand in a genetic relation to each 
 other, and also that the micrococci and bacteria commonly 
 found together in wounds are forms of the same organism. 
 The growth of this microsp6ron septicum in the form oi 
 zooglaea masses firmly attached to the surface of the wound 
 was observed by Klebs on granulations-, joint surfaces, and 
 serous membranes. He was also able to trace the penetration 
 
 '■'■'■ Uutersucliungen iiber ryiEiiiie. Leipzif,', 187S. 
 
 \ Beitriige zur patliolog. Analuiuic dir S.-lmsswuiulm. liuii.zi;,', 
 Vi.gel, 1872. 
 
4 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 of tlie zooglaea into the interspaces of the ceUular tissue. 
 This takes place either with or without the aid of wandering 
 lymph corpuscles. The passage of the microsporon along 
 the lymphatic vessels could not be followed with complete 
 certainty; on the other hand its penetration through the 
 eroded W8,lls of a vein into the circulation was observed in one 
 instance. Further, the elements of the microsporon were found 
 by Klebs in the thrombi which develop l)ehind the valves oi 
 veins, and in the metastatic deposits in the lung and liver. 
 
 Although the facts wdiich have been hitherto collected with 
 reference to the dependence of pyemia on the development 
 of bacteria in the body are numerous and important, yet 
 the statements relating to the occurrence of organisms in 
 septic<emia are few and doubtful. 
 
 Coze and Feltz as well as Hueter* attribute the corrugated 
 form of the red corpuscles frequently seen in septicemic 
 diseases to' the adhesion and penetration of bacteria; an 
 observation which has been much and justly doubted. 
 
 The only other statement I have been able to find, as to 
 the presence of bacteria in the blood in septicaemia, is made 
 by Collmann von Schatteburgf . He saw, in one case, rods 
 both in the blood of the body generally and in the vascular 
 loops of the glomeruli. 
 
 The observations on erysipelas are much more abundant. 
 
 Nepveut found micrococci in the blood of erysipelatous 
 patients, and these were present in greatest number in blood 
 taken from the eiysipelatous part. 
 
 Wilde § obtained the same result and he also states that 
 the pus of wounds, from which erysipelatous inflammation 
 starts, contains numerous micrococci. Orth l| has also found 
 micrococci in the contents of the bulLns in erysipelas. 
 
 Of especial importance is the discovery made by Von 
 Eeckhnghausen and Lukomsky^I that the lymphatic vessels 
 
 * Compare Bircli-Hirsclifeld : Lelnbucli der pathologisclieu Anatomie, 
 Leipzig, 1870, p. 409, and Med. JalirLu., Bd. 100, p. 184. 
 
 f Vircliow -und Hirscli.: Jaliresbericlit for 1875. I., page 309. 
 \ Vivchow und Hirsch : JaLresbericlit for 1872. I., page 254. 
 § Med. Jahrbb. Bd. 155, Heft 1, page 104. 
 II Archiv f. Experiment. Patliol. n. Pharmakol. I., page 81. 
 IT Vircliow's Archiv. Bd. GO, page 418. 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTIVK DISEASES. 5 
 
 and canaliculi (saft kanalclieiij of ilw skin at the honk'r of 
 the eiysipclatous part are filled with micrococci. 
 
 This observation was conhrnied by IMllroth and Ehrlich,* 
 who likewise found micrococci, not onlv in the lymphatic, ))ut 
 also in the blood-vessels. 
 
 Micrococci have also been seen, by Tillmanns,! in 
 erysipelatous skin, and Ity Letzerich I in cases of erysipelas 
 attacking vaccination wounds, in the wound itself, in the 
 blood-vessels, muscles, liver, spleen, and kidneys. 
 
 With respect to phlegmonous suppurations, the observations 
 have apparently been confined as yet to the contents of the 
 abscesses, while the walls of the latter — that is to say the 
 adjacent tissue which, as will subsequently bo shown, is the 
 true seat of the bacteric development — have up to this time 
 received no attention. In the pus from the abscess, just as 
 in the ordinary pus from wounds, bacteria have often and 
 micrococci have almost always l)een found. A detailed 
 account of the statements on this point is accordingly un- 
 necessary. 
 
 Hospital gangrene differs so little from the diphtheria of 
 mucous membranes that the observations made with reference 
 to the latter also hold good for the former. 
 
 According to Cohnheim,§ after tracheotomy the disease at 
 times spreads from the mucous membrane to the operation 
 wound. \jut ewn without any apparent infection wounds 
 often become diphtheritic, and Cohnheim thinks it probable 
 tliat hospital gangrene is nothing more or less than a diph- 
 theritic inflammation of the surface of a wound. 
 
 Hueter ^ found in the greyish diphtheritic deposits on 
 wounds, and, on more accm*ate examination, in the neigh- 
 l)ouring tissues, as yet apparently quite healthy, the same 
 small round ])odies with dark contours which he afterwards 
 saw in the false membrane in diphtheritis of the larynx 
 and pharynx. 
 
 '■'■'■ V. Langenbeck's Arcliiv. Btl. 20, p. 418. 
 
 I Deutsche inodiciii. Wochenschrift, 1878. No. 17, p. *224. 
 
 I VircliDW uiul Hirscli : JiihrL-.sl)t'riclit for 1875, p. ()!>. 
 
 § L. c, p. 482. 
 
 ]| Steudener : Volkinann's klinischo Yortriigc. No. IJS, p. vi!. 
 
6 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 By the researches of Oertel, Nassiloff, Classen, Letzerich, 
 Ivlebs, and Eberth,* it has been placed beyond doubt that in 
 diphtheritic deposits large numbers of micrococci are present. 
 The statements are, however, as yet contradictory with 
 regard to the question whether or not the bacteria penetrate 
 into the tissues. 
 
 Oertel f found the inflamed mucous membrane crammed 
 with micrococci, and was further able to trace them in the 
 afferent lymphatic vessels of the nearest lymphatic glands, 
 in the glands themselves, as well as in the blood-vessels of 
 the kidney and of other internal organs. 
 
 Similar observations have been made by Elierth, Nassiloff, 
 and Letzerich. 
 
 The presence of small deposits of bacteria in the cardiac 
 tissue, in the liver, kidneys, and other organs, in cases of 
 diphtheria, has of late been repeatedly demonstrated, t 
 
 Attention has also been drawn, by different observers, § 
 especially by those who have inoculated diphtheria on the 
 cornea of rabbits, to the brownish colour of the micrococcus 
 masses. 
 
 On comparing the behaviour of the bacteria in diphtheria 
 and in pya3mia, one is at once struck by a remarkable corre- 
 spondence. In both morbid processes the surface of the 
 wound is covered with masses of micrococci wdiich penetrate 
 into the deeper layers of the tissue and into the lymphatic 
 vessels ; in both, peculiar miliary bacteric deposits are present 
 in the cardiac tissue, in the liver, and in the kidne}" ; and in 
 both, these bacteric deposits are of a brownish colour. The 
 question is at once forced on the mind, May not the parasitic 
 micro-organisms of pyaemia and of diphtheria be identical '? 
 
 The same appearances may be seen in puerperal fever. 
 In this disease Waldeyer jj has found spherical bacteria in 
 the affected tissues, in the lymphatic vessels, and in the 
 peritoneal exudation ; wdiilst Birch-HirschfeldlT has observed 
 
 ■•= See Bircli-Hirsclifelcl : LelirLuch der patliol. Anatoniie, p. 799. 
 
 f Steudeuer, I.e., p. 24. 
 
 :|: Coliulieim, I.e., page 480. 
 
 § Bircli-Hirschfeld, /. c, page 799. 
 
 II Arcliiv fiir Grynakologie. Bd. II. 1871. 
 
 II Med. Jalirbb. Bd. 155, p. 105. 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTR-E DISEASES. 7 
 
 micrococcus masses on vap;inal ulcers, in the perivaginal 
 cellular tissue, in the blood, in the spleen, and in the liver. 
 The presence of micrococci in the kidne_ys, lungs, and cardiac 
 muscular tissue was demonstrated by Heiberg and Orth,* and 
 the latter makes mention of the greyish yellow colour of those 
 l^resent in the uriniferous tul)ules which are affected with 
 nodular dilatations. 
 
 As standing pro])ably in close relation to puerperal fever, 
 we must here mention the disease aft'eeting new-l)orn infants, 
 first described by Ortlit and called by him vu/cosis scptira. 
 In one such case micrococci were found in the blood, in the 
 pleural ca^•ity, and in the urinary l)ladder. 
 
 The so-called mycosis of the navel in new-born infants 
 (nal)elmykose) seems likewise to belong to this group of 
 diseases. Weigert I describes a case of this kind, and states 
 that the ulcer of the navel was covered with micrococci, and 
 that groups of micrococci were present in the centre of small 
 extravasations of blood in the lungs and kidneys. 
 
 Heunig has investigated an analogous case and obtained 
 the same result. 
 
 The extremely interesting ol)servations with regard to the 
 occurrence of bacteria in endocarditis seem less easily 
 explicable. 
 
 All investigators who have been engaged in seeking bacteria 
 in morbid tissues agree in regarding the undertaking as one 
 of extraordinary, often even of insuperable, difficulty. To 
 make up for the weakness of the anatomical proofs as to the 
 presence of bacteria, pathological experiment has in most 
 cases been resorted to. In order, therefore, to obtain a 
 complete survey of the facts known respecting the relations 
 of l>acteria to traumatic infective diseases, it is now necessary 
 to give a short digest of the results of the experimental inves- 
 tigations on this subject. 
 
 - Ihid. B(l. IGC, p. 188. 
 
 \ Arcliiv. (lor Iloilkuiulc, 1872. XIII., p. 'H>r,. 
 
 I Jahresl)or. (lev selilcs. Gosollscli. liir vatcrl. Knltnr. 1875, p. 229. 
 
8 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 II. Ekt,ations of Micro-orCtANisms to Traumatic Infective 
 Diseases, as established by Experiment. 
 
 It is known, as the result of experience, that, ^Yhen trau- 
 matic infective diseases set in, the discharges of the wound 
 and the iluids in the neighbouring tissues take on a putrid 
 character. These alterations in the wound often, indeed, 
 make their appearance before an}^ perceptible manifestation 
 of the general disease, and it was therefore concluded that the 
 putrefaction of the discharges was the cause of the infective 
 disease. Some, however, disputed the accuracy of this con- 
 clusion, and maintained that the infective disease was produced 
 by causes acting from within, and that the deterioration of 
 the wound occurred secondarily. To settle this controversy 
 numerous experiments have been set on foot. Experimenters 
 for a long time contented themselves with ascertaining the 
 noxious influence of putrid substances on animals when injected 
 into the blood or into the subcutaneous tissue, and with iso- 
 lating the poisonous substance contained in these putrid fluids. 
 The question as to whether the disease produced by the injection 
 of the putrid fluid w^as only a simple poisoning, or whether it 
 in reality possessed the infective qualities of those diseases 
 observed in man, was left untouched by the older and most of 
 the later experimenters. If in an animal, by injection of a 
 putrid fluid, a disease was produced resembling to some extent 
 the human infective disease in symptoms and post-mortem 
 a23pearances, this circumstance sufficed for their identification, 
 and from such an experiment extensive conclusions as to 
 infective diseases were drawn. But in order that such experi- 
 ments should prove the infective character of the disease, it 
 must be definitely ascertained, by further transmission from 
 one animal to another, that the disease produced experi- 
 mentally is in like manner of undoubtedly infective nature. 
 
 As we have here to do only with infective diseases, all the 
 investigations which have reference merely to the toxic 
 properties of putrid materials, as well as those in which the 
 possibility of a confusion between toxic action and infection is 
 not excluded, must be left unnoticed. 
 
TRAUMATIC INFKCTIV]0 DISEASES. » 
 
 The first .attempt to produce traumatic infective diseases 
 artiticially in the lower animals was made by Coze and Feltz.* 
 These investigators injected some grammes of blood, from 
 a patient who had died of putrid poisoning and puerperal 
 fever, into the subcutaneous cellular tissue of ral)bits. In 
 consequence of this the animals died with peculiar and 
 characteristic symptoms. A much smaller quantity of the 
 blood of the rabl)its thus killed was injected subcutaneously 
 into other rabl)its and the same symptoms and fatal 
 termination occurred as took place with the original putrid 
 blood. Coze and Feltz continued this transmission of l)lood, 
 in gradually diminishing quantities, from the dead animals to 
 others, and they finall}' succeeded in bringing about infection 
 with an extremely minute amount of blood. This led them to 
 assume that the poison increased in virulence by successive 
 inoculations. In the blood of animals which had died of 
 putrid infection they found l)acteria in great numbers, indeed 
 they assert that they have seen at the same time rods, long 
 threads with an oscillating or vermiform motion, and chains 
 of small granules. 
 
 The discoveiy of the increasing virulence of the successively 
 inoculated putrid poison excited the most lively interest. 
 
 The experiments of Coze and Feltz were repeated and 
 confirmed by Clementi and Thin, and by Behier and 
 Lionville.+ These observers likewise convinced themselves 
 that for the first infection a comparatively large quantity of 
 the infective material, be it blood, peritoneal fluid, or the like, 
 is necessary ; while for the later infections an extremely 
 minute quantity is sufficient. They also found numerous 
 bacteria in the blood of the animals killed l)y the inoculation. 
 
 Colin, N'ulpian, Eaynaud, and others obtained similar 
 results.:^ 
 
 Davaine, vj however, has studied these conditions more 
 thoroughly tlian any otlicr ol)server. He transmitted the 
 
 * Virchow und Hirsch : Jalircsbericht I'iir 180G. I., p. 105. 
 f Kichter: Die iionorcu Keuntnisso dor KvanlunachciKloii Scluiia- 
 votzerpilze. sopiir:italKlr. aus d. iiitd. Jahrl)!). 
 \ M.'d. JahrM). Yd. 100, p. 174. 
 § Ibi<l. 
 
10 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 infection throii,2;h a series of twenty-five animals in succession, 
 and for the last effective transmission of the putrid infecting 
 material he used only a trillionth part of a drop of hlood. 
 Davaine saw in the hlood of these animals actively moving 
 hacteria, diflering in that respect from those of splenic fever, 
 which are quiescent and were for that reason called by him 
 hacteridia. 
 
 Although the most diverse fluids were used by him in these 
 experiments for the first infection, e. g., putrefying blood, 
 lilood from pyemic cases, from puerperal fever, scarlet fever, 
 small-pox, and typhus, yet the effects produced were always 
 similar, and the post-mortem examination showed in all cases 
 bacteria in the blood, and swelling of the spleen, with absence of 
 metastatic deposits. Davaine accordingly calls this disease 
 septicnemia. 
 
 Of the other traumatic infective diseases, diphtheria and 
 erysipelas have been artificially produced in animals. 
 
 The attempt to transmit erysipelas was first made l)y 
 Orth.* He injected under the skin of a ral)bit the contents 
 of an erysipelatous bulla in which were numerous spherical 
 bacteria. There followed an inflammation entirely analogous 
 to erysipelas in man, and, by the application of the oedematous 
 fluid from the subcutaneous tissue of this animal to a second 
 rabbit, the characteristic progressive inflammation was 
 communicated to the latter. In the oedematous fluid in the 
 subcutaneous cellular tissue, and in the affected parts of the 
 skin of the animals suffering from artificial erysipelas, Orth 
 demonstrated the presence of bacteria in large numbers. 
 
 Lukomsky f has also experimented on rabbits with erysipe- 
 latous fluid in order to produce an artificial erysipelas. He, 
 however, obtained in the animals experimented on an 
 extensive phlegmonous inflammation of the subcutaneous 
 cellular tissue wdth implication of the skin. But in his cases 
 also micrococci were present in the canaliculi (saftkanideh) 
 of the areolar tissue and in the lymphatic vessels. 
 
 That diphtheria may be communicated to rabbits, and 
 that micrococci appear in the artificial diphtheria similar 
 
 * Bircli-Hirschfold : Lelirb. d. patholog. Anat., p. 608. 
 
 f Loc. cit. 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTIVK DISEASES. 11 
 
 in cliai-acters to those found in diphtheria in man, has 
 been demonstrated l)y Hueter, Tommasi, (Ertel, and Letze- 
 ric'li (/. c.) 
 
 The investigations on dii)htheria led to the introduction 
 of an experiment of extreme importance in tlie study of 
 pathogenic bacteria, ri.:., the use of the transparent cornea 
 of the rabl)it as the place for inoculation. 
 
 Nassiloff* and E berth + were the first to carry out these 
 corneal inoculations. At first diphtheritic substances were 
 alone used, but it was soon found that the most diverse putrid 
 materials, products of inflammation, and the like, could also 
 be inoculated on the cornea with effect. 
 
 Similar experiments have likewise been carried out and 
 in various ways modified by Leber, Stromeyer, Dolschenkow, 
 Orth, and more especially by Frisch.I 
 
 In a successful inoculation of this kind a peculiar stellate 
 patch with conical processes — the so-called "mushroom" 
 appearance (Pilzfigur) — is produced, the centre of which is 
 the point of inoculation. The materials composing this patch 
 are, in diphtheritic inoculations, dense masses of micrococci, 
 which are of a yellow or greenish-brown colour like the 
 micrococci of the diphtheritic and pysemic deposits in the 
 muscular tissue of the heart and in the kidneys. The "Pilz- 
 figur" is also obtained by inoculation of putrid fluids, and 
 here it consists of rod-shaped bacteria. Frisch further inocu- 
 lated materials from- splenic fever on the cornea of living 
 ral)l)its, and observed the development of splendid "Pilz- 
 figuren," which consisted only of Bacillus Anthracis.§ 
 
 In all these experiments the inflammatory appearances in 
 the cornea were exactly in proportion to the development and 
 extent of the bacteria. Eberthii found the association of 
 tlic bactei-ia with tlie artificial diphtheria of the cornea so 
 
 "'= Virchow's Arcliiv. Vol. 50, p. 550. 
 
 ■) Eberth. Bacterisclie Mykosen. Leipzig, 1872. 
 
 [ Expcrimeiitelle Studicn iiltor tlie Verbreitung iter Fiinlnissorganismen 
 in den Gcweben. Eiliiiigen, 1874. 
 
 ^ Die Milzbraiuf-bakterien uud ihre Vegetation in dtr klicnden Iloni 
 liaut. Vienna, 1870. 
 
 I! L. <:, p. 14. 
 
t 
 
 12 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 constant that he distinctl}^ says : Without the fungi (/. e., 
 bacteria) no diphtheria. 
 
 A S2)ecial method, and one ol" much promise for demon- 
 strating the origin of infective diseases from a contagium 
 animatum, was followed by Klebs.* He introduced fluids 
 and other substances, taken from patients who were suffering 
 from or who had died of infective diseases, into thoroughly 
 purified flasks containing cultivating fluids. After develop- 
 ment of organisms had occurred in these fluids a small 
 quantity was taken and put into a second vessel containing 
 a similar liquid. With the fluid of the second flask a third 
 was inoculated, and so on through a series sufficiently 
 long to enable him to assume that only an excessively small 
 part of the infective substance originally emploj^ed, or indeed 
 none at all, could be present in the last cultivating liquid. 
 The fluids, thus freed from the original infective material, 
 were inoculated on animals. Klebs f has employed this 
 method, which he terms fractional cultivation, more especially 
 with substances from diphtheritic and septic processes, though 
 also with material from various other diseases. The fluids 
 obtained in this manner by fractional cultivation, when 
 inoculated on animals, produced again septicaemia and 
 diphtheria ; and Klebs also found, both in the cultivating 
 fluids and in the infected animals, the characteristic mi- 
 crococci. 
 
 In a similar manner Orth| has grown' in cultivating fluids 
 bacteria from an erysipelatous bulla, and, by the injection 
 of this fluid, has reproduced erysipelas in rabbits. 
 
 III. Objections to the conclusiveness of these Facts. 
 
 The facts put together in the two foregoing sections are 
 undoubtedly of considerable significance. When taken along 
 with theoretical considerations, and looked at in the light of 
 
 * Vircliow untl Hirsch. Jahresbericlit, 1874. Vol. i., p. 359. 
 
 f Ueber die Umgestaltung der mediciiiisclieu Auschauungeu in den 
 letzten drei Jalirzelinten. Rede, gelialten in Miinclien bei der 50. 
 Versammlung deutsclier Naturforsclier. Leipzig. Vogel. 1878. 
 
 I Birch-Hirschfeld, I. c, p. G08. 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 13 
 
 the brilliant results of the antiseptic method of treatment, 
 they furnish evidence sufticient to enable many to accept as 
 proved the existence of li\ ing infective material, especially in 
 traumatic infecti\e diseases. On the other hand, various 
 objections, of more or less weight, have been urged against 
 this assumption ; and a short discussion of these is requisite 
 in order to form a judgment as to the significance of bacteria 
 in traumatic infective diseases. 
 
 A considerable number of investigators have advanced the 
 statement that the normal l)lood and tissues of man and 
 of the lower animals always contain micro-organisms. From 
 this some infer that these organisms are not the cause of the 
 infective disease, but that an abnormal increase in their 
 numbers follows the morbid process, because the fluids of the 
 animal body, when altered by disease, present conditions very 
 favourable for their development. We need not consider these 
 views, which have as 3'et never been experimentally proved, 
 but which are advanced on theoretical grounds alone. Were 
 it, however, true that bacteria do occur in normal blood, and 
 that the same bacteria — e. g., micrococci — are found, though 
 in unusual numbers, in organs altered by disease, then the 
 possibility of proving that these micrococci were the cause of 
 the disease would be rendered much more difficult, perhaps 
 indeed quite hopeless. We must therefore enquire how far 
 the assertion in question is correct, 
 
 Lostorfer, Nedsvetzki, and Bechamp* discovered small 
 moving particles in normal human Ijlood, Lostorfer calls 
 these bodies micrococci, and asserts that he has traced their 
 further development to sarcinae, Nedsvetzki has given to 
 these particles the name of hsemococci, and he considers them 
 as identical with the bodies described by Bechamp. Bechamp 
 has in numerous papers expressed his views respecting the 
 l)odies called by him microzymes. He found these l)odies in 
 almost all animal fluids, and, from experiments which he 
 carried on in conjunction with Estor, he concludes that 
 microzymes can, through their physiological activity, bring 
 about the coagulation of the blood, and the lactic, acetic, 
 
 '■'•'■ Kichter, /. c, y. 12. 
 
14 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 and alcoholic fermentations ; that they are also active in 
 the transformation of glycogen in the liver, in the develop- 
 ment of the emhryo in hens' eggs during hatching, and in all 
 possible processes in the animal ])ody. That Bechamp looks 
 on his microzymes as intimately related to bacteria is 
 apparent, because, according to him, the microzymes in the 
 intestine l)elow the iliocsecal valve change normally into 
 bacteria ; and at diseased spots of the small intestine — as, 
 e.g., where a tapeworm is attached — bacteria develop imme- 
 diately from microzj^mes. 
 
 J. Liiders, Bettelheim, Eichardson,* and, later, Kolaczek 
 and Letzerich,t also believe that they have seen bacteria in 
 normal human l)lood, 
 
 Tiegell and Billroth § have attempted in an indirect manner 
 to demonstrate tlie existence of l)acteria in normal animal 
 tissues. They introduced, with certain precautions, fresh 
 portions of muscle, liver, &c., into melted paraffin. The 
 tissues thus enclosed in an air-tight case were, after the 
 lapse of some time, examined to ascertain the presence or 
 absence of bacteria. Numerous bacteria were found, and 
 hence Billroth !| concludes that in most of the tissues of the 
 body, in greater proportion indeed in the blood, spores of 
 bacteria capable of development are present. 
 
 Objections have been urged against the experiments of 
 Billroth and Tiegel, to the effect that the enclosure in 
 liaraffin does not protect against the entrance of bacteria, 
 because cracks and fissures form in the paraffin ' on cooling, 
 and even afterwards, as every one must have observed 
 who has embedded objects in paraffin for microscoi3ical 
 examination. 
 
 When normal blood was tested by Pasteur, 5[ Burdon 
 Sanderson,** and Klebs,tf as to its power of causing develop- 
 
 ■'• Vircliow and Hivscli. Jaliresbericlit for 1868. Vol. i., p. 205. 
 
 f Med. Jahrbb. Vol. 168, p. 68. 
 
 j: Vircliow and Hirscli. Jaliresber., 1874. Vol. i., p. 119. 
 
 § Coccobacteria Septica. Berlin, 1874, p. 58. 
 
 jl L. c, pp. 60 and 137. 
 
 IT Vircliow und Hirsch. Jahresberich., 1874. Vol. i., p. 119. 
 
 ■■"■' Cohu. Beitriige zur Biologie der Pflanzen. Vol. i., part 2, p. 194. 
 
 ft Med. Jahrbb. Vol. 166, p. 196. 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 15 
 
 mciit, by mi'tliods excluding all sources of error, negative 
 results Avere oljtained. 
 
 Oi^poscd to the alleged direct observations of bacteria in 
 normal l)lood are the statements of trustworthy microscopists 
 such as Piindtleiseh and Kiess,* who distinctl}^ assert that tlie 
 normal blood is free from bacteria, but that on the other hand, 
 as Eiess more especially pointed out, it contains small round 
 bodies more or less numerous, which are most probably 
 debris arising from the disintegration of white blood corpuscles, 
 and which, on account of their resemblance to micrococci, 
 have been confounded with them. 
 
 According to my own experience the examination of l)lood, 
 with the view of ascertaining the possible presence of bacteria, 
 is excessively difficult, unless one makes use of the aids to be 
 described afterwards, viz., of staining and suitable illumina- 
 tion. AVithout the assistance derived from these methods 
 it is in most cases impossible to distinguish the bodies so 
 characteristically described by Eiess, from true micrococci; 
 and I can therefore easil}' imagine that, according as one 
 wished to find that bacteria were present or absent, the 
 granular constituents of the blood would be regarded as 
 micrococci, or micrococci when present would be regarded 
 as the remains of disintegrated white corpuscles. I have, 
 however, on many occasions examined normal blood and 
 normal tissues by means which prevent the possibility of 
 overlooking bacteria, or of confounding them with granular 
 masses of equal size ; and I have never, in a single 
 instance, found organisms. / Jtave therefore come to the 
 conclusion tliat hacteiia do not occKr in the blood, nor in tlie 
 tissues of the JiettWiij lirinfi body either of uuin or of the loircr 
 animah. 
 
 On the other hand, the following objections which have been 
 raised against the assumption that bacteria are the cause of 
 traumatic infective diseases seem to me to be well founded. 
 In order to establish this assertion (that they are the cause of 
 traumatic infective diseases) it would be absolutely necessary 
 Ihiit the jireseure of bucteria in these diseases be proved without 
 cxceptioti, (And further ihni the condition^i ns rvfjdrds their 
 '■'•' Virchow unci Hirsch. .I;ilu\slKr., IbT'^. \'()I. i., p. 2o"J. 
 
16 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 c 
 
 number and distribution be such ((s to (iffhrd a complet 
 explanation of tlie symptoms. For, if in some cases of a 
 certain form of infective disease bacteria be found, while in 
 others of like nature they are ai)sent, and if further the 
 bacteria i)resent be so few in number that it is impossible 
 that a severe disease or a fatal termination could thereby be 
 produced, then of course nothing remains but to regard the 
 irregular appearance of the bacteria as depending on chance, 
 and their small number as insufficient as an only cause of the 
 disease in question ; in other words it is necessary to assume 
 the presence of some other agency. The observations hitherto 
 made with regard to the occurrence of bacteria in traumatic 
 infective diseases do not, however, in reality fulfil the necessary 
 conditions. 
 
 On account of the difficulties, before alluded to, attending 
 the demonstration of bacteria in the blood, and more especially 
 in the tissues, many of the above-mentioned statements have 
 been received with considerable . suspicion, — whether always 
 with justice must remain uncertain, — for the earlier method 
 of investigation is in most cases a groping in the dark, and 
 its results cannot be otherwise than very doubtful. 
 
 But, apart from the uncertain results of much laborious 
 work on the bacteria of traumatic infective diseases, the 
 literature of the subject contains a number of statements as 
 to complete absence of bacteria in undoubted instances of 
 these affections. It would serve no good purpose to enumerate 
 here all these negative statements, as their value is even less 
 than that of the positive. One or two may, however, be men- 
 tioned as illustrations. 
 
 Birch-Hirschfeld* states that negative results with regard 
 to the occurrence of bacteria, especially in cases of spreading 
 (fulminanter) gangrene and putrid infection, are by no means 
 rare. 
 
 Orth,f after mentioning that micrococci are present in 
 the blood, particularly in septic diseases, puerperal fever, 
 and diphtheria, expressly states that they are by no means 
 constantly found. 
 
 =*- L. c, p. 1224. 
 
 f Compendium dor patliol.-anatomischen Diagnostik. Berlin, 1876, 
 p. 111. 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTIVK DISEASES. 17 
 
 Ebertb,* who has convinced himself of the frequent occur- 
 rence of bacteria in septicaemia, does not regard that 
 disease as caused by an infection of the blood by bacteria 
 alone, because he has seen the most distinct septicaemia 
 ^Yithout the presence of bacteria in the blood. 
 
 Weigert+ speaks thus of the occurrence of bacteria : — 
 " However certainly one may refer the development of some 
 diseases to the action of bacteria, 3'et, on the other hand, there 
 exist a far greater number of morbid processes which would 
 theoreticall}' be considered as mycotic, but in which a conscien- 
 tious observer cannot discover any traces of bacteric agenc3\" 
 
 I have intentionally taken these extracts from the writings 
 of those authors who have shown, by having sometimes 
 obtained positive results, that they understood how to overcome 
 the great difficulties connected with the discovery of bacteria, 
 and whose statements, therefore, with regard to their frequent 
 absence in cases of traumatic infective diseases, deserve especial 
 consideration. 
 
 The second circumstance, which seems to me of essential 
 importance in considering this question, riz., that in almost 
 all cases in which bacteria were found the number was 
 strikmgly small, has as yet received too little attention. 
 
 We do not j'et know with certainty how many bacteria are 
 necessarj'^ to produce in man definite symptoms of disease, or 
 what proportion per kilogram of an animal is required to 
 cause a fatal result. Undoul)tedly some definite relations, 
 varying at most only within narrow limits in consequence of 
 differences in the afl'ected individuals, must exist between 
 the number of pathogenic bacteria and then- effect, i. e., 
 the symptoms of the disease. The only disease which maj^ 
 with certainty be affirmed to be of bacteric origin, viz., anthrax, 
 gives us sufficient ground for this suj^position. Small animals 
 die after inoculation with anthracic ])lood more quickly than 
 do large ones, and in animals of the same genus and of like 
 size the fatal termination occurs later when the fluid used 
 contains l)ut few spores or liacilli capable of development 
 than when it is ricli in them. The explanation of these facts 
 
 - Med. Jahrbb. Vol. 1(50, p. 185. 
 
 t Borl. Klin. Wochenschr., 1877, No. 18. 
 
18 ^riCRO-ORGANISMS IN llELATION TO 
 
 can only lie this, that to Jcill, r. r/., a sheep, more hacilli 
 are requisite than to kill a mouse ; that bacilli or spores being 
 introduced in about equal quantities into both animals at the 
 time of inoculation, the number of bacilli necessary to cause 
 the death of the mouse, being small, is reached more quickly 
 than the larger quantity requisite to kill the sheep ; and 
 further, that in animals of the same species the fatal number 
 of bacilli is longer in being attained when the spores intro- 
 duced arc few in numl)er than when they are injected in large 
 amount. 
 
 We learn further from the study of anthrax that the 
 number of bacilli present in the blood must be enormously 
 large before death results. In relapsing fever also, the rela- 
 tions of which to the spirochteta discovered by Obermeier are 
 as j-et not sufticiently known, but which nevertheless, on 
 account of the absolutely constant occurrence of these organisms 
 during every attack of fever, must be regarded as in all 
 probability a parasitic disease, the same relation exists between 
 the number of bacteria in the blood and the symptoms of the 
 disease. Of course it must not be assumed that all pathogenic 
 bacteria behave alike in this respect, but it may be concluded 
 from the analogy of anthrax and relapsing fever that a con- 
 siderable number of bacteria is necessary to produce symptoms. 
 But the observations which have been hitherto made with regard 
 to bacteria in traumatic infective diseases do not in most 
 cases show that this requirement is fulfilled. Mention is 
 generally made of large masses of micrococci on the surface 
 of the wound, which collections, however, can only be 
 regarded as of importance in large wounds; while in internal 
 organs only miliary colonies of bacteria have been found, and 
 these often in small numbers. This result bears no relation 
 whatever to the almost incredible numbers of bacilli in the 
 blood in anthrax. It is therefore only observations which 
 show the presence of a large number of bacteria which can 
 be regarded as affording sufficient explanation of the morbid 
 appearances. Statements no doubt exist with regard to the 
 occurrence of micrococci in the blood and tissues, but unfor- 
 tunately it is precisely these assertions which for the reasons 
 above-mentioned are the least satisfactorv. 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 19 
 
 A third point remains to l)o urged against the cogency of 
 the facts known as to the occurrence of bacteria. It is this, 
 that moi'iihologically the l)aeteria found in tlic most diverse 
 traumatic infective diseases, and also in other infective pro- 
 cesses not in any way connected with wounds, arc strikingly 
 similar. 
 
 Tt nnist at once strike anyone who studies the literature on 
 the subject of bacteria that the two best known bacteric 
 diseases, anthrax and relapsing fever, are notable for the 
 well-marked and easily recognisable form of their parasites ; 
 but that in almost all other infective diseases, which ap- 
 parently stand in close relation with micro-organisms, there 
 exists a remarkable agreement as regards the form, size, 
 arrangement, and colour of the bacteria observed. But, 
 for the very reason that in relapsing fever and in anthrax 
 such marked differences in this respect exist, the similarity 
 of the other pathogenic bacteria must awaken distrust as to 
 the accuracy of the observations and of the assumption that 
 diseases which seem to bear so little relation to each other 
 should, nevertheless, be produced by the same organisms. 
 
 Such dou))ts have been often expressed. 
 
 Thus, for example, Birch-Hirschfeld''- says, " the morpho- 
 logical characters of the bacteria found in pyaemia, diphtheria, 
 small-pox, and cholera are so similar that the idea naturally 
 arises that identical organisms are being dealt with. But, if 
 this were the case, it would follow that no specific significance 
 could be attributed to these forms. They would have to be 
 regarded merely as parasites of the disease and not as its 
 cause." 
 
 To the diseases mentioned by Birch-Hirschfeld a number of 
 others may be added in which micrococci, indistinguishable 
 from each other, were found. Such are erysipelas, puerpcn-al 
 fever, mycosis of the navel in newly -born infants (nabol- 
 mycose), hospital gangrene, intestinal mycosis, endocarditis 
 (with or without acute articular rheumatism), primary infec- 
 tive periostitis, scarlet fever, rinderpest, and pleuro-pneumonia. 
 It is, however, impossible that all these diseases can be 
 
20 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 produced Ly one and the same jmrasite, and we must therefore 
 assume either that the micrococci are in reaHty always the 
 same, in which case they would be merely associated, as an 
 accidental complication, with the diseases enumerated, or that 
 the micrococci — though, on account of their small size, very 
 similar, and indeed apparently the same — are nevertheless 
 different in nature, and consecjuently capable of giving rise to 
 these diverse results. 
 
 In order to show that this latter assumption does not lie 
 beyond the range of possibility, Cohn* has called attention to 
 the apparently similar external and microscopical natm-e of the 
 sw^eet and bitter almond, while a great difference exists between 
 them in physiological action. And Virchow,t in the same 
 sense, has referred to the fact that one cannot say with regard 
 to the formative cells of the egg and numerous pathological 
 growths what structure will be developed from them, although 
 as compared with bacteria these are truly gigantic in size. 
 
 The possibility that the micrococci, in spite of their uniform 
 appearance, may he in reality different, and the true contagium 
 vivum of the disease in wdiicli they are found, must assuredly 
 be admitted. But as a practical groundwork, more especially 
 with regard to the prophylaxis and treatment of the traumatic 
 infective diseases, the possihility of a contagium vivum does 
 not help us much ; w^e require conclusive evidence that this or 
 that micrococcus, definite in nature and always recognisable 
 under varying conditions by certain characteristics, is the only 
 cause of the disease in question. So long as the existence of 
 a contagium vivum is only a matter of possibility, or even of 
 probabilit}', we cannot avoid taking into consideration in 
 all our investigations, the likewise possible presence of other 
 causes of disease, e.g., of the unknown x of a lifeless disease 
 ferment never yet demonstrated, of the y of the genus 
 epidemicus, and of other unknown quantities. It is, however, 
 apparent that the solution of the i)roblem proposed would thus 
 be rendered in the highest degree difficult, and would be 
 endangered through numerous sources of error — in fact might 
 probably be quite impossible. 
 
 =■■ Beitriige zur Biologie der Pflanzeu. Vol. I., part 2, p. 135. 
 f Die Foitschritte der Kriegsheilkunde. Berlin, 1874, p. 33. 
 
TKAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. *21 
 
 If wt' iiOAV look at the facts brought together and tlio remarks 
 on them, we come to this conclusion, that the frc({uent dis- 
 covery of micro-organisms in traumatic infective diseases and 
 the experimental investigations made in connection with tlicni 
 render the parasitic nature of these diseases probable ; but 
 that a thoroughly satisfactory proof has not yet been fur- 
 nished, and can only be so when we have succeeded in linding 
 the parasitic micro-organisms in all cases of the disease in 
 question, when we can further demonstrate their presence in 
 such numbers and distri])ution that all the symptoms of the 
 disease may thus find their explanation, and finally when we 
 have established the existence, for every individual traunnitic 
 infective disease, of a micro-organism witli wrll-markcd mor- 
 phological characters. 
 
 Is it then possible to fulfil these conditions in any degree ? 
 or have w'e now, as many microscopists assume, reached the 
 limit of the capabilities of om- optical appliances ? 
 
 This question will, indeed, have often enough occurred to 
 every one who has specially devoted himself to the examination 
 of pathogenic bacteria. It has also occupied my attention 
 greatly, and at once forced itself on me when I commenced 
 these general investigations on bacteria, and saw what great 
 advantages might be obtained by a proper use of microscopic 
 aids in recognising and distinguishing the smallest forms of 
 bacteria with their spores and cilia. 
 
 Since that time I have miremittingly attempted to improve 
 the means for the discovery of pathogenic bacteria in animal 
 tissues, because I could not get rid of the idea that the doubtful 
 results of investigations with regard to the parasites of infective 
 diseases might have their foundation in the incompleteness of 
 the methods used. 
 
 I shall now, before passhig on to the experimental pail of 
 my work, describe the method which I have finally adopted as 
 most suitalde, and which has led me to positive results. 
 
22 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 METHOD OF INVESTIGATION. 
 
 Von Eecklingliausen's method, in wliicli advantage is taken 
 of the property bacteria have of resisting acids and alkahes, 
 a power not possessed by animal tissues, is still used by most 
 microscopists. If a group of extremely minute particles, 
 characterised by the uniform size of its component granules, 
 does not alter either in acetic acid or in caustic potash or soda, 
 and if there are other grounds for suspecting the presence of 
 bacteria, the problem may then generally be regarded as solved, 
 and the micrococcus found. An error cannot easily occur here, 
 because the appearance of a closely-packed heap of micrococci, 
 the so-called zooglsea, is so characteristic that he who has 
 once had this picture stamped on his mind will recognise it 
 at any time. Incomparably more difiticult are the circum- 
 stances when bacteria — and this particularly applies to micro- 
 cocci — are scattered through the tissues either singly or in 
 small loose groups. For now the characteristic appearance 
 of zooglcea no longer aids the observer, and one has solely to 
 depend on the resisting power of the bacteria to alkalies and 
 acids, l)ecause there are a great number of minute particles 
 present in tissues altered by disease which may very easily 
 be confounded with organisms. This method, however, of 
 distinguishing by reagents soon shows itself unreliable. 
 Many bacteria^ more especially those which are extremely 
 minute, are as readily destroyed or altered by these reagents 
 as are the animal tissues ; and, in the latter, indefinite 
 granules often occur which are not removed by acids or alkalies. 
 This method, therefore, cannot do more than demonstrate 
 zooglasa masses. 
 
 All attempt has been made to obtain l)etter results l)y the 
 use of staining fluids, and the one which has been chiefly 
 recommended, simultaneously indeed by several observers, is 
 hematoxylin. This is a great step in advance of the first 
 method, especially when it is used in the same way as for 
 staining nuclei. But it is very incomplete, inasmuch as the 
 
f/ £ D f C A L . „ . . J L L J li ,« AW Y 
 
 'iTv.VUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. '23 
 
 luematoxylin does not stain rod-sliapecl bacteria at all, ;iik1 
 only folours tlie siilierical so slightly as to prevent their 
 certain recognition when isolated. The use of hasmatoxylin 
 is a great advance on the simple examination of the ol)ject 
 with reagents, because when stained the bacteric masses are 
 very much more evident than the rest of the tissue, and one is 
 thus less likely to overlook them or to confound them with 
 other objects. This method, which does not of course exclude 
 examination with reagents, also possesses this great advantage, 
 that the stained preparations can be preserved in Canada 
 balsam, and can thus be used at an}' time for comparison 
 with others. 
 
 Staining with the aniline dyes has yielded still better 
 results than staining with hscmatoxylin. So far as I know, 
 aniline staining, as a means of demonstrating bacteria in 
 animal tissues, was first employed by Weigert.* His method, 
 by the communication of which he has laid me under the 
 greatest obligation, is as follows : — 
 
 The objects for examination are first hardened in alcohol. 
 The sections made from these are allowed to lie for a consider- 
 able time in a pretty strong watery solution of methyl-violet. 
 They are then treated with dilute acetic acid, the water 
 removed by alcohol, cleared up in oil of cloves, and mounted 
 in Canada balsam. 
 
 Instead of methyl-violet other aniline dyes, cji., fuchsin, 
 aniline-brown, &c., may be used in the same manner. 
 
 This is, of course, onl}' a general outline of the method; for 
 the individual tissues, and more especially the different forms 
 of bacteria show so great a variety of result from such trc^at- 
 ment that it would be impossible to lay down rules wliich 
 would l;e universal, and which would apply to every case. For 
 many objects fuchsin is best adapted ; for others the mcth3'l 
 colours are more suitable. Among these latter there exists 
 such a difference in the staining power that the sections nuist 
 lie in one solution only a few minutes, in another several 
 hours. One must therefore work with a large nunilx r of 
 sections at once, and test them as to the most suital)le 
 
 ■-•• Bericht iibor die Sitzungcn dcr Sclilesischcn Gcsellscliafl I'iir N'iilcrl. 
 Cultur. Dec. 10, 1878. 
 
24 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 staining material and as to the time required for the staining. 
 The experienced investigator will find out after a few attempts 
 what is the most suitable material. The strength of the 
 acetic acid solution is not of much consequence. The best 
 solution is one containing only a small percentage of the 
 acid, and it is well not to allow it to act too long. The other 
 manipulations, such as the removal of water, clearing up and 
 mounting, are exaotly the same as in the preparation of other 
 microscopic specimens. One must avoid leaving the sections 
 too long in alcohol or oil of cloves, otherwise the staining 
 material will be washed out by these fluids. 
 
 In preparations which are treated in this way only the 
 nuclei of the cells and the bacteria are seen to be stained. 
 The latter as a rule take up the aniline colour, and, in fact, 
 their staining is so marked that the individual bacteria can be 
 much more distinctly recognised than after the use of haema- 
 toxylin. It is thus very easy to recognize with certainty 
 isolated large bacteria, e.f/., bacillus anthracis, in the most 
 diverse tissues, when the preparations have been treated with 
 aniline dyes. As soon, however, as we have to deal with 
 smaller bacteria the method yields uncertain results, and, 
 finally, with the smallest forms becomes quite useless. 
 
 In order now to understand how it is that small objects, 
 notwithstanding intense staining, cannot be distinguished at 
 all in the animal tissues, or only with difficulty, one must 
 clearly comprehend the component parts of the microscopic 
 picture. Let us for the sake of simplicity consider only the 
 case of a section of an animal tissue mounted in Canada 
 balsam in the ordinary manner. 
 
 If all the constituents of this tissue were colourless, and 
 had the same refractive power as Canada balsam, nothing 
 whatever would be seen. This is, however, not the case. 
 Fibres, nuclei, and many other portions of tissue, differ from 
 Canada balsam in their refractive power, and thus by diffrac- 
 tion of the rays of light passing through them an image con- 
 sisting of lines and shadows is developed which may be termed 
 shortly the structure picture.* 
 
 Let us now suppose a second case, namely, that portions 
 
 * NiEgeli uud Scliwendeuer : Miki-oskop. Leipzig, 1877, p. 220. 
 
TKAUJr.VnC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 25 
 
 of the tissue, e.g., cell nuclei iiml l)acteria, were coloured, then 
 the conditions would appear as follows : — With equal refractive 
 power of tissue and Canada halsam, nuclei and l)acteria would 
 be alone visible, and that on account of the staining material 
 with whicli they are impregnated; we should therefore have a 
 pure colour picture quite different from the structure picture 
 produced l)y lil)res. membranes, il-c, but in part coinciding 
 with that, as for example in the case of the nuclei. For the 
 best possible demonstration of bacteria, whicli are particularly 
 intensely stained by aniline dyes, such a pure colom* picture 
 would certainly be the most suitable. The unavoidable 
 structure picture, liow^everi interferes with this. 
 
 Large coloured objects, as for example bacillus anthracis, are 
 l)ut little affected in this way as regards distinctness. Only 
 when the section as a whole or when portions of the tissue are 
 very thick {cfi., the intestinal mucous membrane in its whole 
 thickness) may the structure picture become so preponderant, 
 the number of the shadows placed above each other so great, 
 that even the large bacillus anthracis can be no longer easily 
 distinguished. When, however, the bacteria are smaller and 
 thinner, and thus take up less pigment, the bad effects of 
 the structm'e picture are much more apparent; a broad dark 
 line may then so overshadow some bacteria that their colour 
 picture becomes too weak to make an impression on the eye. 
 In ^•ery thin sections, and in those tissues whose structure 
 consists of but few lines and shadows (f'.//., subcutaneous 
 cellular tissue, cornea, &c.), ver}^ small bacteria may indeed 
 be distinguished with some accuracy. Ultimatel}', however, a 
 point is reached where tl)e liacteria are so small that the 
 tiny stained granules and threads are hidden and rendered 
 invisible by even the faintest structure shadows. In some 
 particularly favourable places one may indeed suspect the 
 presence of bacteria, but a sure recognition of them and dis- 
 tinction (»f llicir form and size is no longer possil)le. 
 
 This difficulty was experienced by me in these investigations. 
 Ill iiiatn-ials stained in llif manner to be su])se(pi(ntly 
 descriiicd I easily found large l)a('tei'ia, and also smaller ones, 
 particularly when they formed accunnilations in the glomeruli 
 of the kidiiev. ijut now the thought arose, must not bacteria 
 
26 MICKO-ORGANISBIS IN RELATION TO 
 
 be present also in the spleen and in the capillaries of the lung ? 
 For the spleen was swollen and the blood from the left side of 
 the heart which had just passed through the lungs produced 
 on inoculation on another animal the same fatal disease and 
 the same extremely fine granular accumulations of micrococci 
 in the glomeruli as in the first animal. But in spite of the 
 greatest pains the suspected bacteria could not be found. In 
 the septicemia of mice, which, as I shall afterwards show, is 
 in the highest degree infective, I was quite unable to demon- 
 strate an}^ micro-organisms. I thus obtained the same incom- 
 plete results as the investigators who had formerly studied 
 traumatic infective diseases. 
 
 At that time, in attempting to photograph bacteria em- 
 bedded in Canada balsam, my attention vras directed to the 
 fact that the microscopic image consists of a structure and of 
 a colour picture, and I found that the structure picture can be 
 markedly increased or weakened l)y the nature of the illumi- 
 nation. In this there is nothing new. Every microscopist knows 
 what is the effect of the diaphragm placed below a preparation. 
 A narrow diaphragm not only darkens the field of vision, 
 but makes the structure of the ol)ject more apparent ; a wide 
 one, on the other hand, renders the whole picture clearer, but 
 makes portions of the structure more indistinct. The 
 difference between narrow and wide diaphragms becomes still 
 more strikingl}" apparent, when, as in photography, not merely 
 a concave mirror, but a lens or condenser, is used for the 
 illumination, and for this reason, that — particularly with a 
 condenser of short focal distance — the cone of raj's illumina- 
 ting the object is capable of much greater variation. When a 
 narrow diaphragm is placed before the condenser the base of 
 this cone becomes so small that the whole cone may almost be 
 regarded as a bundle of parallel rays of light. The larger, how- 
 ever, the opening of the diaphragm is, so much the larger does 
 the radius of the base of the cone become, its length still remain- 
 ing the same, but far surpassing as regards the ratio of breadth 
 of base to length that obtained by an ordinary concave mirror. 
 If now we examine a microscopic preparation with an illu- 
 mination in which the cone of rays is at first narrow, but is 
 gradually made broader, though always remaining of the same 
 
TRAUMATIC INFiXTIVK DISEASES. '27 
 
 length, Wf sliiill at once see that — as mdeed eiiiinol l)r other- 
 wise according to (h'optrical hiws — the structure picture re- 
 sulting from diffraction, \\liich picture was most marked when 
 tlu' narrowest diaphragm was used, becomes less and less 
 apparent. Tn proportion, however, as the structure picture 
 diminishes, does the colour picture become more intense and 
 sharply defined. Thus a method is indicated by which the 
 effects of the structure picture may be in so far obviated that 
 even the smallest stained bodies which are within the optical 
 power of the instrument become distinctly discernible. That 
 is to say, sin illumination cone must be used of so wide a Inise 
 that the appearances resulting j'rom diffraction may l)c com- 
 pletely removed. 1 tried numerous different lenses and con- 
 densers without finding one which removed the structure 
 picture sufticiently till I fell in with the illumination apparatus 
 suggested by Abbe and made by Carl Zeiss in Jena, which I 
 found to answer my purpose in every way. 
 
 This apparatus consists of a combination of lenses, the 
 focal point of which is only some millimetres distant from 
 the lowest lens of the objective system. AYlien this compound 
 lens is placed in the opening of the stage of the microscope, a 
 little deeper than the level of the stage, the focal point coin- 
 cides with the object to 1)e examined, and the latter thus 
 obtains the most favourable illumination. The angle of 
 aperture is so large that on escaping from the condenser into 
 water the outermost rays are inclined at an angle of almost 60° 
 with the axis, the whole effective pencil possessing thus an angle 
 of aperture of 120" — a greater angle than is given any other 
 condenser.* The rays of light are conveyed to this system of 
 lenses by a mirror which is only moveable round a fixed iioint 
 in the axis of the microscope. Between mirror and lens, and 
 near the focal point of the former, is a support for diaphragms, 
 which are moveable both laterall}' and circularly, so that the 
 direction of the illuminating pencil may be altered in any way 
 desired. 1 '>y the use of diaphragms with larger or smaller aper- 
 tures the aperture of the i)encil may be modified from the largest 
 to the smallest attaiiial)le with the apparatus. By lati'ral dis- 
 placemeid of the diaiiliragm without nioM'ment of tlie mirror, 
 
 ■'•'• Njfgeli iiiul Selns emlciK r. y>. c, ]i. '.III. 
 
28 MICKO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 oblique illumination can be obtained, and by shutting off the 
 centre of the opening in the diaphragm the middle of the 
 pencil can be got rid of. 
 
 By means of this apparatus the connection before described 
 as existing between structure and colour picture can be made 
 evident in the most simple and convincing manner. Let us 
 suppose that a section of a tissue containing very few bacteria 
 stained with aniline is to be examined by the aid of Abbe's 
 illumination apparatus. At first a diaphragm with a narrow 
 opening is used.* The illumination of the object is then 
 aljout the same as in illumination with a concave mirror and 
 medium cylinder diaphragm. The field of vision, therefore, 
 appears pretty dark, the structure of the tissues is distinctly 
 marked, more especially do the nuclei of the cells strike the 
 eye as dark bodies with a but slightly pronounced staining of 
 a dark blue or red colour ; as regards the smaller granules 
 one cannot ascertain at all with certainty whether they are 
 stained or not, nor can it be made out whether these particles 
 are bacteria or constituents of the tissue. Now let diaphragms 
 with a constantly increasing size of aperture be used one after 
 another. The picture gradually alters in a most striking 
 manner. The dark outlines of the cells and cell nuclei, and 
 the sharp lines of the elastic fibres, walls of vessels and the 
 like become pale and ill-defined ; the shadows of the bodies 
 present above and below the visual level disappear more and 
 more ; many of the points and granules previously seen, which 
 might possibly have been considered to be bacteria, disappear 
 completely, while, on the other hand, small objects which 
 formerly appeared black are observed to be coloured, and the 
 colour of the nuclei becomes more distinct. The field of vision 
 at the same time becomes clearer. The more the lines and 
 shadows and all the differences between clear and dark dis- 
 appear, so much the more sharply and strongly do all coloured 
 objects stand out, and so much the more distinctly can one 
 recognise their outlines and minute differences in tone and 
 strength of colour. Finally, when the last diaphragm has 
 
 * I have had a set of diaphragms prepared, the opeuings of which 
 increase constantly one miUimetre, thus furnishing all varieties of illu- 
 mination. 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTH'E DISEASES. 29 
 
 been removed, all the outlines of mere structure have disap- 
 peared, the Hvld of vision is uniformly cleared, and only 
 coloured objects can be seen. The clearer the light ^vhich one 
 selects for illumination (the best light is that from white 
 clouds illuminated by the sun), so much the brighter and 
 more sharply-defined do these objects appear. It then 
 becomes easy to distinguish among the stained bodies the 
 bacteria of which nothing could previously be seen, or which 
 appeared as dark indeluiite granules, rods, &c. And this is 
 thf more easy, as there is almost nothing stained but nuclei 
 and bacteria. The outlines and size of the bacteria can thus 
 be recognised, and by their uniform appearance they can 
 be distinguished with certainty from other stained granular 
 masses — e.g., broken down cell nuclei. 
 
 A very simple arrangement may serve to demonstrate the 
 action of Abbe's illumination apparatus. This consists of a 
 small glass vessel filled with Canada balsam, in which small 
 colom-ed and colourless glass beads are placed. Here, there- 
 fore, conditions are present similar to those in a stained 
 preparation mounted in Canada balsam. The coloured beads 
 correspond to the stained nuclei or bacteria, the colourless to 
 the parts of the tissue wdiich are unstained. If one looks through 
 the vessel on to a broad sheet of paper placed immediately 
 below it and brightly illuminated with daylight, the colourless 
 beads cannot be seen, while the coloured, on the other hand, 
 are distinct and sharply defined. If now the paper be placed 
 at a greater distance from the glass — that is to say, if the 
 pencil illuminating the pearls becomes longer and its angle of 
 aperture smaller, its base remaining the same — the same ap- 
 pearance occurs as when with Abbe's illumination apparatus 
 diaphragms with smaller openings are used in succession, 
 the colourless beads begin to be gradually visible, acquire 
 more distinct and darker outlines, while the coloured ones 
 become darker ; and, finally, the two kinds can hardly be dis- 
 tinguished, the coloured becoming completely masked by the 
 colourless. Microscopists who examine for the first time 
 preparations highly magnified and illuminated with Abbe's 
 apparatus without a diaphragm arc generally struck with the 
 unusual appearance, the field being too bright and confused, 
 
30 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 altliougli the outlines of the coloured olijects are sharply 
 defined. Such ohservers have heen accustomed to the dark 
 field ohtained by ordinary illumination with a concave mirror, 
 and they accordingly feel the Avant of the outline of the 
 tissue structure. For them it is expedient not to dispense 
 entirely with the diaphragm, hut to increase the size of the 
 aperture until the stained object under examination appears 
 sufficiently distinct ; there will then remain quite enough of 
 the structure picture to enable them to make out the relations 
 of the tissue to the colom-ed objects. 
 
 It is well in general to use, in addition to the examination 
 of the bacteria by means of the pure colour picture, other 
 methods of investigation, such as the observation of the 
 structure of the tissue at the same time, and the examination 
 of the fresh object, with or without the use of alkalies and 
 acids ; and I may here expressly mention that I have often 
 made use of these chemical tests as a check, in addition to 
 my chief method of examination. 
 
 Although the aniline staining and the use of Abbe's illumi- 
 nation apparatus so markedly facilitate the investigation of 
 pathogenic bacteria, we must not imagine that all difficulties 
 are thus removed and all sources of error shut out. On 
 the contrary, a considerable amount of practice is necessary 
 before one is in a position rightly to utilise these very efficient 
 means. Some of the difficulties which most frequently occur 
 may be shortly alluded to. 
 
 As even isolated bacteria do not escape the observing eye, it 
 not unfrequeutly happens that one meets with organisms which 
 are derived from the fluids used for staining, washing, &c. • 
 For even distilled water is almost never free from bacteria. 
 One, however, very soon learns to distinguish these bacteria 
 from others, and to recognise them immediately as accidental 
 impurities. . 
 
 Further, incipient putrefaction must be suspected whenever 
 isolated bacteria are found in the superficial laj-ers of organs. 
 But the bacteria appearing iii putrefaction, at first generally 
 large bacilli,* are so characteristic that tbey are not easily 
 
 "-•' See my paper on " Photoe;i-aplnren dei" Bakterien." Beitrii.^e Knr 
 Biologie dev Pflanzeu. Vol. 2, part. 3. Pliotograuini No. G. Plate xvi. 
 
TRAI'^rATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 31 
 
 confounded with the patliogenic bacteria. Nevertheless, it is 
 well to he cautious in drawing conchisions from preparations 
 ah'eady containing putrefactive bacteria ; indeed it is best not 
 to use such tissues at alL In order to ehminate every risk of 
 confusion witli the putrefactive organisms, and to exchide the 
 idea that in arrangement and number the pathogenic bacteria 
 may have undergone alterations after death, I have only used 
 objects for examination which were placed in absolute alcohol 
 immediately after the death of the animal, though in a few 
 cases a delay of some hours has occurred. Consequently I 
 have never found putrefactive bacteria in the preparations 
 obtained in this way. On the other hand, I have seldom 
 failed to ihid them in preparations obtained from human 
 subjects, although the 2^ost mortem examination was made ten 
 to twenty hours after death. 
 
 I must here draw attention to a remarkable variety of cells 
 which might give rise to confusion with small masses of micro- 
 coccus. These are the so-called plasma cells, described and 
 figured by Ehrlich ;* Hat cells, for the most part situated on 
 the external coats of blood-vessels, and consisting of a round 
 heap of granules grouped around a nucleus. Their behaviour 
 with respect to aniline staining is exactly the opposite of that 
 of all other cells. In the latter only the nucleus is stained ; 
 in the plasma cells, on the other hand, only the finely granular 
 plasma is coloured, the nucleus remaining unstained. Now as 
 the granules have exactl}' the size of many micrococci, the 
 plasma cell presents the appearance of a small micrococcus 
 colony, more especially when the nucleus is indistinct or has 
 disappeared. But the granules are commonly of unequal 
 size. This fact, taken along with the presence of a nucleus 
 and the results of comparison with other similar cells, enables 
 the diagnosis to be easily made. In human tissues these 
 plasma cells are not very abundant, but they occur in great 
 numbers in mice, particularly in the skin of the ear. 
 
 If it be wished to exclude entirely all possibility of confusing 
 bacteria with portions of animal tissues, or if it be desired to 
 render tlu' nuinljer and distrilmtion of the bacteria in an organ 
 
 '•' Arcliiv fill- Microscopisclio Anatoinio. Vol. \iii. 1H77, ]>. 'iC).'?. 
 
32 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION, ETC. 
 
 more evident, then the following method may he made use of: 
 — After staining with aniline, the sections are treated with a 
 weak solution of carbonate of potash, instead of with acetic 
 acid. By this means the nuclei and plasma cells — indeed as 
 a rule all animal tissues — lose again the colouring matter, 
 and the bacteria alone remain stained. Large sections, in 
 which the bacteria only are stained by the method just 
 described, form splendid objects for affording a general view. 
 
 In microscopical teclinique staining methods play an im- 
 portant part, and many of the most valuable discoveries 
 alread,y made have been obtained by their help. But the full 
 benefit which staining affords in microscopic work can only, 
 as my investigations show, be completely obtained by making 
 use also of a suitable apparatus for illumination. 
 
 This has not yet, so far as I am aware, been taken advan- 
 tage of, and I do not therefore consider it superfluous to 
 recommend my method of illumination for other microscopical 
 investigations in which it is desired to differentiate very small 
 stained elements from others. 
 
 With regard to the method of using Abbe's apparatus, I 
 must draw attention to the fact that a sharply-defined picture 
 can only be obtained by the use of such objective systems as 
 have all the zones of the objective aperture properly corrected. 
 The objective systems made by Zeiss are tested by means of 
 Abbe's condenser as to the correctness of the individual zones, 
 especially of the marginal ones. These, and more especially 
 the new oil systems constructed after the designs of Abbe, are 
 therefore thoroughly adapted for the observation of colour 
 pictures. In other systems which I have tried from this point 
 of view, the marginal zones were almost always insufficiently 
 corrected. The only other lenses with which I have obtained 
 well-defined colour pictures were made by Siebert and Kraft. 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 33 
 
 xUlTIFICIAL TEAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 
 
 I. Septic.t.mia IN Mice. 
 
 Mice are especially adapted for experiments on infective 
 diseases, as I previously found in my investigations on 
 anthrax. I therefore attempted to produce artificial traumatic 
 infective diseases in these animals by the use of the method 
 which was followed by Coze, Feltz, Davaine, &c. 
 
 Accordingly putrid fluids, e.g., putrefying blood, putrid 
 meat infusion, &c., were injected under the skin of the back 
 in mice. The result of such an injection diifers much 
 according to the nature of the putrid fluid, and according 
 to the quantity which is introduced. Blood and meat in- 
 fusion, which have putrefied for a long time, appear to act 
 less injuriously than fluids which have putrefied for a few 
 days only. Of these latter fluids, as, for instance, of blood 
 which has not putrefied too long, five drops is sufficient to kill 
 a mouse within a short time. In this case marked symptoms 
 maybe observed in the animal immediately after the injection. 
 It becomes restless, running about constantly, but showing 
 great weakness and uncertainty in all its movements ; it 
 refuses food, the respiration becomes irregular and slow, and 
 death takes place in four to eight hours. 
 
 In such a case the greater part of the fluid injected is found 
 in thg subcutaneous cellular tissue of the back in much 
 the same condition as before it was injected. It contains 
 bacteria of the most diverse forms, irregularly mixed together, 
 and as numerous ns when examined before injection. No 
 inflammation can be observed in the neighbourhood of the 
 place of injection. The internal organs are also unaltered. 
 If blood talaii from the right auricle be introduced into 
 another mouse no effect is produced. Bacteria cannot l)e 
 found in any of the internal organs, nor in the l)loo<l of the 
 heart. 
 
 An infective disease has therefore not l;een jiroduced as the 
 
 D 
 
34 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 result of the injection. On the other hand, there can be no 
 cTouht that the death of the animal was due to the soluble 
 poison, sepsin, which has been shown by the researches of 
 Bergmann, Panum, and various other investigators, to exist 
 in putrid blood. The animal has accordingly died not from 
 an infective disease, but simply from the effects of a chemical 
 poison. 
 
 This supposition is confirmed by the fact that when less 
 fluid is introduced into the animal, the symptoms of poisoning 
 which follow are less marked, and are quite absent when 
 one or at most two drops have been injected. After the 
 use of such small quantities of blood, mice often remain 
 permanently without any morbid symptoms. But a third 
 of them, on an average, become ill after the lapse of about 
 twenty-four hours, during which time they have remained 
 apparently healthy. The symptoms which are then present 
 are characteristic and constant, and are in no case preceded 
 by any of the symptoms of poisoning previously described. 
 
 Before I describe these symptoms, I must mention that the 
 infection may succeed when even less than one drop of putrid 
 fluid has been used. The less the amount employed in the 
 first instance, the fewer are the animals affected ; for example, 
 of twelve animals inoculated in the ordinary manner with 
 one-twentieth to one-tenth of a drop each, only one was suc- 
 cessfully infected. 
 
 The first symptom in the infected animals is an increased 
 secretion from the conjunctiva. The eye appears dull, and 
 aw^hitish mucus collects between the lids, and finally com- 
 pletely glues tliem together. At the same time lassitude 
 sets in, the animal moves little and languidly ; as a rule it 
 sits quite still, with its back much bent and its extremities 
 closely drawn up. It then ceases to eat; its respirations 
 become slower, weakness increases more and more, and death 
 comes on almost imperceptibly. Convulsions never precede 
 it (they always do so in anthrax). After death the animal 
 still remains in the sitting posture with its back strongly 
 bent, while, on the other hand, a mouse which has died from 
 anthrax is always found lying on its back or side with its 
 stiffened extremities fully extended. Thus by the position of 
 
TKAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 35 
 
 tlio l)0(ly after deatli, a fatal result produci'd I)}- the inoculation 
 of putrefying l)lood is at once distinguished from that 
 occasioned by inoculation with the material of anthrax. 
 The deatli of mice infected with putrefying blood occurs forty 
 to sixty hours after the inoculation. 
 
 On [)Ost-mortcm examination there is found at tlic place of 
 injection or inoculation slight a'dema of the subcutaneous 
 cellular tissue. This, however, is often absent, nnd the 
 internal organs, with the exception of considerable swelling of 
 the spleen, appear quite unaltered. 
 
 If one now takes a very small quantity (e.g., one-tenth of a 
 drop) of the tiuid of the subcutaneous oedema, or of blood from 
 the heart of such an animal, and inoculates another mouse, 
 exactly- the same diseased sj-mptoms occur in the latter 
 animal after the same lapse of time and in the same order as 
 in the former, and death takes place in about fifty hours. 
 From this second animal a third may be infected in like 
 manner, and so on through as many successive animals as 
 one pleases. I have performed these experiments on fifty-four 
 mice and have alwaj's obtained the same result. Of these, 
 seventeen inoculations were made in succession ; of the others 
 the series of successive infections were less extended. 
 
 The certainty with which the infective material can be 
 carried from one mouse to another is here even greater than 
 m anthrax. In the latter, in order to obtain constant results 
 the material for inoculation must be taken from the spleen, 
 because the blood of mice affected w'ith anthrax often contains 
 very few bacilli. In the disease of the mouse produced by 
 putrefying 1:)lood it is, on the other hand, a matter of indifference 
 from which organ the material used for inoculation is taken, 
 and even the smallest amount will produce an effect with 
 cei-tainty. It is sufficient, in order to bring about the 
 death of the animal within about fifty hours, to pass the 
 jjoint of a scalpel, which has been in contact with the 
 infected blood, over a small wound of the skin. 1 ha^e often 
 pertbrmed the following experiment : — The subcut;ineous 
 tissue of ii mouse which had died after inoculation (Ui Hie 
 tail was touched with a knife on the opposite part of tlie IkhIv 
 to that which had boon inoculated, viz., on the head, and with 
 
36 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 this instrument a small scratch was made on the ear of 
 another mouse. The animals thus infected died, without 
 exception, of the same disease. 
 
 This disease is therefore undouhtedly an infective disease, 
 which, from the result of the post-mortem examination, must 
 be called septicaemia. 
 
 The great virulence which the blood of septicfemic mice 
 possesses leads us to suspect that if this disease be a parasitic 
 affection brought about by bacteria, the parasites must be 
 present in the blood, and that in great numbers. But in my 
 first investigations I entirely failed to discover bacteria in the 
 septicemic blood. Not till I used Abbe's condenser did I 
 succeed in demonstrating their presence with complete 
 certainty, in spite of their minute size. 
 
 I examined the blood by a method which I have described 
 in another place, and which in this case yielded good results * 
 (by drying it on a cover glass and then staining with 
 methyl violet). 
 
 The blood of the animals which became ill after injection 
 of one to ten drops of putrefying blood was found to contain 
 as a rule different varieties of bacteria in small numbers, 
 micrococci, and large and small bacilli. If, however, the 
 animals died after inoculation with putrefying or septicemic 
 blood, small bacilli alone appeared in the blood. This 
 result was invariable, and the bacilli were always in large 
 numbers. These bacilli (see Plate i., fig. 1), which lie singly 
 or in small groups between the red blood corpuscles, have a 
 length of '8 to 1 mikrm.+ Their thickness, which cannot be 
 measured accurately", Ijut only approximately estimated, is 
 about •! to "2 mikrm. In order to establish a comparison 
 with other known bacteria there are represented in fig. 4 
 specimens of Bacillus Anthracis, magnified to the same 
 degree, from the blood of a mouse, the blood having been 
 dried on a cover-glass and stained in exactly the same 
 manner as the septicemic blood (the lines of junction of the 
 individual rods come out rather too strongly in the drawing). 
 One often sees the bacilli in septicemic blood attached to each 
 
 ■'' Culm's Eeiti'!i,e;e zur Biologic der Pflaiizen. BiL 2, Heft B, p. 402. 
 i 1 niikriii. 'OUl millimetre. 
 
TRAUMATIC TNFKCTIVr: DISEASKS. 37 
 
 other in pairs, cither in straight lines or forming an ohtuse 
 angle. Chains of three or four Ijaeilli also occur, but they 
 arc rare. They show at first sight a great resemblance to 
 small needle-like crystals, ))ut that they are 'undoubtedly 
 vegetable bodies is evident, for when septicsemic blood is 
 placed on a concave slide and kept in an incubation apparatus 
 the l)acilli grow in the same manner as the ])acilli of anthrax, 
 not forming, however, long threads like the latter, but dense 
 masses which consist of isolated l)aeilli. In some cases 
 I have also seen spores appear in the bacilli. I could not, 
 from want of time, study further the conditions of life and of 
 vegetation of these septicremic bacilli. I intend, how^ever, at 
 some future period to investigate these. Without the use of 
 staining materials the bacilli can only with extreme difficulty 
 be I'ccognised in fresh blood, even v/lien one is familiar with 
 their form, and I have not been able to obtain any certain 
 evidence as to whether they move or not. Their relation to 
 the white blood corpuscles is peculiar. They penetrate into 
 these and multiply in their interior. One often finds that 
 there is hardly a single white corpuscle in the interior of 
 which bacilli cannot be seen. Many corpuscles contain 
 isolated bacilli only ; others have thick masses in their 
 interior, the nucleus being still recognisable ; while in others 
 the nucleus can be no longer distinguished ; and finally, the 
 corpuscle may become a cluster of bacilli breaking up at the 
 margin — the origin of which one could not have explained 
 had there been no opportunity of seeing all the intermediate 
 steps between the intact white corpuscle and these masses 
 (Plate i., fig. 2). 
 
 Starting from the point of inoculation, one can easily see 
 the path by which the bacilli have penetrated into the body. 
 In the subcutaneous cellular tissue in the neighbourhood of 
 the inoculated spot they are very numerous, and at times 
 accumulated in dense masses, as can be best observed 
 in inoculations on the ear. They are more especially 
 numerous on the surface of the cartilage of the ear, and they 
 are here covered witli a hiyi r of lymph corpuscles. The 
 latter are also present along witb numerous red blood 
 corpuscles in the loose cellular tissue. 
 
38 -MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 The large number of red blood corpuscles which pass out of 
 the vessels leads to the conclusion that an alteration has 
 taken place in the walls of these vessels, and thus it becomes 
 extremely probable that the bacilli grow into the vessels and 
 enter the circulation through spaces in their walls, which 
 permitted the exit of the much larger red blood corpuscles. 
 I have never found these bacilli in the lymphatic vessels. 
 Even in the greatly enlarged lymphatic glands they can only 
 be found in the capillary blood-vessels which run through 
 these glands, not, however, in the lymph spaces. In the loose 
 cellular tissue they often spread widely, and may reach from 
 the ear to the mediastinum ; from the back into the cellular 
 tissue of the pelvis. I have not found them free in the 
 cavities of the body. Their distribution in the blood-vessels 
 can be best observed on the diaphragm, the vessels running 
 on the border of the centrum tendineum being selected for 
 investigation. The larger veins (Plate iii., fig. 8, shows a 
 small section of one) contain considerable numbers of bacilli 
 pretty equally distributed, and also numerous small clusters 
 developed in the white blood corpuscles. The bacilli which 
 are free in the interior of the vessels are almost always 
 arranged with their long axis in the direction of the blood- 
 stream, and it is thus evident that they were placed in this 
 position by the flowing blood, and after its stagnation have 
 neither increased in number nor moved. In the capillaries 
 the bacilli congregate, particularly at the points of division, 
 but I have never yet seen a complete obstruction of the 
 smaller vessels produced in this way. The inner wall of 
 the arteries is often thickly beset with bacteria directed 
 lengthwise. 
 
 In exactly the same manner are the bacilli distributed in 
 the rest of the vascular system. In the examination of 
 sections of lung, liver, kidney, and si^leen, one meets every- 
 where with vessels containing free bacilli, and with white blood 
 corpuscles with bacilli in their interior. The bacilli are not 
 specially accumulated in the glomeruli; strangely enough, 
 they are not more numerous in the greatly enlarged spleen 
 than in other organs. 
 
 The whole morbid process has thus a great resemblance to 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 39 
 
 anthrax. In both diseases the infective power of the l)lood is 
 due to the bacilli present in it ; as soon as these disappear 
 the disease can be no longer produced by inoculation with the 
 blood. Both diseases are distinguished l)y the invariable 
 development of exceedingly numerous bacilli. There can 
 thus l)c no doubt that the bacilli of the septicaemia described 
 here possess the same significance as the bacilli of splenic 
 fever, namely, that they are to be regarded as the contagium 
 of this disease. 
 
 As anthrax can be successfully inoculated on different 
 species of animals, I have also tried to infect other animals 
 with the blood of septicemic mice. Having at my disposal 
 only ral)bits and iield-mice, in addition to house-mice, I was 
 compelled to limit my experiments to them. In both the 
 attempt had a negative result. At first the rabbits were 
 merely inoculated ; afterwards the whole of the blood of a 
 septicfemic mouse w^as injected subcutaneously into one 
 animal, and finally, in addition to the blood, the lungs, heart, 
 liver, kidneys, and spleen of a septicaemic mouse were 
 introduced under the skin of a rabbit. 
 
 These animals did not exhibit the slightest evidence of 
 disease, either locally or constitutionally. 
 
 It seems peculiar that even field-mice, which resemble 
 house-mice in size and which can hardly at the first glance be 
 distinguished from them, should possess an immunity from 
 this septicaemia. These animals, however, are also much less 
 sensitive to anthrax than house-mice. I attribute this result 
 to differences in the blood of these closely allied animals, 
 which strike one at once on investigation of fresh blood. 
 Ill the blood of the house-mouse crystals seldom form, and 
 when they do they shoot out only at the border of the drop of 
 blood in the shape of small rectangular tablets and needles. 
 The blood of the field-mouse, on the other hand, always 
 undergoes changes very soon after removal from the body, 
 all the red blood corpuscles l)ecoming transformed into large 
 regular hexagonal plates either immediately or after adjacent 
 corjiuscles have run together, and thus the drop becomes in a 
 short time transformed into a crystalline pulp. But although 
 one could not inoculate the septiciemia of tli<' liousc-mice on 
 
40 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 the two species of animals mentioned, yet it does not at all 
 follow that all other species likewise possess an immunity 
 from this disease. Many animals are in like manner 
 insensible to anthrax, and it would certainly repa}' one to 
 test as many different animals as possible with regard to 
 their behaviour towards this septicaemia. 
 
 II. Progressive Destruction of Tissue (Gangrene) in Mice. 
 
 Occurring along with the septicasmic bacillus just described 
 I have sometimes found in mice, after the introduction of 
 putrefying blood, a micrococcus in the neighbourhood of the 
 place of injection. This organism attracted my attention by 
 its rapid increase and by its regular formation of chains. 
 As a rule, when the animal dies of septicaemia after about two 
 days, none of the numerous forms of bacteria which were 
 injected with the putrid blood can be discovered, except the 
 septicemic bacilli, or it may be a few residual specimens 
 growing with difficulty. It must therefore be supposed that 
 none of the other bacteria injected at the same time find in 
 the body of the living mouse a suitable soil, and that they 
 therefore perish more or less quickly. My attention was thus 
 at once arrested, when in some cases micrococci were found 
 growing in unusual abundance and of constantly characteristic 
 form. They were not present in the blood, and by inoculation 
 with the blood the septicemic bacilli alone were transmitted. 
 In order to test whether the}^ could be inoculated, it was 
 therefore necessary that the material used should be taken 
 from the neighbourhood of the place of injection. Inoculations 
 carried out in this way were successful in producing both 
 forms of disease and the virulence of the serum from the 
 subcutaneous cellular tissue containing these micrococci was 
 just as marked as that of the septicemic blood. When the 
 point of a knife wdiich had been well cleaned was merely 
 brought in contact with the subcutaneous tissue at, a spot 
 about one centimetre and a half from the place of injection or 
 inoculation, and when with this knife another animal was 
 immediately inoculated, the inoculation was successful on 
 every occasion. Septicemia was of course always produced 
 at the same time, because the serum used contained also 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 41 
 
 septiciGinic bacilli. The inlluencc of these micrococci on 
 
 animal tissues and their mode of spreading can be best traced 
 
 oil the ear of a mouse ; and it is specially instructive to 
 
 compari' an ear on wliich only septicemic bacilli have been 
 
 inoculated with one into which both the bacilli and the 
 
 chain-like micrococci have been introduced. In the former 
 
 ear the cellular tissue is full of red blood corpuscles and 
 
 lyniph cells, so that the bacilli can often l)e recognized only 
 
 with great difficulty among the numerous cell nuclei. The 
 
 other ear presents totally different appearances. Spreading 
 
 out from the place of inoculation one can see extremely 
 
 delicate and regular micrococcus chains, here pressed together 
 
 so as to form thick masses, there arranged diffusely, the 
 
 individual elements of these chains (Plate iii., fig. 6), as can 
 
 be estimated from measurements of the longer ones having a 
 
 diameter of '5 mikrm. These can be traced almost to the 
 
 base of the ear, and throughout the part occupied by them all 
 
 the tissues are markedly altered. As far as the micrococci 
 
 extend, neither red blood corpuscles, nor nuclei of lymph 
 
 or of connective tissue cells, can be seen. Even the extremely 
 
 resistent cartilage cells, and the plasma cells so richly present 
 
 in the mouse's ear and which are likewise characterised by 
 
 great resisting power, are pale and scarcely recognisable. 
 
 All the constituents of the tissue look as if they had been 
 
 treated with caustic potash ; they are dead, they have become 
 
 gangrenous. Under these circumstances the bacteria develop 
 
 all the more vigorously. The micrococci penetrate in numbers 
 
 into the damaged blood and lymphatic vessels, and here and 
 
 there they fill them so completely that the vessels appear as 
 
 if injected. Among these the septicfemic bacilli, no longer 
 
 oljscuivd liy nuclei, are seen very distinctly in small groups 
 
 which at times are very dense and remind one of the 
 
 " Pil/. figures" of the inoculated cornea. While the bacilli 
 
 can be traced up to the root of the ear, and indeed beyond it, 
 
 have at the same time increased enormously in the blood, and 
 
 have ultimately caused the death of the animal, the 
 
 micrococci, on the other hand, and the destructive process 
 
 associated with them, have only extended during the same 
 
 time (within about lifty hours) as far as the vicinity of the 
 
42 micro-orctANisms in relation to 
 
 root of the ear. Their hmit is sharply defined, as can be seen 
 very well on a longitudinal section of the ear examined with a 
 low magnifying power (twenty-five diameters). (Plate i., fig. 5.) 
 The upper part {<■), from the tip to h, is gangrenous. The 
 larger dark oval or round spots (d) are transverse sections of 
 vessels containing masses of micrococci in their interior. 
 The widely-distributed micrococcus chains cannot of course 
 be recognised with this power. It is only in the lower fourth 
 of the gangrenous region that they occur in denser groups, 
 which can be seen as little dark points. Then all of a sudden 
 at h appears a densely agglomerated mass of nuclei, forming as 
 it were a wall against the invasion of the micrococci, and this is 
 the limit up to which these organisms may be found. They do 
 not extend, even in the blood-vessels, beyond this line. This 
 wall of nuclei has no great breadth, and immediately beyond 
 it comes the normal tissue. By the use of high magnifying 
 powers it becomes apparent that the micrococci do not reach 
 quite up to the nuclear laj^er. On the side directed towards 
 the micrococci the nuclei are undergoing destruction. 
 Numerous fragments of irregular shape, constantly becoming 
 smaller, form the upper limit of the wall of nuclei, and when 
 this region is reached, in examining the preparation, we may 
 be sure that we are in the neighbourhood of these organisms. 
 There almost always remains between the last remnants of 
 the nuclei and the micrococci a line of considerable breadth 
 consisting only of gangrenous tissue, in which neither 
 micrococci nor nuclei can be found. It is seldom that the 
 micrococci extend into the disintegrating nuclear layer. 
 
 These appearances lead us to the conclusion that the action 
 of these micrococci in causing the gangrene is somewhat as 
 follows : — Introduced by inoculation into living animal tissues, 
 they multiply, and as a part of their vegetative process they 
 excrete solul)le substances which get into the surrounding 
 tissues by diffusion. When greatly concentrated, as in the 
 neighbourhood of the micrococci, this product of the 
 organisms has such a deleterious action on the cells that 
 these perish and finally completely disappear. At a greater 
 distance from the micrococci the poison becomes more 
 diluted and acts less intensely, only producing inflammation 
 
TRAU^rATIC INFECTIVK DISKASES, 43 
 
 uiul accumulation of lymi)li corpuscles. Tiius it happens 
 that the micrococci are ahvaj'S found in the gangrenous 
 tissue, and that in extending they are preceded 1)}' a wall of 
 nuclei which constantly melts down on the side directed 
 towards them, while on the opposite side it is as constantly 
 renewed by lymph corpuscles deposited afresh. 
 
 These observations refer to inoculations with fluid containing 
 both micrococci and bacilli, and it might have been supposed 
 that the septicfemic bacilli were necessary forerunners of the 
 micrococci, that they must to a certain extent prepare the way 
 for them. I therefore attempted, by various means, to 
 separate these parasites from each other. Thus, at one time a 
 consideralde quantity, at another only a little of the fluid was 
 used for inoculation, or again it was taken at different distances 
 from the point of inoculation, or, lastly, the parts of the l)ody 
 to which it was applied were varied as much as possible. But 
 all this was of no avail. Either pure septicaemia or septi- 
 caemia along with progressive gangrene was obtained, never the 
 latter alone. Chance led me to the proper method. A field- 
 mouse — which, as I formerly pointed out, possesses an 
 immunity from septicaemia — was inoculated with septicaemic 
 bacilli and chain-like micrococci. The experiment was made 
 in the expectation that neither parasite would develop. This 
 expectation, however, was not fulfilled, for, though the bacilli 
 as usual underwent no development, the micrococci increased 
 and spread in exactly the same manner as has been described 
 in the case of the house-mouse. Beginning at the place 
 of inoculation on the root of the tail, the gangrene spread 
 onwards along the back, passing deeply among the dorsal 
 muscles, and downwards on both sides to the abdominal 
 wall. The animal died three days after the inoculation. 
 The parts affected with the gangrene were partially denuded 
 of epidermis and hairs, and contained chain-like micrococci 
 in extraordinary numbers. The same micrococci were also 
 found on the surface of the abdominal organs, although there 
 was no visiljle peritonitis. The blood and the interior of tlic 
 organs were, on the other hand, quite free from them. From 
 this animal other field-mice, and from these again house-mice 
 in various successive series were subsequently injected, and 
 
•14 MICRO-OEGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 always with the Hke result, riz., that only chain-like micro- 
 cocci and, in their train, progressive gangrene were obtained. 
 
 III. Spreading Abscess in Eabbits. 
 
 Coze and Feltz, Davaine, and many others have obtained 
 in rabbits, by the injection of putrid blood, an infective 
 septicemic disease. I have therefore repeated their experi- 
 ments. I have not, however, succeeded in. producing the 
 effects described by Davaine, but I observed — what others who 
 have made similar experiments on rabbits have already 
 noticed — that in these animals the formation of an abscess 
 constantly increasing in extent may occur in the subcutaneous 
 cellular tissue without any general infection taking place. 
 Such animals have at first no symptoms of disease ; a flat 
 lentiform hard infiltration at the seat of the injection is all 
 that can be observed. After several days this hardness 
 extends in all directions, chiefly downwards, especially 
 tow^ards the abdomen and anterior extremities. The animal 
 at the same time emaciates and grows feeble, and dies in 
 about twelve to fifteen days after the injection. 
 
 The post-mortem examination shows the j)resence, in 
 the subcutaneous tissue, of extensive flat abscesses with 
 chees,y contents ; their walls bulge in various directions, 
 though the whole remains a single cavity. There is also an 
 extreme degree of emaciation, but no alteration in the 
 peritoneum, intestine, kidneys, spleen, liver, heart, or lungs. 
 In the blood the white corpuscles are greatl}'' increased in 
 number, but no bacteria can be found. The cheesy contents 
 consist of a finely granular material, and scattered about in 
 this are nuclei undergoing disintegration, but no bacteria can 
 be definitely made out. Here, then, w^e have appearances 
 similar to those often found in man, and much used as an 
 argument against the parasitic nature of such morbid 
 processes. I refer to abscesses resulting from phlegmonous 
 inflammation which must be regarded as infective in their 
 origin, but in which no micro-organisms have been found. 
 
 When, however, portions of these abscesses are hardened 
 and examined in sections, the surprising result is obtained 
 that, though bacteria are not present in their contents, their 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 45 
 
 walls are everywhere formed by a thin layer of mieroeocci 
 united together into thick zooglpea masses. These organisms 
 are the smallest pathogenic micrococci which I have as yet 
 observed. In some places I was fortunate enough to find 
 them arranged in rows, and thus was al)lc to measure them; 
 and I ascertained that they were al)Out '15 mikrm. in diameter 
 (this is of course only an approximate measurement). From 
 the form and character of the zooglsea masses surrounding 
 the abscesses it follows that these masses stand in the most 
 intimate relation to the contents of the abscesses ; that, in 
 fact, the contents are constituted by the zooglaea masses and 
 the dead portions of tissue enclosed by them. This jn'ocess 
 takes place as follows : — The micrococci grow only in masses 
 which, at the periphery of the more or less lentiform abscess, 
 differ in arrangement from that which they assume on its 
 upper, and more especially on its under surface. The 
 margins of the abscess extend into the loose meshes of the 
 subcutaneous cellular tissue, where the micrococci find the 
 least resistance to their extension, and accordingly sm-round 
 the abscess in thick cloud-like masses (Plate i., fig. 5). The 
 cellular tissue in the immediate vicinity is more or less richly 
 filled with nuclei (e), between which one can see small isolated 
 micrococcus colonies {I), r) — forerunners, in fact, of the main 
 zooglaea masses. The smallest colonies which can be found 
 seem, from their general form and their radiating pointed 
 processes, to be present in the canaliculi of the cellular tissue. 
 I have not been able to demonstrate any connection between 
 these micrococci and the connective tissue corpuscles, such as 
 is observed in the inoculated cornea. On the wall of that part of 
 the abscess wliicli is directed towards the deeper structures, and 
 where the dense fascia opposes the extension of the organisms, 
 they cannot develop so luxuriantly as at the borders of the 
 abscess. On the contrary, the groups are here small and 
 flattened (Plate iii., fig. 7), and only occasionally send out 
 processes into the layers of the cellular tissue beneath, this tissue 
 being in these situations interspersed with nuclei. An appear- 
 ance which is quite characteristic can be observed when the 
 zooghea masses are examined more closely. Theirouter borders, 
 ])}■ \vliicli J uii(l( rstand tin parts (ifllic zooglwa masses which arc 
 
46 MICRO-OKGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 directed toAvards the healthy ceUular tissue (fig. 8, a), are 
 stained by the anihne fluid of an intense dark colour, and the 
 individual micrococci can be distinctly made out. In the 
 small, and apparently young colonies more especially (fig. 8, 
 h, c, (I, and fig. 7, h) the micrococci are uniformly coloured. 
 But on passing towards the interior of the abscess the staining 
 of the zooglaea becomes less marked, the individual micrococci 
 can be no longer accurately defined, they become more and 
 more finely granular, and ultimately form an almost homo- 
 geneous mass which no longer takes the colouring matter 
 (fig. 8, f/).* Still nearer the abscess cavity are found pale 
 unrecognisable masses derived from the zooglaea (fig. 7, d) 
 intermixed with the detritus of the nuclei (fig. 7, c, and 
 fig. 8, /) ; and the cheesy contents of the abscess are composed 
 of these two materials alone — the dead zoogiaea and the 
 remnants of the nuclei, the former being present in largest 
 amount. I have called these unstained masses dead zooglfea 
 for the following reasons :■ — ^In the first i)lace, this explanation 
 suggests itself so naturally, and seems such a necessary 
 deduction from direct observation and from the comparison of 
 the small micrococcus colonies found in process of growth 
 with the large zoogiaea masses which have completed their 
 vegetative life, that no special proof is required for it. One 
 might fairly compare this grow^th of the micrococci on the one 
 side and their death on the other with the vegetation of 
 Sphagnum. Other considerations further indicate that, 
 when bacteria are no longer stained by aniline, it is a certain 
 sign of their death. The form of bacteric vegetation described 
 here deserves the greatest attention, for it is evident how 
 easily in similar cases the narrow line of bacteria might be 
 overlooked, even though the latter were still in full growth and 
 easily recognisable. Similar circumstances also apparently 
 occur in human infective diseases. Thus Klebsf found in 
 endocarditis that the micrococci deposited on the aortic valves 
 were dark-coloured on the surface, while in the deeper parts 
 
 * Tlie micrococci in figs. 7 and 8 have been drawn too large in parts, 
 more especially towards the interior of the zoogiaea. 
 
 f Ai-chiv fur experimeutelle Pathol, uud Pharmak. Bd. IX., p. 72 
 (Taf. II., fig. 3). 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 47 
 
 they became paler, and finally quite disappeared, passing into 
 a homogeneous mass. 
 
 Tn order to ascertain Mlicther the morbid process here 
 designated as progressive abscess formation could l)e trans- 
 mitted from one animal to another, rabbits were injected with 
 blood taken from others which had already died of this 
 disease. These injections produced no ejffect. A small (piantity 
 of the cheesy contents of the abscess was now taken, diluted 
 with distilled water, and injected under the skin of a rabl)it. 
 There resulted exactly the same abscess-formation i]i this 
 animal as in the first. The abscesses spread in the same 
 manner as described in the former case, and caused the death 
 of the animal experimented on in a week and a half. From 
 this animal the disease was conveyed to a third, and so on 
 through several in succession. 
 
 It was thus demonstrated that the disease is not merely 
 occasioned b}' the injection of a considerable quantity of 
 putrefying blood, but is of a decidedly infective character. 
 The assumption made above that the micrococci in the cheesy 
 contents of these abscesses are dead, does not appear in 
 keeping with this result of inoculation. This apparent 
 contradiction may, however, I think, be cleared up, for it is 
 very probable that these micrococci, like other bacteria, form 
 resting spores (Dauer-sporen) after the expiration of their 
 vegetative life, and that these bodies, just like the spores of 
 bacillus, are not stained by aniline, and therefore remain 
 invisible in Canada balsam. The infection in the case referred 
 to would be 1)rought a1)0ut by such spores. 
 
 lY. Pyemia in Eabbits. 
 
 Having faiUd in various attempts to produce a general 
 infection in rabbits by the injection of putrid blood, I tried the 
 eifect of other putrid iluids. 
 
 A piece of a mouse's skin about a square centimetre in size 
 was macerated for two days in 1 1 1 i rty grammes of distilled water, 
 and a syringoful of this fluid was injected subcutaneously into 
 the back of a ra1)bit. Tliis animal remained for Iavo days free 
 from any noticeable symptoms of disease, then it began to eat 
 less, became gradually weaker, and died one hundnd aiid live 
 
48 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 hours after the injection. A post-mortem examination was at 
 once made, and there was fomid a flat, pmailent (not cheesy) 
 infiltration in the subcutaneous celhilar tissue, extending 
 from the point of injection as far as the hip behind and the 
 hnea alba below. In the abdominal wall the yellowish 
 infiltration extended in parts through the abdominal muscles, 
 and even to the peritoneum. The latter was dull and in 
 many places covered with delicate whitish clots. In the 
 peritoneal cavity a small quantity of turbid fluid was found. 
 The intestines were glued together by white fibrinous masses. 
 The liver, stomach, and spleen were covered with thin white 
 layers of fibrin, and the spleen was much enlarged. The 
 liver, after the removal of the deposit on it, presented a 
 greyish mottled appearance, and showed on section grey 
 wedge-shaped patches; its borders were also in parts of a 
 grey colour. In the lungs were found some dark red 
 patches about as large as a pea, devoid of air. As regards the 
 remaining organs no alterations could be detected, not even in 
 
 the heart. 
 
 A syringeful of blood taken from the heart of this animal 
 was now injected under the skin of the back of a second 
 rabbit. The latter died in forty hours. The result of the 
 post-mortem examination was essentially the same. The 
 infiltration in the neighbourhood of the place of injection was, 
 however, more oedematous, and the cellular tissue was 
 besprinkled with small extravasations of blood; the 
 peritonitis was less advanced; on the small and large 
 intestines a few small subserous extravasations of blood 
 were present ; and in the lungs and the liver were metastatic 
 deposits similar to those found in the first rabbit. 
 
 I had therefore without doubt a general infective disease to 
 deal with. Indeed it was possible that it might be the same 
 affection as had been obtained by Coze and Feltz, and by 
 Davaine, from injections of putrid fluids into rabbits, and 
 which had led them to their observations on the increasing 
 virulence of septicsemic blood when transmitted through 
 a series of animals in succession. I therefore resolved 
 to carry out a series of experiments similar to those already 
 performed by Davaine. 
 
Sabbits. 
 
 Fluid injected. 
 
 Quantity of the same. 
 
 I. 
 
 Maceration fluid. 
 
 10 drops. 
 
 11. 
 
 Blood of I. 
 
 10 „ 
 
 III. 
 
 Blood of II. 
 
 3 „ 
 
 IV. 
 
 Blood of III. 
 
 1 „ 
 
 Y. 
 
 Blood of IV. 
 
 T^ „ 
 
 VI. 
 
 Blood of V. 
 
 1000 , , 
 
 TRAI'^rATIC INFECTH'E DISEASES. 49 
 
 To furnish a general view of the results of these experiments 
 I shall arrange them in a tabular form : — 
 
 Death. 
 
 In 105 hours. 
 In 40 „ 
 In 54 „ 
 In 92 „ 
 In 125 ,, 
 Remained well. 
 
 The blood was diluted in the same manner as had been 
 done bj'^ Davaine in his experiments. In order to obtain the 
 one-thousandth of a drop for injection, a drop of blood was 
 mixed with one hundred drops of distilled water; of this mixture 
 one drop was again added to one hundred drops of distilled 
 water, and of the solution so obtained (the blood being now 
 diluted ten thousand times) ten drops were injected. The 
 table comprises only a few experiments, but the relation 
 between the quantity of blood injected and the time which 
 elapsed before death is so constant that it cannot be acci- 
 dental. There was no indication of increasing virulence of 
 this blood when inoculated into several animals in succession. 
 The less the quantity of blood injected, the longer the time 
 which elapsed before death occurred, and where the quantity 
 was reduced to the one-thousandth of a drop no result followed. 
 I do not say, however, that the infective power of the blood 
 was entirely abolished by reducing the quantity to one- 
 thousandth of a drop, for this experiment was performed on 
 one animal only, and it might very possibly have happened 
 that if several animals had been injected at the same time 
 with the same amount, one or other would have become ill, or 
 even have died. But it follows from the table that when the 
 quantity is small the cfiect is delayed, and that when very 
 minute the result is uncertain, or even negative. These 
 results can only be explained on the supposition that the 
 blood always contains a like quantity of undissolved infective 
 l^articles, and that these particles must have increased to a 
 ceiiain number before they can cause death. 
 
 For, an infective material in solution, which is active in 
 quantities varying from ten drops to one-tenth of a drop, must 
 
 E 
 
50 BIICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 also be infective under all circumstances, even when reduced 
 to a thousandth of a drop ; but death would take place at a 
 correspondingly later period. 
 
 If, however, the infective material be supposed to be 
 insoluble, and if a certain quantity is always necessary to 
 destroy a rabbit, then the explanation of the fact that the 
 result is more and more delayed in proportion as the injected 
 blood is diluted is at once evident. For the more the blood is 
 diluted the few^er bacteria does each drop contain, and if 
 fewer bacteria be introduced into the animal experimented on, 
 longer time must of course elapse before these have attained 
 the number necessary to cause the death of a rabbit than 
 when the quantity at first injected was large. If the blood be 
 yet further diluted, a time will finally come w^hen in the 
 quantity of blood used for injection, say ten drops, there will 
 not with certainty be a single bacterium, or at least a number 
 sufficient for infection. Then the result becomes a matter of 
 uncertainty. 
 
 Let us now see how the facts furnished by microscopic 
 investigation coincide with this explanation. 
 
 But first I must mention that the post-mortem appearances 
 found in the last three rabbits were, with some unimportant 
 variations, the same as in the first two, viz., local purulent 
 cedematous infiltration of the subcutaneous cellular tissue, 
 metastatic deposits in the lungs and liver, swelling of the spleen, 
 and peritonitis. These appearances harmonize so completely 
 with those commonly designated as pyaemia, that I do not 
 hesitate to use that term for the disease under consideration. 
 
 On microscopic examination micrococci are found in great 
 numbers everywhere throughout the body, and more especially 
 in the parts which have undergone alterations visible to the 
 naked eye. These micrococci are for the most part single or 
 in pairs, and their measurement is therefore difficult. Ten 
 measurements of paii'S of micrococci differed but little from 
 each other, and gave '25 mikrm. as the average diameter of a 
 single individual. As regards size, therefore, they stand 
 midway between the chain-like micrococcus of the progressive 
 gangrene of the tissues and the zooglsea -forming micrococcus 
 of the cheesy abscesses of rab])its. Their relation to the 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 51 
 
 . blood-vessels can be best seen in the renal capillaries, and I 
 have therefore selected a small vessel from the cortex of the 
 kidney for delineation (Plate v., fig. 9). It is impossible in 
 a drawing to represent their relative size correctly, and 
 it \s-as necessary to draw them here on a somewhat larger 
 scale than the micrococci of figs. 7 and 8. In the interior of 
 the vessel at c is a dense deposit of micrococci adherent to 
 the wall, and enclosing in its substance a number of red blood 
 corpuscles. This mass would probably have very soon filled 
 the calibre of the vessel, for fresh blood corpuscles are 
 constantly being deposited upon it, and these become 
 surromided by delicate offshoots from the mass of micrococci. 
 From this we may conclude, either that the micrococci have 
 of themselves, owing to the nature of their surface, the power 
 of causing the red blood corpuscles, to which tlioy adhere, to 
 stick together, or that these organisms can occasion coagulation 
 of the blood in their vicinity, and thus the formation of 
 thrombi. 
 
 The manner in which these micrococci, as it were, spin 
 round the blood corpuscles and enclose them, seems to me to 
 be quite characteristic of this particular form. Such partial 
 or complete thrombus formations occm* in the renal vessels in 
 many places, particularly in the glomeruli, where individual 
 capillary loops may be found completely blocked by micrococci. 
 But even in these thick zoogl^a-like masses one can still 
 recognise the clear circles due to the enclosed red blood 
 corpuscles. As a rule, however, only small groups of 
 micrococci are met with (as in fig. 9, h). They were found 
 arranged in this manner surrounding and glueing together a 
 small number of blood corpuscles, in the capillary vascular 
 system of all the organs examined, as, for example, in the 
 spleen and in the lungs. In the larger vessels also groups of 
 considerable size are formed, and I am disposed to believe 
 that the large metastatic deposits in the liver and in the lungs 
 do not arise l)y gradual growth of a mass of micrococci, as in 
 fig. 9, but by the arrest of large groups of micrococci and of 
 the clots associated with them formed in the manner described 
 ill the circulating blood ; in other words, by true embolism. 
 Ill the metastatic deposits an extensive development of 
 
52 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 micrococci occurs, and these arc not confined to the vessels, 
 but invade the neighbouring tissues. Micrococci in pairs are 
 pretty equally distributed over the surface of the abdominal 
 organs. Masses of micrococci do not form in the peritonea 
 cavity ; and the small flakes of pus in the peritoneal fluid and 
 the fibrinous deposits infiltrated with pus cells present on the 
 surface of the abdominal organs, contain micrococci only 
 uniformly distributed, or at most collected into small groups. 
 
 In the neighbourhood of the place of injection the sub- 
 cutaneous cellular tissue is infiltrated with extensive flat 
 collections of pus, wdiich are surrounded by micrococci more 
 or less numerous, but never in the form of zooglasa. They 
 also surround the subcutaneous veins of this part, which are 
 much distended with blood corpuscles, and their presence in 
 the walls of the vessels and their passage through these 
 walls into the interior can be seen in many places. No 
 micrococci were found in the lymphatic vessels or in the 
 neighbouring lymphatic glands, which were, how^ever, greatly 
 swollen. 
 
 Comparing the results of the microscopic investigation 
 with the before-mentioned effects of the injection, we find that 
 they are in complete unison. 
 
 In the experiments the blood was taken from the heart, 
 and with reference to the cause of its infecting property 
 we have only to consider the state of the blood in the larger 
 vessels. This, as already mentioned, contains numerous 
 micrococci. The first part of the assumption that the 
 infective particles were bacteria is thus proved. If, however, 
 these underwent the same growth in the blood, as the 
 septicgemic and anthracic bacilli, they must become as 
 numerous in the blood as the latter, and the virulence of the 
 blood would thus be much greater than it was in reality found 
 to be. But, as we have seen, the micrococci of pyaemia 
 behave differently in this respect from the organisms of 
 septicaemia and anthrax. As soon as they come in contact 
 with the red blood corpuscles the latter stick together and 
 form larger or smaller clots in the blood. They can thus no 
 longer pass through the minute capillary networks, like the 
 bacilli which move freely among the red corpuscles, but are 
 
TEAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 53 
 
 arrested in the larger or smaller vessels. From the point of 
 infection fresh micrococci will no doubt constantly pass into 
 the blood, and also individual mirrococci will become detached 
 from these small throml)i and emboli and mix with the blood 
 stream. Nevertheless, their total number in the circulating 
 blood cannot exceed a certain point, because they are very 
 soon deposited somewhere. Thus we have a simple explanation 
 of the fact that the number of micrococci present in the body 
 of the animal experimented on constantly increases, and, 
 finally, apart from the disturbances of circulation produced 
 by them, become sufficiently numerous to cause the death of 
 the animal. Nevertheless, the quantity present in the cardiac 
 blood continues pretty uniform, and is so small iis to have 
 an uncertain action when the thousandth part of a drop 
 is used. 
 
 5. SEPTiciEMiA IN Rabbits. 
 
 After injection of putrid infusion of meat into rablnts, 
 I have twice obtained a general infection of another sort 
 in which metastatic deposits do not occur, and which I would 
 therefore describe, in contrast to the foregoing, as septicaemia. 
 This infusion, like the putrid fluids used in the earlier experi- 
 ments, contained numbers of bacteria of the most various 
 forms. When injected under the skin of the back of a rabbit 
 it produces an extensive putrid suppuration of the subcutaneous 
 cellular tissue, and the animal dies in three days and a half. 
 At the ichorous spot, which must, on account of its size, 
 be looked upon as the immediate cause of death (owing to 
 absorption of poisonous materials in solution), the same 
 variety of bacteric forms was present as in the meat infusion. 
 At the border of this spot the cellular tissue was infiltrated 
 with a slightly turbid watery fluid, which contrasted strikingly 
 with the brownish stinking ichor in the vicinity of the place 
 of injection. In this cedema fluid great numl)ers of micro- 
 cocci of considerable size and of an oval form were almost the 
 only organism observed. In the blood also similar micrococci 
 were found, though only in small numbers. Further, in the 
 papilli of 111'' kidney and i)i Hie greatly-enlarged spleen some 
 
54 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 of tlie small veins were completely blocked for short distances 
 with these oval micrococci. 
 
 Two drops of this oedematous fluid were now injected nnder 
 the skin of the back of a second rabbit. The animal died in 
 twenty-two hours, and here, in the neighbourhood of the 
 place of injection, not a trace of pus could be observed. On 
 the other hand slight cedema, with a streaky whitish appear- 
 ance of the subcutaneous cellular tissue, extended from the 
 point of injection to the abdomen. In this oedematous 
 cellular tissue lay numerous fiat extravasations of blood 
 half a centimetre in breadth, the vessels around these being 
 very greatly distended. The muscles of the thigh and of the 
 abdominal wall w^ere also interspersed with small extravasa- 
 tions. In the heart and lungs no alterations were found. 
 In the peritoneal cavity no fluid was present, the peritoneum 
 being unaltered and the coils of intestine not glued together. 
 But the surface of the intestine, in consequence of a number 
 of small subserous extravasations presented an appearance 
 as if injected here and there with blood. The spleen was also 
 very considerably enlarged. 
 
 In this second animal the oval micrococci were alone 
 present in the cedematous cellular tissue, all the other bacteria 
 having disappeared. The number of these organisms was 
 very considerable, many of the small veins being completely 
 filled with them. In the hfemorrhagic spots w^ere small veins, 
 which were here and there distended v\'ith micrococci, thus 
 presenting spindle-shaped dilatations, which had at parts 
 burst, the micrococci having thus escaped in large numbers 
 into the surrounding cellular tissue. This appearance could 
 be particularly well seen in the muscles of the thigh. 
 
 In the pulmonary capillaries the micrococci were not very 
 numerous ; they were scattered through the blood singly or in 
 pairs, and occasionally in small groups. In the kidnej's these 
 organisms were present in much larger numbers. The great 
 majority of the glomeruli seemed enlarged, as if swollen ; their 
 capillary loops were increased in size and distended with red 
 blood corpuscles. The other glomeruli were smaller than usual, 
 the nuclei of their capillary walls being closer together, so that 
 they presented an appearance as if they had been compressed. 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 55 
 
 111 all the enlarged glomeruli, without exception, more or less 
 extensive deposits of oval micrococci vvere present. These 
 were arranged in longitudinal series and also side by side, so 
 as to form a single layer, covering the inner wall of the 
 capillaries for short distances, but never embracing the whole 
 circumference. The micrococcus colonies thus presented the 
 appearance of short, slightly-curled, trough-like pellicles. In 
 other places the vascular loops were completely distended, 
 and there were also present all transitions from these dense 
 obstructing masses to the small loose colonies and the single 
 micrococci (Plate v., fig. 10). 
 
 In the compressed glomeruli colonies were very exceptionally 
 present, and then only of small size. Isolated obstructing 
 micrococcus masses were also present in the vascular capillary 
 network of the medullary substance. They were also present 
 in an isolated form in almost all the vessels. Accumulations 
 of whitish corpuscles in the neighbourhood of the micrococci 
 and alterations in the epithelial cells of the uriniferous tubules 
 were not observed. The micrococci were never seen in the 
 interior of the uriniferous tubules. The s^Dleen contained 
 loosely-arranged micrococcus colonies scattered about in the 
 capillaries in moderate numbers, and also isolated dense 
 deposits which distended the small vessels at the border 
 and in the interior of the Malpighian corpuscles for short 
 distances. 
 
 In the capillaries surrounding the intestinal glands numerous 
 obstructing micrococcus masses were^Dresent (Plate i., fig. 11). 
 At many points these were so extensive that branching 
 accumulations were seen consisting entii'ely of these organisms. 
 
 The liver, like the lungs, contained no great accumulation 
 of micrococci. 
 
 The largest diameter of an isolated micrococcus was 
 '8 to I'O mikrm. 
 
 These organisms dift'er from the micrococci of pyaemia very 
 markedly as regards size, and in most other points. Thus 
 they never enclose the l)lood corpuscles, even when they have 
 accumulated in l;ii;j,v iiiiitilurs in tlie interior of the l>lood- 
 vessels. They rather push them on one side. They do not 
 cause coagulation of the l)lood, and thus emboli do mtt occur. 
 
56 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 Only in one point do they reseml)lG the pysemic micrococci, 
 namely, they do not show an increasing virulence when 
 inoculated into a series of animals in succession. 
 
 Thus a syringeful (ten drops) of blood taken from the heart 
 of the second rabbit was injected subcutaneously into a third 
 rabbit. This animal died in thirty-six hours, the naked eye 
 and microscopic appearances being exactly the same as in 
 rabbit No. 2. 
 
 From rabbit No. 3 two drops of blood were injected into a 
 mouse, and one drop into a rabbit. 
 
 The mouse died in thirty- seven hours ; the rabbit remained 
 unaffected. 
 
 The blood and all the organs of this mouse contained these 
 oval micrococci, just as in the rabbit. A second mouse was 
 then inoculated with blood taken from this mouse's heart, 
 the operation being performed in the following manner : — 
 The point of a scalpel was dipped in the blood of the heart, 
 and about one-tenth of a drop was put into a small pocket- 
 like wound on the root of the tail. This animal remained 
 healthy. 
 
 On a second occasion I have, by injection of putrid meat 
 infusion, obtained in a rabbit the same septicaemic process 
 with the same oval micrococci. 
 
 Here, also, the disease could only be transmitted to other 
 rabbits when at least five to ten drops of blood were used for 
 inoculation. 
 
 6. Erysipelas in Eabbits. 
 
 Not only were large quantities of putrid fluids injected into 
 rabbits, but various attempts were also made to produce 
 disease by inoculation with different putrefying materials. 
 These were not successful. In one case, however, after 
 inoculation of the ear of a rabbit with mouse's dung softened 
 in distilled water, redness and swelling occurred and spread 
 slowly downwards from the point of inoculation. This 
 redness extended on the fifth day as far as the root of the ear. 
 "When held up to the sunlight the ear which had not been 
 inoculated appeared unaltered, only the chief blood-vessels 
 
TRAI'^rATIf INFEC'TIVK DISEASES. 57 
 
 being seen, while the inoculated ear, similarly illuminated, 
 j)resented a uniformly dark red appearance, the individual 
 vessels being no longer recognisable. It Avas thicker, and at 
 the same time had l)ecome more liuid than the other, its 
 point being bent and hanging down in consetjuence of its 
 weight. The animal was, moreover, evidently ill, and died on 
 the seventh day. 
 
 No effect was produced on another rabbit by injecting into 
 it blood taken from the first. Unfortunately an attempt was 
 not made to transmit the morbid process by inoculation with 
 material from the ear of the affected rabbit to that of another. 
 
 Neither in the blood nor in the internal organs of this 
 rabbit w^ere any alterations found worthy of mention, notably 
 no bacteria. The state of matters in the ear was, however, 
 so remarkable, and bore so unmistakably the characters of a 
 parasitic disease, that I have considered it right, although the 
 infective nature of the disease was not directly demonstrated, 
 to give here a description of the affection. 
 
 In transverse sections of the ear the blood-vessels w^ere 
 seen to be markedly dilated, full of red corpuscles, and 
 surrounded by the nuclei of numerous white corpuscles. 
 These nuclei w^ere more numerous tow^ards the cartilage of the 
 ear, and on its surface they formed a pretty uniform dense 
 la3'er. Between this layer and the cartilage cells were seen 
 small fine rods arranged at pretty equal distances, which rods 
 were distributed parallel to the cartilage in the dense cellular 
 tissue which lies immediately outside the cartilage cells. In 
 many places only single rods were seen ; in others several 
 were present, being arranged parallel to each other ; while 
 again, thickly interwoven clumps of these same rods were 
 found, and that in parts where the white corpuscles were 
 somewhat more thickly accumulated than elsewdiere. These 
 rods were present nowhere except close to the cartilage. 
 Longitudinal sections w^cre accordingly prex)ared which 
 showed very distinctly the distribution of the rods on the 
 surface of the cartilage. Figure 12, Plate i.. i^,)clrawu» from 
 such a section. The large round boiliv'a (r) are the nuclei of 
 large flat cells, under which lie the cartilage cells. On this 
 layer of flat cells there is a thick netv(o;'l; t0iihii!9t'.n}j,oi i,)c;c'.lli, 
 
58 :\riCRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 and outside these bacilli, indeed in fact covering them, are the 
 nuclei (1)), of the white corpuscles of which, however, only a 
 small portion remains in the section. In many places the 
 bacilli form more or less round dense clumps (as shown in 
 fig. 12 a) which look like a pad of hair. From these clumps long 
 rows of l)acilli, in which the organisms become fewer and 
 fewer, radiate in all directions. This reminds one of the 
 peculiar, often starlike, figures which the bacillus anthracis 
 forms when inoculated on the cornea of a living rabbit.* 
 This network of bacilli extended over the whole cartilage of 
 the ear on both surfaces. As the morbid process could be 
 traced in its extension from its origin at the point of 
 inoculation over the whole ear, and as throughout the whole 
 limit of the process these bacilli were present, and as, further, 
 the signs of inflammatory reaction were most marked in the 
 immediate neighbourhood of these organisms, I consider it 
 indubitable that they were the cause of the disease. I have 
 never observed anj' formation of spores in them. They vary 
 much in length. One rod, in which I could with certainty 
 only distinguish two joints, was 3 mikrm. in length. The 
 longest rod, consisting of six or seven joints, was 9 — 10 mikrm. 
 in length. They are about "3 mikrm. thick (the bacillus 
 anthracis may be as long as 20 mikrm. and as thick as 1 to 
 1*25 mikrm., — that is to say, about twice as long and three or 
 four times as thick as the bacilli of the rabbit's ear). 
 
 * Frisch, I.e., PL i., fig. 3, and PL ii., figs. 9 aud 10. 
 
TRAUMATIC INFKCTIVK DISEASES. 59 
 
 ANTHEAX. 
 
 The numerous investigations which have been made with 
 regard to anthrax have ahnost all had reference to the 
 l)ehaviour of the bacillus anthracis outside the animal body. 
 "With regard to their numbers in the blood the conclusions 
 have, as a rule, been drawn from blood taken b}^ chance from 
 an}' part of the body. No observations have yet been published 
 as to the number of bacilli really present in the body, and as 
 to their distribution in the vascular sj'stem. 
 
 In order to supply this deficiency, and because the l)acillus 
 anthracis behaves so like the septicemic bacilli (thus being 
 useful for comparison with the other pathogenic bacteria here 
 described), I have examined rabbits and mice which have died 
 of inoculated anthrax in the same manner as I did those 
 killed l)y artificial traumatic infective diseases. 
 
 The staining of the bacillus alone, as obtained by treatment 
 of sections stained in methyl violet with carbonate of potash, 
 here proved of the greatest service. The mucous membrane 
 of the stomach and intestine can, for example, be so prepared 
 lor examination by this method, that even with low powers 
 the l)acilli may be seen in all the vessels. In like manner 
 sections of lung, liver, and kidneys, furnish extremely distinct 
 and instructive preparations. 
 
 Although I had often previously examined the blood of 
 animals suffering from anthrax, and had thus formed a high 
 estimate as to the number of bacilli present in the body of an 
 anthraeic animal, yet I was quite surprised when I saw for 
 the first time sections and portions of organs stained in this 
 way, as r.r/., the intestinal mucous membrane and the iris of 
 a rabl)it. AVhen maguiiied fifty diameters such a preparation 
 presents at the first glance an appearance as if a blue 
 colouring-matter had l)een injected into the vessels. Each 
 intestinal villus is permeated by an exceedingly delicate blue 
 network; in the mucous membrane of the stomach all the 
 capillary network surrouudiiig the gastric glands is stained 
 
60 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 blue ; in the ciliary processes each projection is injected, and 
 a spiral vessel stained of a dark blue colour leads from thence 
 to the iris and breaks up into a fine blue network with loops 
 directed towards the edge of the iris. The liver and lungs, 
 and the glandular structures, such as the pancreas and salivary 
 glands, are completely permeated by the same blue vascular 
 network. Indeed there is no organ which is not more or less 
 injected with the blue mass. It is, however, very striking 
 that this injection is only present in the capillary vessels. 
 All the larger vessels, even the arteries and veins of an 
 intestinal villus, are either not at all stained or have but a 
 light blue streak in their interior, and that only here and 
 there. When magnified 250 times one can see that the blue 
 capillary network is composed of numerous delicate rods 
 (Plate iii., fig. 13), and when a power of 700 diameters is 
 used it is found that the apparent injection is nothing more 
 or less than the bacillus anthracis, stained dark blue, and 
 present in incredible numbers in the whole capillary system. 
 In the other vessels, especially in the larger ones, often only 
 a single bacillus may be met with at long intervals, or they 
 may be quite absent. Here, therefore, we have a striking 
 proof of how little value are conclusions drawn in traumatic 
 infective diseases from the examination of a drop of blood 
 taken from a blood-vessel by chance ; for one might quite well 
 take a drop of blood from the heart and find no micro- 
 organisms in it, or one might readily overlook the few which 
 might be present, and that although the capillary system 
 abounds in them. 
 
 The distribution of the bacillus anthracis in the capillaries 
 is not, however, quite uniform. . There are fewer in the brain, 
 in the skin, in the capillaries of the muscle, and in the tongue 
 than elsewhere ; on the other hand, in the liver, lungs, 
 kidneys, spleen, intestines, and stomach, they are always 
 present in the enormous numbers above described. The 
 spleen, to which the disease owes its name, is not distinguished 
 above the other organs which have been mentioned by a 
 greater number of bacilli. In the capillaries themselves the 
 bacilli accumulate in largest numbers at the point farthest 
 removed from the nearest afferent artery and the efferent vein; 
 
TEAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 61 
 
 that is to say, where the arterial capillaries join the venous, 
 the aggregate diameter of the vessels being there the broadest 
 and tlic ])lood stream flowing the slowest, in the intestinal 
 villus this spot is at its apex and the neighhom-ing part of the 
 periphery; in the liver it lies midway between the ultimate 
 twigs of the hepatic vein and of the vena portae. Among the 
 points where the bacilli accumulate in greatest numbers are 
 also the glomeruli of the kidney, which become for the most 
 part transformed into clumps of bacilli. It by no means 
 unfrcqucntly happens that from the presence of the rapidly 
 increasing bacilli at the places mentioned, chiefly in the 
 glomeruli, intestinal villi, mucous membrane of the stomach, 
 salivary glands, and pancreas, individual capillaries become 
 torn, and ])lood with the contained bacilli is extravasated. 
 This occurs most frequently in the glomeruli. Many of these 
 burst and the bacilli pass into the uriniferous tubules. They 
 do not, however, extend far into these; at least I have only 
 found them in the commencement of the convoluted tubules, 
 in which they form long threads interwoven with each other. 
 I have never seen bacilli in the straight uriniferous tubules. 
 
 The facts which I have described are those met with in 
 rabbits. Mice, which I have often investigated, behave 
 essentially in the same manner. In the latter animals, 
 however, the spleen is more especially the seat of the bacilli ; 
 then come the lungs, and last of all the kidneys. The contrast 
 between the very large numbers of bacilli in the capillaries 
 and their small quantity in the large vessels is even more 
 striking in the mouse than in the rabbit. 
 
 I have also had an opportunity of examining the lungs, 
 liver, spleen, and kidneys of sheep which had died of anthrax, 
 and I found here also that the bacilli had the same relations 
 as regards numbers and distribution as in the rabbit. 
 
 I would recommend the study of organs taken from animals 
 ajffected with anthrax, and stained in the manner described, 
 to those who, in spite of all the proof alread}^ furnished, do 
 not yet regard it as a parasitic disease. The simple fact that 
 death occurs in twenty-four hours after inoculation witli the 
 smallest drop of anthracic Idood, provided that it contains 
 bacilli or their spores, and that then almost all the capillaries 
 
62 MICRO-OBGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 of the lungs, liver, kidneys, spleen, intestine, stomach, &c. 
 (placed in absolute alcohol immediately after death), are found 
 to be filled with enormous numbers of the same bacilli, has so 
 evidently only one interpretation that no commentary is 
 required. The investigator who still considers the presence of 
 these organisms as accidental, quite immaterial, or merely 
 accessory, must, before he can attribute the death of the 
 animal to some other unknown ferment, consider likewise as 
 immaterial the loss of the constituents of the blood which go 
 to build up these innumerable bacilli, the accumulation of 
 waste products which such a rapid interchange of material as 
 the growth of the bacilli must of necessity involve, and also 
 the disturbances in the circulation and in the nourishment of 
 important organs induced by the plugging of most of the 
 capillaries. But in that case there would be no reason why, 
 in the case of trichinosis, scabies, and other parasitic diseases 
 communicated by direct contact, some specific ferments in 
 addition to trichinas, acari, &c., should not also be supposed 
 to be present. 
 
TRAUMATIC INl'ECTIVE DISEASES. 63 
 
 CONCLUSIONS. 
 
 I a:\i well aware that the investigations above described are 
 very imperfect. It was necessary, in order to have time for 
 those parts of the investigation which seemed the most 
 important and essential, to omit the examination of many 
 organs, such as the brain, heart, retina, &c., which ought not 
 to pass unnoticed in researches on infective diseases. For 
 the same reason no record w^as kept of the temperature, 
 although this would undoubtedl}^ have yielded most interesting 
 results. I have intentionally refrained from entering into 
 details of morbid anatomy, as only the etiology interested me, 
 and as I did not feel qualified to undertake a study of the 
 morbid anatomy of traumatic infective diseases. I must 
 therefore leave this part of the investigation to those who are 
 better able to undertake it. 
 
 Nevertheless I consider that the results of my researches 
 are sufficiently definite to enable me to deduce from them 
 some well-founded conclusions. 
 
 In this summary I shall, however, confine myself to the 
 most obvious conclusions. It has indeed of late become too 
 common to draw the most sweeping conclusions as to infective 
 diseases in general from the most unimportant observations 
 on bacteria. I shall not follow this custom, although the 
 material at my command would furnish rich food for 
 meditation. For the longer I study infective diseases the 
 more am I convinced that generalisations of new facts are here 
 a mistake, and that every individual infective disease or group 
 of closely allied diseases must be investigated for itself. 
 
 As regards the artificial traumatic infective diseases 
 observed by me, the conditions, w^hich must be established 
 before their parasitic nature can be proved, were com- 
 pletely fulfilled in the case of the first five, but onl}' 
 partially in tliat of the sixth. For the infection was 
 produced by such small ([uantities ol' lliiid (blood, stiinu, 
 pus, &.C.) that the result cannot be attributetl to a merely 
 chemical poison. 
 
64 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 In the materials used for inoculation bacteria were without 
 exception present, and in each disease a different and well- 
 marked form of organism could be demonstrated. 
 
 At the same time, the bodies of those animals which died of 
 the artificial traumatic infective diseases contained bacteria in 
 such numbers that the symptoms and the death of the 
 animals were sufficiently explained. Further, the bacteria 
 found were identical with those which were present in the 
 fluid used for inoculation, and a definite form of organisms 
 corresponded in every instance to a distinct disease. 
 
 These artificial traumatic infective diseases bear the greatest 
 resemblance to human traumatic infective diseases, both as 
 regards their origin from putrid substances, their course, and 
 the result of post-mortem examination. Further, in the first 
 case, just as in the last, the parasitic organisms could be only 
 imperfectly demonstrated by the earlier methods of investi- 
 gation; not till an improved method of procedure was 
 introduced was it possible to obtain complete proof that they 
 were parasitic diseases. We are therefore justified in assuming 
 that human traumatic infective diseases will in all probability 
 be proved to be parasitic when investigated by these improved 
 methods. 
 
 On the other hand, it follows from the fact that a definite 
 pathogenic bacterium, e.g., the septicsemic bacillus, cannot be 
 inoculated on every variety of animal (a similar fact is also 
 true with regard to the bacillus anthracis) ; that the 
 septicaemia of mice, rabbits, and man are not under all 
 circumstances produced by the same bacterial form. It is of 
 course possible that one or other of the bacteric forms found 
 in animals also play a part in such diseases in the human 
 subject. That, however, must be specially demonstrated for 
 each case ; a priori one need only expect that bacteria are 
 present ; as regards form, size, and conditions of growth, they 
 may be similar, but not always the same, even in what appear 
 to be similar diseases in different animals. 
 
 Besides the pathogenic bacteria already found in animals, 
 there are no doubt many others. My experiments refer only 
 to those diseases which ended fatally. Even these are in all 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTR-E DISEASES. 65 
 
 probability not exhausted in the six forms mentioned. 
 Further exj^eriments on many different species of animals, 
 with the most putrid substances and with every possible 
 modification in the method of application, will doubtless bring 
 to light a number of other infective diseases, which will lead 
 to further conclusions regarding infective diseases and 
 pathogenic bacteria. 
 
 But even in the small series of experiments which I was 
 able to carry out, one fact was so prominent that I must 
 regard it as constant, and, as it helps to remove most 
 of the obstacles to the admission of the existence of a 
 contagium vi\-um for traumatic infective diseases, I look on it 
 as the most important result of my work. I refer to the 
 differences which exist between pathogenic bacteria and to the 
 constancy of their characters. A distinct bacteric form 
 corresponds, as we have seen, to each disease, and this form 
 always remains the same, however often the disease is 
 transmitted from one animal to another. Further, when 
 we succeed in reproducing the same disease de novo by 
 the injection of putrid substances, only the same bacteric 
 form occurs which was before found to be specific for that 
 disease. 
 
 Further, the differences between these bacteria are as great 
 as could be expected between particles which border on the 
 invisible. "With regard to these differences, I refer not only to 
 the size and form of the bacteria, but also to the conditions of 
 their growth, which can be best recognised by observing theu' 
 situation and grouping. I therefore study not only the 
 individual alone, but the whole group of bacteria, and would, 
 for example, consider a micrococcus which in one species of 
 animal occurred only in masses (?'. c, in a zooglaea form), 
 as different from another which in the same variety of animal, 
 under the same conditions of life, was only met with as 
 isolated individuals. Attention must also be paid to the 
 physiological effect, of which I scarcely know a more striking 
 example than the case of the bacillus and the chain-like 
 micrococcus growing together in the cellular tissue of the ear; 
 the one passing into the blood and penetrating into the white 
 blood corpuscles, the other spreading out slowly in the tissue 
 
 F 
 
66 MICEO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 in its vicinity and destroying everything round about ; or 
 again, the case of the septicemic and pyemic micrococci of the 
 rabbit in their different relations to the blood ; or lastly, the 
 bacilli extending only over the surface of the aural cartilage in 
 the erysipetalous disease, as contrasted with the bacillus 
 anthracis likewise inoculated on the rabbit's ear, but quickly 
 passing into the blood. 
 
 As, however, there corresponds to each of the diseases 
 investigated a form of bacterium distinctly characterised by 
 its physiological action, by its conditions of growth, size, and 
 form, which, however often the disease be transmitted 
 from one animal to another, always remains the same and 
 never passes over into other forms, e.g., from the spherical 
 to the rod-shaped, we must in the meantime regard these 
 different forms of pathogenic bacteria as distinct and constant 
 species. 
 
 This is, however, an assertion which will be much disputed 
 by botanists, to whose special province this subject really 
 belongs. 
 
 Amongst those botanists who have written against the 
 subdivision of bacteria into species, is Niigeli, who says,* 
 " I have for ten years examined thousands of different forms 
 of bacteria, and I have not yet seen any absolute necessity for 
 dividing them even into two distinct species." 
 
 Brefeld t also states that he can only admit the existence 
 of specific forms justifying the formation of distinct species 
 when the whole history of development has been traced by 
 cultivation from spore to spore in the most diverse nutritive 
 fluids. 
 
 Although Brefeld's demand is undoubtedly theoretically 
 correct, it cannot be made a sine qua non in every investigation 
 on pathogenic bacteria. AVe should otherwise be compelled to 
 cease our investigations into the etiology of infective diseases 
 till botanists have succeeded in finding out the different 
 species of bacteria by cultivation and development from spore 
 to spore. It might then very easily happen that the endless 
 
 ■'- Die Niedereu Pilze. Milnchen, 1877, p, 20. 
 
 f Untersucliungen liber die Spaltpilze. Sitzuugsbericlit der Gesellscbaffc 
 Natiu-forsclieuder Freunde iu Berlin. 19tli Feb., 1878. 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 67 
 
 trouble of pure cultivation would be expended on some form 
 of bacterium -which would finally turn out to be scarcely worthy 
 of attention. In practice only the opposite method can work. 
 In the first place certain peculiarities of a particular form of 
 bacterium different from those of other forms, and in the 
 second place its constancy, compel us to separate it from 
 others less known and less interesting, and provisionally 
 to regard it as a species. And now, to verify this provisional 
 supposition, the cultivation from spore to spore may be 
 undertaken. If this succeeds under conditions which shut 
 out all som-ces of fallacy, and if it furnishes a result 
 corresponding to that obtained by the previous observations, 
 then the conclusions which were drawn from these observations 
 and which led to its being ranked as a distinct species must 
 be regarded as valid. 
 
 On this, which as it seems to me is the only correct 
 practical method, I take my stand, and, till the cultivation 
 of Imctcria from spore to spore shows that I am .wrong, 
 I shall look on pathogenic bacteria as consisting of different 
 species. 
 
 In order, however, to show that I do not stand alone in this 
 view, I shall here mention the opinion of some botanists who 
 have already come to a similar conclusion. 
 
 Cohn* states that, in spite of the fact that many dispute 
 the necessit}' of separating bacteria into genera and species, 
 he must nevei-theless adhere to the method as yet followed by 
 him, and separate bacteria of different form and fermenting 
 power from each other, so long as complete proof of tlieu' 
 identity is not given. 
 
 From his investigations on the effects of different temper- 
 atures and of dessication on the development of bacterium 
 termo, Eidam t came to the conclusion that different forms of 
 bacteria requii'e different conditions of nutriment, and that 
 thoy behave differently towards physical and chemical 
 iuiluences. He regards these facts as a further proof of the 
 necessity of dividing organisms into distinct species. 
 
 I shall bring forward another reason to show the necessity 
 
 '■'■'• Bcitriige zur Biologie der Pflanzen. Bd. 1., Hell. 3, p. 1 14. 
 f Bcitriige ziir Biologic clcr Pflanzon. Bd. I., IToft. 3, p. 223. 
 
68 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 of looking on the pathogenic bacteria which I have described 
 as distinct species. The greatest stress, in investigations on 
 bacteria, is justly laid on the so-called pure cultivations, in 
 which only one definite form of bacterium is present. This 
 evidently arises from the view that if, in a series of cultivations, 
 the same form of bacterium is always obtained, a special 
 significance must attach to this form: it must indeed be 
 accepted as a constant form, or, in a word, as a species. 
 Can, then, a series of pure cultivations be carried out without 
 admixture of other bacteria? It can in truth be done, but 
 only under very limited conditions. Only such bacteria can 
 be cultivated pure, with the aids at present at command, 
 which can always be known to be pure, either by their size 
 and easily recognisable form, as the bacillus anthracis, or by 
 the production of a characteristic colouring matter, as the 
 pigment bacteria. When, during a series of cultivations, a 
 strange species of bacteria has by chance got in, as may 
 occasionally happen under any circumstances, it will in 
 these cases be at once observed, and the unsuccessful experi- 
 ment will be thrown out of the series without the progress 
 of the investigation being thereby necessarily interfered 
 with. 
 
 But the case is quite different when attempts are made to 
 carry out cultivations of very small bacteria, which, perhaps, 
 cannot be distinguished at all without staining ; how are we 
 then to discover the occurrence of contamination ? It is 
 impossible to do so, and therefore all attempts at pure 
 cultivation in apparatus, however skilfully planned and 
 executed, must, as soon as small bacteria with but little 
 characteristic ajDpearances are dealt with, be considered as 
 subject to unavoidable sources of fallacy, and in themselves 
 inconclusive. 
 
 But nevertheless a pure cultivation is possible, even in the 
 case of the bacteria which are smallest and most difficult to 
 recognise. This, however, is not conducted in cultivation 
 apparatus, but in the animal body. My experiments 
 demonstrate this. In all the cases of a distinct disease, e. g., 
 of septicaemia of mice, only the small bacilli were present, 
 and no other form of bacterium was ever found with it, unless 
 
TKAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 69 
 
 in the case where that causing the tissue gangrene was 
 intentionall}' inoculated at the same time. In fact, there 
 exists no better cultivation apparatus for pathogenic bacteria 
 than the animal body itself. Only a very limited number of 
 bacteria can grow in the body, and the penetration of 
 organisms into it is so difficult that the uninjured living body 
 may be regarded as completely isolated with respect to other 
 forms of bacteria than those intentionally introduced. It is 
 quite evident, from a careful consideration of the two diseases 
 produced in mice — septicaemia and gangrene of the tissue — 
 that I have succeeded in my experiments in obtaining a pure 
 cultivation. In the putrefying blood, which was the cause of 
 these two diseases, the most different forms of bacteria were 
 present, and yet only two of these found in the living mouse 
 the conditions necessary for their existence. All the others 
 died, and these two alone, a small bacillus and a chain-like 
 micrococcus, remained and grew. These could be trans- 
 ferred from one animal to another as often as was desired, 
 without suffering any alteration in their characteristic form, 
 in then- specific physiological action and without any other 
 variety of bacteria at any time appearing. And further, 
 as I have demonstrated, it is quite in the power of the 
 experimenter to separate these two forms of bacteria from 
 each other. When the blood in which only the bacilli are 
 present is used, these alone are transmitted, and thenceforth 
 are obtained quite pure ; while on the other hand, when a 
 field-mouse is inoculated with both forms of bacteria, the 
 bacilli disappear, and the micrococcus can be then cultivated 
 pure. Doubtless an attempt to unite these two forms again 
 in the same animal by inoculation would have been successful. 
 In short, one has it completely in one's power to cultivate 
 several varieties of bacteria together, to separate them from 
 each other, and eventually to combine them again. Greater 
 demands can hardly be made on a pure cultivation, and I 
 must therefore regard the successive transmission of artificial 
 infective diseases as the best and surest method of pm-e 
 cultivation. And it can further claim the same power of 
 demonstrating the existence of specific forms of bacteria, as 
 must be conceded to any faultless cultivation experiments. 
 
70 . MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 From the fact that the animal body is such an excellent 
 apparatus for pure cultivation, and that, as we have seen, 
 when the experiments are properly arranged and sufficient 
 optical aids used, only one specific form of bacterium can be 
 found in each distinct case of artificial traumatic infective 
 disease, we may now further conclude that when, in examining 
 a traumatic infective disease, several different varieties of 
 bacteria are found, as e.g., chains of small granules, rods, 
 and long oscillating threads (such as were seen together 
 by Coze and Feltz in the artificial septicemia of rabbits, 
 see p. 9), we have to do with either a combined infective 
 disease, — that is, not a pure one, — or, what in the case cited 
 is more probable, an inexact and inaccurate observation. 
 When, therefore, several species of bacteria occur together 
 in any morbid process, before definite conclusions are 
 drawn as to the relations of the disease in question to 
 the organisms, either proof must be furnished that they 
 are all concerned in the morbid process, or an attempt 
 must be made to isolate them and to obtain a true pure 
 cultivation. Otherwise we cannot avoid the objection that 
 the cultivation was not pure, and therefore not conclusive. 
 I shall only briefly refer to a fm'ther necessary consequence 
 of the admission of the existence of different species 
 of pathogenic bacteria. The number of the species of 
 these bacteria is limited; for, of the numerous diverse 
 forms present in putrid fluids, one or but few can in the 
 most favourable cases develop in the animal body. Those 
 which disappear are, for that species of animal at least, 
 not pathogenic bacteria. If, however, as follows from 
 the foregoing, there exist hurtful and harmless bacteria, 
 experiments performed on animals with the latter, e. g., 
 with bacterium termo, prove absolutely nothing for or 
 against the behaviour of the former — the pathogenic — forms. 
 But almost all the experiments of . this nature have been 
 carried out with the first mixture of different species of 
 bacteria which came to hand without there being any 
 certainty that pathogenic bacteria were in reality present 
 in the mixture. It is therefore evident that none of these 
 experiments can be regarded as furnishing evidence of 
 
TRAUMATIC INFECTIVE DISEASES. 71 
 
 any value for or against the parasitic natui-e of infective 
 diseases. 
 
 In all my experiments, not only have the form and size of 
 the bacteria been constant, but the greatest uniformity in 
 their actions on the animal organism has been observed, 
 though no increase in virulence, as described by Coze and 
 Feltz, Davaine, and others. This leads me to make some 
 remarks on the supposed law of the increasing virulence of 
 blood when transmitted through successive animals, discovered 
 or confirmed by the investigators just mentioned. 
 
 The discovery of this law has, as is well known, been 
 received with great enthusiasm, and it has excited no little 
 interest owing to its intimate bearing on the doctrine of 
 natural selection (Anpassung und Yererbung). Some investi- 
 gators, who are in other things very exact, have allowed 
 themselves to be blinded by the seductive theory that the 
 insignificant action of a single putrefactive bacterium may, 
 by continued natural selection in passing from animal 
 to animal, be increased in wulence till it becomes deadly 
 though a drop of the infective liquid be diluted a quadidllion 
 times. They have founded thereon the most beautiful 
 practical applications, not suspecting that the bacteria in 
 question have never been with certainty demonstrated. 
 
 The original works of Coze and Feltz, as also that of 
 Davaine, are not at my disposal for reference ; and I cannot 
 therefore enter into a complete criticism of them. So far, 
 however, as I can gather from the references accessible to me, 
 especially from the detailed notices in Virchow and Hirsch's 
 ' Jahresbericht,' no complete proof that the virulence of 
 septicemic blood increases from generation to generation 
 seems to have been furnished. Apparently blood more and 
 more diluted was injected, and astonishment was felt when 
 this always acted, the effect being then ascribed to its 
 increasing virulence. But controlling experiments to ascertain 
 whether the septicajmic blood were not already as virulent in 
 the second and third generations as in the twenty-fifth, do not 
 seem to have been made. My experiments so far support and 
 are in accordance with those of Coze, Feltz, und Davaine 
 
72 MICRO-ORGANISMS IN RELATION TO 
 
 in that for the first infection of an animal relatively 
 large quantities of putrid fluids are necessary ; but in the 
 second generation, or at the latest in the third, the full 
 virulence was attained, and afterwards remained constant. 
 
 Of my artificial infective diseases the septicaemia of the 
 mouse has the greatest correspondence with the artificial 
 septicemia described by Davaine. If we were to experi- 
 ment with this disease in the same manner as Davaine 
 experimented, we would, if no controlling experiments 
 were employed, find the same increase in virulence of 
 the disease. It would only be necessary to use blood 
 in slowly decreasing quantities in order to obtain in 
 this way any progressive increase of the virulence that 
 might be desired. I, however, took from the second or 
 third animal the smallest possible quantity of material for 
 inoculation, and thus arrived more quickly at the greatest 
 degree of virulence. Till, therefore, I am assured that, in the 
 septicaemia observed by Davaine, such controlling experiments 
 were made, I can only look on an increase in virulence as 
 holding good for the earlier generations. In order to explain 
 this we do not, however, require to have recourse to the 
 magical wand of natural selection ; a feasible explanation 
 can be very naturally furnished. Let us take again the 
 septicaemia of mice, as being the most suitable example. 
 
 If two drops of putrefying blood be injected into such an 
 animal there is introduced not only a number of totally 
 distinct species of bacteria, but also a certain amount of 
 dissolved putrid poison (sepsin), not sufficient to produce a 
 fatal effect, but yet certainly not without influence on the 
 health of the animal. Different factors must therefore be 
 considered as affecting the health of the animal. On the one 
 hand there is the dissolved poison, on the other the different 
 species of bacteria, of which, however, perhaps only two, as in 
 the example before us, can multiply in the body of the mouse 
 and there exert a continuous noxious influence. Only one of 
 these two species can penetrate into the blood, and if the blood 
 alone be used for further inoculations, only this one variety will 
 come victorious out of the battle for existence. The further 
 development of the experiment depends entirely on the quantity 
 
TKAUMATIC INFECTnTD DISEASES. 73 
 
 of the putrid poison, and on the relation of the two forms of 
 bacteria to each other in point of numbers. If one injects 
 a large amount of the septic poison and a large number of 
 that variet}^ of bacteria which increases locally (in this case the 
 chain-like micrococci causing the gangrene of the tissue), but 
 onh' a very small number of the bacteria which pass into the 
 blood (here the bacilli), the first animal experimented on will 
 die, as a result of the preponderating influence of the first 
 two factors before many bacilli can have got into the blood 
 and multiplied there. Of the blood of this first animal, 
 containing, as it does proportionately very few bacilli, one- 
 fifth to one-tenth of a drop must be inoculated in order 
 to convey the disease with certainty. In the second animal, 
 however, only the bacilli are introduced, and these develop 
 undisturbed in the blood. For the infection of the third 
 animal the smallest quantity of this blood which can produce 
 an effect is then sufficient, and after this third generation 
 the virulence of the blood remains uniform. 
 
 We may also imagine another case in which the increase of 
 the virulence may go on through more than two generations 
 without any modification resulting from natural selection 
 and transmission from animal to animal. This would take 
 place if several species of bacteria capable of passing into 
 the blood were introduced into the animal at the first injection. 
 Let us suppose, for example, that in the same putrefying 
 blood which served for the foregoing experiment, the bacilli of 
 anthrax were also present, there would be then contained in 
 the blood of the fii'st animal not only the septicemic bacillus, 
 but also bacillus anthracis, and of each only a small number ; 
 of the anthrax bacillus there would be even fewer than of the 
 other, because in mice they are deposited chiefly in the spleen, 
 lungs, &c. ; while in the blood of the heart they are, even in 
 the most favourable cases, only sparsely distributed. On the 
 other hand, the anthrax bacilli have this advantage, that, 
 provided they be inoculated in considerable numbers, they kill 
 even within twenty hours, while the scpticfcmic bacilli only 
 destroy life after fifty hours. In the blood of the second 
 animal, therefore, both species of bacilli would be present in 
 larger numbers than in the first, although not yet so numerous 
 
74 MICEO-OEGANISMS IN RELATION, ETC. 
 
 as if either organism had been inoculated singly. Hence a 
 larger quantity of blood is necessary to ensure transmission to 
 a third animal. Perhaps this might be the case even in the 
 fourth generation, till finally one or other variety of bacillus 
 would alone be present in the blood injected. Probably this 
 would be the septicaemic bacillus. 
 
 In this way the experiments of Coze, Feltz, and Davaine 
 may admit of simple explanation and be brought into harmony 
 with my results. 
 
 FEINTED BY WEST, NEWMAN AND CO., 54, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, E.G. 
 
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
 
 All tlae drawings have been made as true to nature as possible 
 by the use of the camera lucida and of Zeiss' s ^V inch oil immer- 
 sion objective. An object micrometer was used to determine the 
 magnifying power. 
 
 PLATE I. 
 
 Fig. 5. — Longitudinal section of the ear of a mouse. Pro- 
 gressive gangrene of the tissue : — 
 
 a. Normal cartilage and on each side normal tissue. 
 h. Line of demarcation, accumulation of nuclei. 
 
 c. Gangrenous portion of the ear devoid of nuclei. 
 
 d. Transverse section of a vessel full of micrococci, x 25. 
 
 Fig. 8. — Marginal zone of a cheesy abscess in a rabbit. 
 Lateral portion : — 
 
 a. Cloud-like masses of zoogltea. 
 
 b. and c. Smaller. 
 
 d. Smallest micrococcus colonies. 
 
 e. Accumulation of nuclei in the neighbourhood of the 
 
 zooglffia. 
 /. Broken-down nuclei. 
 (J. Dead portion of zoogltea. X 700. 
 
 Fig. 11. — Capillary vessel from the mucous membrane of the 
 small intestine of a septicremic rabbit : — 
 
 a. Nuclei of the wall of the vessel. 
 
 b. Oval micrococci, x 700. 
 
.JCti v_'ij ..'-'jliL'c. ii.? Plate I. 
 
 Pig.li. 
 
 b- 
 
 .(::) .J t, 
 
 h -. 
 
 a. — - - xi- 
 
 Fi^. 8. 
 
 3 
 
 ,.-i" 
 
 V/o»t,N«v#wu\nl: C?. « •(){& 
 
PLATE II. 
 
 Fig. 1. — Blood of a septicfemic mouse, dried ou a cover glass, 
 staiued with methyl violet, aud mounted in Canada halsam. 
 Eed blood corpuscles are seen, and among them are small bacilli. 
 X 700. 
 
 Fig. 2. — White blood corpuscles from one of the veins of the 
 diaphragm of a septicaemic mouse. All stages of transition are 
 shown from blood corpuscles which contain but few bacilli to 
 those wiiich have become converted into masses of bacilh. x 700. 
 
 Fig. 4. — Blood of a mouse affected with anthrax. Eed blood 
 corpuscles and anthrax bacilli. The specimen was prepared in 
 the same way as that shown in fig. 1. The points of junction of 
 the bacilli are too strongly drawn, x 700. 
 
 Fig. 12. — Section of the ear of a rabbit parallel to the surface 
 of the cartilage. The morbid process resembled erysipelas : — 
 
 a. Ball-like accumulation of bacilli. 
 
 b. Accumulation of nuclei above the layer of baciUi. 
 
 c. Nuclei of flat cells connected with the cartilage below 
 
 the layer of bacilli. 
 (/. Bacilli arranged parallel to each other, x 700. 
 
KOCH ON WOUNDS &? 
 
 Plate 11. 
 
 Fii 2. 
 
 Fi^.l. 
 
 Fig. 4 
 
 -*)t 
 
 ^ 
 
 Fxg.l2. 
 
PLATE III. 
 
 Fig. 3. — Veiu of the diaphragm of a septicfemic mouse : — 
 a. Nuclei of the vascular wall. 
 h. Septicaemic hacilli. 
 
 c. White blood corpuscles which have become transformed 
 
 into masses of bacilli. 
 
 d. Capillaries oi^ening into the veui. x 700. 
 
 Fig. 7. — Marginal zone of a cheesy abscess cavity in a rabbit. 
 Lower surface : — 
 
 a. Accumulation of nuclei at the outer border of the abscess. 
 h. Zooglrea, consisting of very small micrococci (these have 
 been di'awn too large in parts, more especially in the 
 interior of the zooglfea). 
 
 c. Zooglfea, partially dead. 
 
 d. Dead zooglaea. 
 
 e. Remnants of nuclei, x 700. 
 
KOCH ON WOUNDS &? 
 
 Plate m. 
 
 Fi^. 7. 
 
 e 
 
 \ n 
 
 « 3. 
 
 // 
 
 
 ^' 
 
 
 >. '?&=SK 
 
 C d^' ~^' 
 
 r ,1,'^'-? 
 
 
 
 
 ' ^ ' "-v' " 
 
 
 
 '.'-, - ^ '' 
 
 ■y'-^-^l^^ -Z'S 
 
 
 
 
 ,■' M^,..,^' 
 
 ''V -■Otl/r-v''^ ""' 
 
 ' 
 
 ■; ' '"' 'v K "" 
 
 • 
 
 # 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V ^ 
 
 ^^' 
 
 ■>f^ 
 
 ,;) 
 
PLATE IV. 
 
 Fig. 6. — A portion *of the cartilage and adjacent tissue in the 
 vicinity of c, fig. 5. Magnified 700 diameters : — 
 
 a. Necrotic cartilage cells. 
 
 b. Chain-like micrococci in masses. 
 
 c. The same isolated, x 700. 
 
 Fig. 13. — Villus of a rabbit. Anthrax. The bacilli alone 
 stained, x 250. 
 
:t wounds &? 
 
 Plate IV 
 
 Fig. 13. 
 
 
 
 
 ./ ;». / ^ 
 
 \ 
 
 //■'■ 
 :/ 
 
 Fi^. 6. 
 
 : -TX 
 
 b... 
 
 ■S.n 
 
 J. 
 
 /;/; 
 •^ 
 
 
 Wmt.llp\vm.ijv I C; eo.rtlilJ.. 
 
PLATE V. 
 
 Fig. 9. — Vessel from the cortex of the kidney of a pyemic 
 rabbit : — 
 
 a. Nuclei of the vascular wall. 
 
 h. Small group of micrococci between blood corpuscles. 
 
 c. Dense masses of micrococci adherent to the wall and 
 
 enclosing blood corpuscles. 
 
 d. Pairs of micrococci at the border of the large mass. 
 
 X 700. 
 
 Fig. 10. — Glomerulus of a septicfemic rabbit : — 
 
 a. Capillary loop with oval micrococci spread out like a 
 
 membrane. 
 h. Micrococci deposited on the walls of a capillary vessel. 
 
 c. Loop completely filled with micrococci. 
 
 d. Individual micrococci in a capillary vessel near a 
 
 glomerulus, x 700. 
 
 Fig. 14. — A part of the vascular network of the same, x 700. 
 
Plate 
 
 ""^-'5-^^^ 
 
 V 
 
 4!S I 
 
 A. 
 
 '' 7 1 V* — ^ '^ ^., , 
 
 ^ ' 
 
 w 
 
 ^. 
 
 
 / 
 
 -^ 
 
 / 
 
 / I 
 
 H^. 10., 
 
 Fi^.9. 
 
 I 
 
 
 Vi 
 
 -d 
 
 h 
 
 
 
 ,"0 
 
 (i 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 c<. 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■-V' 
 
 / 
 
 \vv© 
 
 ^■' ^ i.^' 
 
 3*" 
 
 «c^ 
 
 (R. 
 
 
 © 
 
 rr^ 
 
 iP 
 
REPORT 
 
 I'KESENTED TO THE 
 
 TWEi\TY-SECOi\D ANNUAL MEETING 
 
 OK THE 
 
 NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY 
 
 HELD AT CAMBRIDGE, 
 August 8th, 1880. 
 
 WITH 
 
 Classififi fisi of |«blis!)ci Itorhs 
 
 AND OTHER INFORMATION. 
 
OFFICERS FOR 1880-81. 
 
 Sir WILLIAM W. GULL, Bart., M.D., F.R.S., D.C.L., LL.D. 
 
 ROBERT BARNES, M.D. 
 
 SiE GEORGE BURROWS, F.R.S. ,Bart 
 
 R. W. FALCONER, M.D., D.C.L. 
 
 (Bath). 
 W. D. HUSBAND, Esq. (York), 
 W. T. GAIRDNER, M.D. (Glasgow). 
 C^SAR H. HAWKINS, Esq., F.R.S, 
 T. HOLMES, Esq. 
 J. HUGHLINGS JACKSON, M.D,, 
 
 F.R.S. 
 ♦GEORGE JOHNSON, M.D., F.R.S. 
 
 JOSEPH LISTER, Esq., F.R.S. 
 Sm JAMES PAGET, F.R.S., Rart. 
 *GEORGE PAGET, M.D., F.R.S. 
 
 (CambriJge). 
 *WILLIAM RUTHERFORD, M.D., 
 F.R.S. (Edinburgh). 
 T. GRAINGER STEWART, M.D. 
 
 (Edinburgh). 
 Sir THOMAS WATSON, M,D.,F. R.S., 
 
 Bart. 
 HERMANN WEBER, M.D, 
 
 Coundl. 
 
 *T, CLIFFORD ALLBUTT, M.D,, 
 
 F.R.S. 
 ♦MILNER BARRY, M.D. 
 (Tunbridge Wells). 
 
 THOMAS BARLOW, M.D. 
 *LAUDER BRUNTON, M.D., F.R.S, 
 
 W. H. BROADBENT, M.D. 
 
 THOMAS BUZZARD, M.D. 
 
 W. CHOLMELEY, M.D. 
 
 WILLIAM COLLES, M.D. 
 (Dublin). 
 
 R. M. CRAVEN, Esq. (Hull). 
 
 J, LANGDON H. DOWN, M.D. 
 
 DYCE DUCKWORTH, M.D. 
 
 J. MATTHEWS DUNCAN, M.D. 
 
 JOHN EASTON, M.D. 
 
 Sir JOSEPH FAYRER, M.D. 
 
 C. J. HARE, M.D. 
 
 G. E. HERMAN, M.D. 
 
 H. MACNAUGHTEN JONES, M.D. 
 
 (Cork). 
 J. C. LANGMORE, M.B. 
 P. W. LATHAM, M.D. (Cambridge), 
 ♦STEPHEN MACKENZIE, M.D. 
 J. W. MOORE, M.D. (Dublin). 
 ♦WALTER MOXON, M.D. 
 ♦WILLIAM ROBERTS, M.D. 
 (Manchester). 
 SEPTIMUS W. SIBLEY, Esq. 
 J. K. SPENDER, M.D. (Bath). 
 ♦WILLIAM SQUARE, Esq. 
 
 (Plymouth). 
 ♦PAUL SWAYNE, Esq. (Devonport), 
 T. P. TEALE, Esq. (Leeds). 
 WILLIAM TURNER, M.B., F.R.S.E. 
 
 (Edinburgh). 
 JOHN WALTERS, M.B. (Reigate). 
 JAMES WEST, Esq. (Birmingham), 
 
 W. SEDGWICK SAUNDERS, M.D., 10, Queen Street, Cheapside, E.C. 
 
 ^ubitors. 
 
 E. CLAPTON, M.D. | S. FENWICK, M.D. 
 
 F. M. CORNER, Esq. 
 
 Pon. ^ttrctarjT. 
 
 JONATHAN HUTCHINSON, Esq., 15, Cavendish Square, W. 
 
 Thuse marked with an Asterisk were not in ojjice last year. 
 
REPORT 
 
 Presented to the Twenty-second Annual Meeting 
 OF THE New Sydenham Society. 
 
 The series for the year 1879 consisted of the following 
 works : — The second and concluding volume of Waring's 
 Bibliothcca Therapcutica, a second part of the Society's 
 Lexicon of Medical Terms, Guttmann's Manual of Physical 
 Diagnosis, and a second Fasciculus of the Society's Atlas of 
 Pathology. With the latter were included essays on the 
 present state of knowledge as to the Pathology of the 
 Kidney, by Dr. Greenfield, and as to that of the Spleen and 
 Supra-Eenals, by Dr. Goodhart. These papers were 
 compiled at the request of the Council, and were freely 
 illustrated by drawings from the microscope. 
 
 The series for the current year will probably comprise 
 the following : — 
 
 I. A third fasciculus of the Society's Lexicon. (Already 
 
 out). 
 
 n. The fifth and concluding volume of Hebra's Treatise 
 on Skin Diseases, with index to the whole. (Already 
 out). 
 
 IIL Koch's Researches on the Etiology of diseases 
 consequent on Wound Infection. 
 
 IV. A third Fasciculus of the Society's Atlas of Pathology, 
 comprising diseases of the Liver. 
 
 V. A fourth Fasciculus of the Lexicon. 
 
 The Council has adopted, for reprinting, the classical 
 
 Treatise of Dr. Stokes on Diseases of the Chest. This 
 
 work, which has been always held in very high estimation 
 
 by all authorities, has been for some time out of print. It 
 
 Will be edited for the Society, with sliuii annotations, &.C., 
 
REPORT. 
 
 by Dr. Hudson, of Dublin. It has also been decided to edit 
 for the Society a selection from the works of Duchenne ; 
 and Dr. Vivian Poore has, at the Council's request, under- 
 taken the preparation of the work. 
 
 The translation of Professor Charcot's Lectures on the 
 Diseases of Old Age, and on certain Chronic Maladies, has 
 been decided on. The work has been placed in the hands 
 of Mr. William S. Tuke. 
 
 The preparation of the Society's Lexicon is, in the hands 
 of its editors, Mr. Power and Dr. Sedgw^ick, progressing 
 satisfactorily and as rapidly as the difficulties of the task 
 permit. Three Fasciculi have been issued, and another is 
 just ready. It is to be distinctly understood that the 
 Fasciculi of this work are always issued as soon as ready. 
 The Council is prepared to devote to it any portion of the 
 year's income that may be requisite ; and nothing but the 
 onerous nature of the editors' task will be allowed to delay 
 its publication. 
 
 The Balance Sheet has been audited, and is, as usual, 
 appended. 
 
u 
 
 u* K i y fe * fe ! -^ 
 
 a> 
 
 c 
 
 o" 
 a 
 
 in 
 (0 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 I— • 
 
 CO 
 
 a> 
 
 o 
 
 >^ 
 
 i/1 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 63 « 
 
 
 O 
 X 
 30 
 
 c 
 c 
 
 
 p 
 c 
 
 c» 
 o 
 
 o 
 o 
 f 
 
 00 
 
 04-1 M to 
 
 ~ " ■—• a" ■=:" 
 
 n> 2. P t" S 
 
 *^ o a o B 
 
 O O VI " u. 
 
 y St. ,_3 I— ' B 5 
 
 -« 7 J< ^? -> JO ii ~.-> 5 
 
 lip ' ' ~ p 
 
 • • " XODOOXQOQDOOOOODODaoacaiOCXQO'XOOJO l-i 
 
 • • • CD ^i M -I ^> -.1 -^7 ^ ~i ~j ^1 05 c: c; cj o Ci C5 C5 oo 
 
 • • • OOX^lC5at»KM63l-iO:OX^C5C<tf-Oit3 ~J 
 ; ; CO 
 
 \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ T w 
 
 . • — o 
 
 ^ O 
 
 ::::::::::::;::::::::: g. ►cs 
 
 -• c+ 
 
 :::::::::::::::::::•:: ^ ^ 
 
 :::::::::::::.:::::::: ci 
 
 p, 
 I-. p' 
 
 h- ' -I -) I— ' B 
 
 -Ji-i*oMc:c;H-x o 
 
 — tix*-r-'6563tooe;'io«co:-iOMi— '^^oil— 'Wh-'H-'^ji-c) 
 
 C»/ciiXc:c:;riDC6D6SOi«CitOh-'fOiih-'Cii— 'h- 'jn C:' 
 
 TO 
 
 a> 
 
 rf-c coccooooooooooooocoo r'-S^ 
 
 (-■ 
 
 p P 
 
 p" i 
 P -J 
 
 o M 
 
 (I- o 
 
 p ^ 
 
 o 
 
 00 
 CO 
 
 (^ 
 
 X 
 X 
 
 3 
 
 ►a 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 CD 
 
 
 (OX r-- 
 
 tn /x, o 
 
 =^ ^ 3 
 
 
 V. 
 
 • tc 
 
 WW 
 
 § = s: 
 
 ■ p3 "-n c« 
 
 p 12. 
 
 <^ 2. 
 -s ST 
 
 CD ft 
 
 D B 
 CO en 
 
 ^ P 
 
 ■ 3 
 
 S » 
 
 B aq 
 
 Pj .-d 
 
 n £ 
 
 o ^ 
 
 S I 
 
 p 
 rt) 
 
 63 
 
 JO l<- C If- 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 B 
 
 w 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 W 
 
 o 
 w 
 
 00 
 
 -J 
 
 1:0 
 
 <rt- 
 
 Jb 
 
 -I c 
 
 c ~ o Oi o -1 
 
 CO il- cc c^ 
 OS O il CC »w 
 CO X X iC '^ 
 
 C 63 o; i" 
 
 O O X c: c. 
 
CLASS! in:i) LIST 
 
 OK THK 
 
 SOCTETY'S I^UBLTC.VriONS. 
 
 ON THE TEMPERATURE IN DISEASE : A MANUAL 
 
 OF MKDICAL TIIlviaiOMETllY. J)y Dr. C. A. Wundkr- 
 LicH. (Jjeipzig). Translated by Dr. JUthuest Woodman. 
 With forty Woodcuts and seven Lithographs. 
 
 " It is well to recollect that this contains not only observations on the 
 temperature in disease, but also in health, and is a complete epitome as to the 
 history of the subject up to date. It is a work of reference absolutely necessary 
 for all who would keep themselves abreast of the day in relation to so im- 
 portant a matter as corporeal temperature." — Edin. Med. Journ., May, 1872. 
 
 " In short, without pledging ourselves to Wunderlich as infallible, we may 
 say, emphaticall}-, that his is a masterwork, in which ever}' part of his subject 
 is considered with that thoroughness which comes of ripe knowledge and 
 reflection. Let us add that Dr. Bathurst Woodman, following one or two 
 laudable examples that have been set by other translators for the Sydenham 
 Society, has enriched the work with notes of his own observations and those of 
 other English writers, which are of no small value, and unquestionably do much 
 to make the volume complete and full." - Lancet, April 20, 1872. 
 
 " The translator has rendered into readable English, and enriched with 
 practical notes, a book which, even in its original form, has started into active 
 work many phj-sicians in England, France, and America, and which now, in its 
 popular form, must render the diagnosis of disease infinitely more accurate." — 
 Medical Times and Gazette, June 3, 1871. 
 
 " The publication of this volume marks an epoch in the history of medical 
 thermometry. The very possibility of such a book — full not only of exact 
 knowledge, but of important generalisations — is an indication that the great 
 problems relating to the alterations in the human temperature — the problems of 
 fever and collapse — are now being studied in a manner calculated to throw light 
 on the hidden processes of disease. . . - . . The value of this great work of 
 Professor Wunderlich is that it lays open his vast clinical experience of the 
 thermometer, and that it sketches in general terms the course of the temperature 
 in various forms of disease." — Glasgow Medical Journal, August, 187 1. 
 
 " This treatise displays so much perseverance and thoroughness, such 
 admirable caution and insight, and such wide and minute learning, that it may 
 be said not only to establish this branch of investigation for the first time upon 
 a deep and lasting basis, but also to build up a very great part of the edifice, 
 and to point out with clearness the directions in which future labour must be 
 applied."— Dr. Allbutt in Brit, and Fur. Med. Cliir. Rev., April, 1870. 
 
 LECTURES ON CLINICAL MEDICINE, delivered at the 
 Jlolcl l)iuu, i'ari.s, J)y i'rul'e.ssur Tkdussk.mi. Five Volumes. 
 Vol. 1, translated, Avilh notes and appendices, by the late 
 
 b 
 
8 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Dr. Bazire. Vols. 2 to 5, translated from the third edition, 
 revised and enlarged, by Sir John Rose Cormack. 
 
 " We are indebted to the New Sydenham Society for this rich contribution 
 
 to our medical literature Trousseau is an author to be read rather than 
 
 reviewed. He can only be criticised worthily at the bedside We com- 
 mend this great physician's work to the study of every reader." — Lancet, 
 October 15, 1870. 
 
 " The above-mentioned works constitute the nineteenth annual issue to its 
 subscribers of the New Sydenham Society ; and, though relating to different 
 subjects, we have classed them together, because it seems of more importance 
 to the profession that they should know the very valuable practical information 
 they can secure for one guinea, than at this time of day they should be 
 treated to an elaborate critique on Trousseau's Clinical Medicine, or on 
 Wunderlich's Treatise on Thermometry ; the worth of these volumes being well 
 known to all but the merest tyro in medicine." — Edinburgh Medical Journal, 
 May, 1S72. 
 
 " We should think any medical library absurdly incomplete now which did 
 not have, alongside of Watson and Graves and Tanner, the clinical medicine of 
 Trousseau. The work is full of the results of the richest natural observation, 
 and is the production of one who was enlightened enough to combine with new 
 methods of investigation the vigorous and independent ideas of the old 
 physicians, whom he so eloquently magnifies. The volume is an extremely 
 rich and valuable addition to the library of physicians and practitioners gene- 
 rail)'." — Lancet, December 4, i86g. 
 
 LATHAM'S COLLECTED WORKS. 2 vols. Edited by 
 Dr. EoBERT Martin. With Memoh- of Latham by Sir Thomas 
 Watson. 
 
 " It indicates discrimination and taste on the part of those who conduct the 
 New Sydenham Society, that they have selected for publication a work so 
 different in many respects from the ephemeral books which issue in such 
 
 numbers from the teeming press of the present day This is one of the 
 
 few books which deserve to live, because it is full of real and conscientious 
 work,- — of observations, carefully, reverently, and modestly made during a long 
 series of years, — of thoughts pondered and repondered with candour and self- 
 distrust and willingness to be taught, while the literary execution is unmistakably 
 that of a man of education, culture, and taste." — Edinb. Med. Jour., March, 1877. 
 
 " The different subjects are dealt with in a way which will always render 
 them fresh to the reader from the peculiarly original bent of the writer's mind, 
 and the acuteness ot his reasoning. We quite agree with the editor that 
 ' where all are so admirable, it were perhaps well to avoid the singling out of 
 any one as though pre-eminently good.' If we made any exception to this, it 
 would be to specially direct attention to the articles on ' Treatment ' and 
 ' Cure.' We commend their perusal to all practical physicians." — Dublin 
 Journal of Medical Science, August, 1879. 
 
 CLINICAL LECTURES ON MEDICINE AND SUR- 
 GERY. Translated from the German, and selected from Pro- 
 fessor Volkmann's Series. Two Volumes. 
 
 MEMOIRS ON DIPHTHERIA; containing Memoirs by 
 Bretonneau, Trousseau, Daviot, Guersant, Bouchet, Empis, &c. 
 Selected and Translated by Dr. R. H. Semple. 
 
CLASSIFIED LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 " Bretonneau's memoir must be considered the fullest and most searching 
 that has yet appeared in any country on this extraordinary disease." — British 
 Medical yournal. 
 
 " Like honour is due to M. Bretonneau for his admirable investigations. 
 
 His treatise on Diphtheria constitutes the greater part of the volume 
 
 recently published by the New Sydenham Society. Of the remaining memoirs 
 
 each contains much valuable material There is no part of the volume 
 
 which will better repay study than the researches of M. Empis." — Mcdical- 
 Cliinir'accil Rcvic'i'. 
 
 RADICKE'S PAPERS ON THE APPLICATION OF 
 
 STATISTICS TO MEDICAL INQUIEIES. Translated by 
 Dr. Bond. 
 
 "We can hardly conceive an object to which the New Sydenham Society 
 could better devote a portion of its rapidly-increasing resources than to the 
 introduction of papers such as these to the profession. It is by such work as 
 this that the Society is calculated to confer inestimable benefits on the profession 
 of this country." — Medical Times and Gazette, January 25, 1862. 
 
 LECTURES ON PHTHISIS. By Professor Niemeyer. Trans- 
 lated, by Professor Baumleh. 
 
 " Niemeyer's work is eminently suggestive, not only as regards pathology, 
 but also as regards treatment and prevention. There is no work on treatment 
 of Phthisis in the English language so advanced in its pathology ; it leaves the 
 crude theories of Laennec and his followers far in the rear, and by showing the 
 essential dependence of tubercle on preceding inflammatory processes, it shows 
 also how we may ward off this intractable disease from our patients, and how 
 we may most usefully employ the remedies at hand for its prevention." — 
 Edinburgh Medical jfoitr)ial, December, 1870. 
 
 " The members of the New Sydenham Society must be well content with 
 the works supplied to them for their subscription. Those issued of late are of 
 peculiarly solid and lasting value. We have now three before us, which, 
 besides the recommendation of intrinsic scientific value, have that of high 
 practical utility. We refer to Trousseau's ' Clinical Medicine,' Niemeyer's 
 ' Lectures on Pulmonary Consumption,' and Strieker's ' Histology.' " — Brit, and 
 For. Med. Chtr. Rev., April, 1871. 
 
 THE COLLECTED V/ORKS OF DR. ADDISON. Edited, 
 with IntrtKluetur}- Prefaces to several of the I'apers, by Dr. 
 WiLKs and Dr. Daldy. A\'ith Portrait, and numerous Litho- 
 graphic Plates. 
 
 " We must cordially commend the decision of the Council of the New 
 Sydenham Society, which led to the publication of this historically interesting 
 and practically valuable book. Few names have, of late years, been better 
 known to the profession than that of the eminent physician whose contributions 
 to its literature, too few in number, have nevertheless been, one and all, highly 
 and justly esteemed. A brief but kindly and discriminating biography of Dr. 
 
 Addison precedes the collection of his papers " — Edinburgh Medical 
 
 Journal, December, 1868. 
 
 " No one who has studied the valuable papers, published by Dr. Addison 
 in the Guy's Hospital Reports, can fail to be pleased that they are now rendered 
 more widely available by this separate publication. His great and extensive 
 
10 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 knowledge of skin diseases renders the articles on that subject of much interest. 
 If, however, we were asked to select the one most likely to be useful to the 
 practitioner, we should unhesitatingly point to that on the Physical Examination 
 of the Chest." — Medical Times and Gazette, July 4, 1868. 
 
 A GUIDE TO THE QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITA- 
 TIVE ANALYSIS OF THE UEINE. By Dr. C. Neubauer 
 aucl Dr. J. Vogel. Fourth edition, considerably enlarged. 
 Translated by William 0. Maekham, F.E.C.P.L. With four 
 Lithographs, and numerous Woodcuts. 
 
 " The New Sydenham Society have conferred a benefit, not only on their 
 own subscribers, but on the whole profession in this country, by publishing the 
 work of Drs. Neubauer and Vogel." — Medical Times and Gazette. 
 
 " It is one of those works in which there is not an unnecessary line nor even 
 a word. It is quite a text-book upon urinology for the scientific physician, and 
 may be handled likewise by the youngest student." — Lancet. 
 
 MEMOIRS ON ABDOMINAL TUMOURS AND INTU- 
 MESCENCE. By Dr. Beight. Eeprinted from the " Guy's 
 Hospital Eeports," ivitli a Preface by Dr. Barlow. Numerous 
 Woodcuts. 
 
 " Dr. Bright's object was to bring his vast clinical experience and great 
 diagnostic tact to bear on the elucidation of confessedly a most obscure depart- 
 ment of medical disease — the discrimination and diagnosis of abdominal 
 tumours; and this he has done by briefly stating their principal characteristics, 
 as they are produced, either by the presence of tumours dependent on a cepha- 
 locyst hydatid, by ovarian tumours, or diseases of the spleen, liver, or kidney. 
 Under each of these heads we have valuable features recorded, by which in life 
 they mny be recognised, whilst after death their pathological characters are de- 
 scribed in a manner that leaves but one impression on our minds, that here 
 indeed the author has held up the mirror to nature ; and under each section 
 we have a perfect cinbarras de riehcsse, in the shape of illustrative cases. The 
 whole work is profusely filled with woodcuts and outlines descriptive of the 
 several diseases described, by which means the author's verbal descriptions are 
 more vividly presented to the reader's understanding." — Dublin Quarterly 
 yuurnal of Medical Science, May, 1861. 
 
 " The memoirs possess a permanent value, as models of clinical reports, as 
 exhibiting the method by v.'hich the investigation of this difficult class nf 
 organic diseases may be pursued with greatest certainty of success, and as 
 furnishing the great general outlines of the inquiry. It is by the study of such 
 models that the difficult art of medical observation may best be understood, and 
 may to some extent be acquired. Certainly no papers in our periodical literature 
 were more worthy than these of being republished and circulated in a eollected 
 and accessible form."- Edinburgh Medical Jonrnul, January, 1861. 
 
 A CLINICAL ACCOUNT OF DISEASES OF THE 
 
 LIVEE. By Prof. Frerichs. 2 vols. Translated by Dr. 
 MuRCHisoN. With coloured Lithographs, and numerous 
 Woodcuts. 
 
 " Frerichs' book is one of those treatises that will frequently be taken down 
 from the book-shelves to be consulted, both by physiologists and physicians." 
 — Lancet. 
 
CLASSIFIED LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 11 
 
 " We shall look forward with interest to the completion of this very 
 \aluable addition to the Clinical History of Liver Diseases." — Medical Tiiius 
 (iiul Gazittc. 
 
 CZERMAK ON THE PRACTICAL USES OF THE 
 LAEYXGOSCOPK. Translated Ly Dr. G. D. Gibb. Numerous 
 Woodcuts. 
 
 " What has been ^iven will, we trust, convince any one who may hitherto 
 have doubted the value of laryngoscopy, that it is a real acquisition. To those 
 who are desirous of becominj^ more fully acquainted with the subject, we 
 strongly recommend the study of the work [Professor Czermak'sJ from which 
 we have chiefly culled our extracts." — Mcdico-Chinirgical Review, Oct., 1862. 
 
 A HAND BOOK OF PHYSICAL DIAGNOSIS COM- 
 TRISING THE THROAT, THORAX, AND ABDOI\IEN. 
 By Dr. Paul Guttmann, of Berlin. Translated by Dr. Napier, 
 of Glasgow. 
 
 " We are persuaded that if the practitioner will carefully study this work, 
 and conscientiously carry out its suggestions, he will find an incalculable 
 advance in the realistic appreciation of diseases by means of their physical 
 phenomena. The work is not properly a ' students' ' book. It presumes a 
 certain familiarity with the diseases of the organs with which it deals, and the 
 endeavour is made to connect the physical phenomena with the pathological 
 
 conditions present in these diseases It was a wise decision of the New 
 
 Sydenham Society to place a translation of it in the hands of their subscribers." 
 — Glasgoic Medical Journal, March, 1880. 
 
 " The New Sydenham Society has done well to put within the reach of their 
 subscribers a work which not only has attained to a third edition in its own 
 language, but has also been translated into Italian, Russian, Spanish, French, 
 
 and Polish As a systematic and scientific treatise it well repays 
 
 perusal. The book concludes with a good account of laryngoscopy, and of the 
 physical signs of the principal diseases of the larynx. The acoustics of 
 percussion and auscultation are elaborated with great care, and the precise 
 explanation of the causes of many familiar physical signs will be very acceptable 
 to teachers of clinical medicine, who have hitherto felt the want of an adequate 
 scientific exposition of the principles of physical diagnosis." — Dublin Journal 
 of Medical Science, November, 1880. 
 
 AN ATLAS OF ILLUSTRATIONS OF PATHOLOGY, 
 
 COMPILED (CHIEELY FROM ORIGINAL SOURCES) 
 FOR THE SOCIETY. 
 
 The Committee in charge of this work consists of Dr. Gee, 
 Dr. Green, Dr. Moxo.m, Dr. Sutton, Mr. Holmes, and Mr. 
 Hutchinson. 
 
 TWO FASCICULI have been published, and it is pro- 
 posed to issue one every year. 
 
 The following subjects have been illustrated : — 
 
12 
 
 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 FIRST FASCICULUS. 
 
 Scrofula ; Syphilis ; and Lyinpli- Adenoma. — Plate I 
 Fig. I. Scrofulous Disease of the 
 
 Kidney and Ureter. Fig. 2. Scrofu- 
 lous Disease of the Kidney. Fig. 3. 
 Scrofulous Disease of the Kidney. 
 
 Fig. 4. A Mass of Syphilitic Deposit 
 in the Cortical Substance of the Kid- 
 ney. Fig. 5. Lymph-Adenoma of 
 Kidney. 
 
 Nephritis after Diphtheria ; Scarlet Fever ; and Burns. 
 
 -Plate II. 
 
 Fig. I. Nephritis after Diphtheria. 
 — Section of Kidney. Fig. 2. Subacute 
 Nephritis after Scarlet Fever. — Outer 
 surface of kidney. Fig. 3. Subacute 
 Nephritis after Scarlet Fever. Fig. 4. 
 Acute Nephritis after Scarlet Fever. 
 Fig. 5. Subacute Nephritis after 
 
 Scarlet Fever. Fig. 6. A cute Nephritis 
 after a Burn. — Outer surface of the 
 kidney of a child who died after a very 
 extensive burn. Fig. 7. Acute Ne- 
 phritis after a Burn. — Section ot the 
 same kidney. 
 
 The Granular Kidney in different stages. — Plate III. 
 
 Fig. I. Extremely Granular Kidney. 
 Fig. 2. Extremely Granular Kidney. — 
 Section of the same kidney. Fig. 3. 
 Less Granular (contracted) Kidney. — 
 Outer surface of the right kidney taken 
 from the same subject as the left 
 kidney shown in Figs, i and 2. 
 
 Fig. 4. 
 
 Granular Kidney of Bright. Fig. 5. 
 Contracted Granular Kidney, in sec- 
 tion. Fig. 6. Contracted Granular 
 Kidney; exterior. Fig. 7. Large 
 Granular Kidney. Fig. 8. Large 
 Granular Kidney with cysts. 
 
 Embolism ; Infarction Processes from Pyemia ; Jaundice and 
 Purpura ; Scrofula. — Plate IV. 
 
 Fig. I. Embolic Changes in Pyaemia. 
 Fig. 2. Embolic Changes in Pysemia. 
 Fig. 3. Pyemic Deposits in Kidney. 
 Fig. 4. Pyjemic Deposits in the Kidney. 
 Fig. 5. Results of Jaundice and Pur- 
 
 pura. Fig. 6. A variety of the Scrof- 
 ulous Kidney. — The substance of the 
 kidney is wholly destroyed and re- 
 placed by cavities containing a white 
 mortar-like substance. 
 
 SECOND FASCICULUS. 
 
 Diseases of the Kidney. — Plate V. 
 
 Fig. I. Amyloid Disease of Kidney 
 in advanced stage. Fig. 2. A section 
 of the same Kidney. Fig. 3. The pale 
 
 flabby Kidney. Fig. 4. The 
 organ seen in section. Fig. 5. 
 dullary Cancer of the Kidney. 
 
 same 
 Me- 
 
 Various Diseased Conditions of the Spleen. — Plate VI. 
 
 Fig. I. Hodgkin's Disease of Spleen 
 (Lympho-sarcoma). Fig. 2. Acute 
 Splenic enlargement in Diphtheria. 
 Fig. 3. Suppurating infarction of 
 
 Spleen from a case of Ulcerative En- 
 docarditis. Fig. 4. Embolic changes 
 in Pysemia. Fig. 5. Rupture of the 
 Spleen. 
 
 Diseases of the Supra Eenal Capsules and Spleen. — Plate VII. 
 
 Fig. I. Cancer of the Supra Renal 
 Capsule. Figs. 2, 3, 4. Adenoma of 
 the Supra Renal Capsule. Fig. 6. 
 Addison's Disease of the Supra Renal 
 Capsule (in section). Fig. 5. Addison's 
 Disease of the Supra Renal Capsule. — 
 
 " Fibro-calcareous or strumous dis- 
 ease." Fig. 7. Tubercle of the Spleen 
 (external surface). Fig. 8. Tubercle 
 of the Spleen (in section). Fig. g. 
 Lardaceous Spleen. 
 
CLASSIFIED LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 13 
 
 Microscopic Pathology of Kidneys. — Plate VIII. 
 
 Fij:;. i. Lardaccous De<^eneration of 
 the Kidney. — Section of cortex, l'ig.2. 
 Lardaceous Degeneration. — /f. A glo- 
 merulus from the same kidnej', as in 
 Fig. I, which has undergone lardaceous 
 degeneration and is becoming fatty. 
 Fig. 3. Part of the same seen with a 
 higher power, showing contents of one 
 of the tubules. Fig. 4. Lardaceous 
 Degeneration in earlier stage com- 
 bined with interstitial fibrous change. 
 Figs. 5 & 6. Lardaceous Degeneration 
 (after Cornil). Fig. 5. Section show- 
 ing the hyaline membranous wall of 
 the tubules (( a much swollen, stained 
 violet-red, sho\sing waxy degeneration. 
 Fig. 6. Transverse section of one of 
 the pyramids, near summit of cone. 
 Fig. 7. Granular Contracted Kidney. 
 Fig. 8. From the same. — A thickened 
 arteriole surrounded by fibroid growth. 
 Fig. 9. Partial I'"ibrous Degeneration 
 of ^L^lpighian body in slight chronic 
 intertubular nephritis. Fig. 10. From 
 
 the same kidney ; showing early 
 changes around Malpighian body. 
 F'ig. II. Multiplication of Nuclei on 
 glomerulus with adhesion of capillary 
 tuft to wall of capsule. Fig. 12. Sub- 
 acute Interstitial Nephritis with large 
 white kidney. Fig. 13. Scarlatinal 
 Nephritis. — Intertubular exudation in 
 a case fatal on 7th day of fever. Fig. 
 14. Subacute Interstitial Nephritis. 
 Fig. 15. Acute Catarrhal Nephritis, 
 showing swelling and granular de- 
 generation of epithelium. (100 diam.) 
 Fig. 16. Part of the same seen \Vith a 
 higher power. F'ig. 17. Section of 
 cortex from a case of parenchymatous 
 (catarrhal) nephritis at a later stage 
 (so-called "fatty" kidney). Fig. 18. 
 From nearly transverse section near 
 base of pyramid in similar case. Fig. 
 ig. Casts in tubes in interstitial ne- 
 phritis (post scarlatinal). Fig. 20. 
 Colloid cast, b, in tubule ; a, unaltered 
 epithelium. 
 
 Microscopic Pathology of the Kidney. — Plate IX. 
 
 Fig. I. Scarlatinal Nephritis. Fig. 
 2. Shows two of the glomeruli from 
 same section as Fig. i. Fig. 3. Sec- 
 tion from the same. — Part of the wall 
 of a Malpighian body from which the 
 capillary tuft has fallen out. Fig. 4. 
 Scarlatinal Nephritis. — (From a case 
 fatal about 12 weeks from attack of 
 fever). Fig. 5. Scarlatinal Nephritis. 
 — (From a case fatal 15 months after 
 attack of scarlet fever). Fig. 6. From 
 same kidney as Fig. 5, but in a deeper 
 part of cortex, close to medulla. Si- 
 milar growth of interstitial connective 
 tissue. Fig. 7. Subacute Interstitial 
 Nephritis, probably Scarlatinal, under 
 low power; showing diffuse infiltration 
 and cluster of dilated tubules. Fig. 8. 
 Chronic Parenchymatous Nephritis 
 (large white kidne)) w ith little or no 
 interstitial change. — Section of cortex, 
 showing changes in epithelium of 
 convoluted tubules. Fig. g. Kidney in 
 leucocythx'mia — to show localisation 
 of changes around glomeruli and ves- 
 sels. Fig. 10. Swelling of inner coat 
 of small arterj- in granular contracted 
 kidney. Fig. 11. Tuberculous Pyelo- 
 nephritis. Fig. 12. I-'atty Degenera- 
 tion from Alcoholic Poisoning (after 
 
 Lancereaux). Fig. 13. Fatty Degene- 
 ration in Cancer. Fig. 14. Individual 
 epithelial cells from the preceding 
 section ; in various stages of fatty 
 degeneration. Fig. 15. Cystic Dege- 
 neration of Kidney (after Lancereaux.) 
 Fig. 16. From a cyst in kidney near 
 base of pyramid. Fig. 17. Colloid 
 Degeneration of Kidney. Figs. 18, 
 ig, 20, and 21, illustrate the hyaline 
 changes found in the splenic arteries 
 in certain febrile conditions. Fig. iS. 
 From a section throu.<,'h the spleen of 
 a case of early scarlatina, showing 
 hj'aline degeneration of the coat of an 
 artery, trans\ersely cut. Fig. ig. 
 Artery in longitudinal section. P'ig. 
 20. Malpighian corpuscle from the 
 spleen of a case of early scarlatina. 
 Fig. 21. Part of the central and inter- 
 mediate zone of the same Malpighian 
 corpuscle as in Fig. 20, only more 
 highly magnified (180 diam.) Fig. 22. 
 Ilodgkin's Disease. — Section of a 
 spleen to show the overgrowth of the 
 lymphatic sheath in Hodgkin's disease. 
 (i inch.) P"ig. 23. Adenoma of the 
 Supra Kenal Capsule, showing the 
 columns bluffed with fatty granules. 
 
14 
 
 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Microscopic Pathology of Spleen and Snpru-renals. — Plate X. 
 
 Fig. I. Capsulitis of the Spleen. — 
 Vertical section of fibrous nodule in 
 the capsule of the spleen, showing 
 that the thickening of the capsule 
 takes place by cellular growth in its 
 deeper layers. Fig. 2. Fibrosis of the 
 Spleen. — From the enlarged spleen of 
 a ricketty child. Fig. 3. Fibrosis of 
 the Spleen. — ShoNving a more advanced 
 or fibrous condition spreading round 
 some dilated veins. Fig. 4. Muscular 
 Hypertrophy. — Over-growth of mus- 
 cular trabecule in the spleen. Fig. 5. 
 Muscular Hypertrophy. — Extreme 
 stage of fibro-muscular growth in the 
 spleen. Fig. 6. The Leucocythaamic 
 Spleen. — Section of the edge of a 
 Malpighian corpuscle, showing the 
 compressed fibrous tissue between it 
 and the splenic pulp. Fig. 7. The 
 LeucocythrEmic Spleen. — The pulp 
 and stroma are normal. Fig. 8. 
 Hodgkin"s Disease. — The texture of a 
 
 With Essay on the Pathology of the Kidney, by Dr. Greenfield. 
 Essay on the Pathology of the Spleen and Supra-reuals, by 
 Dr. Groodhart. 
 
 lymphoid noduie in the spleen of 
 Hodgkin's disease. Fig. 9. Tubercular 
 Spleen. (37 diam.) Fig. 10. Tuber- 
 cular Spleen. Fig. 11. Induration and 
 Atrophy. — A section of the spleen 
 from a case of heart disease. Fig. 12. 
 Lardaceous Spleen. — The sago spleen, 
 showing the Malpighian corpuscles 
 and small arteries mapped out by 
 structureless hyaline lardaceous mat- 
 ter. Fig. 13. Lardaceous Spleen. — 
 Transverse section of a Malpighian 
 corpuscle, or small artery, with its 
 surrounding lymphoid sheath. Fig. 
 14. Addison's Disease. — Vertical sec- 
 tion of a supra renal capsule from the 
 exterior inwards, to show the early 
 changes in Morbus Addisonii. (250 
 diam.) Fig. 15. Addison's Disease. — 
 Section of a supra renal capsule, to 
 show the late, or fibro-calcareous, 
 stage of Morbus Addisonii. 
 
 In Pre])aration. 
 
 ON THE DISEASES OF OLD AGE. 
 
 Translated by Mr. William Tuke. 
 
 By Prof. Charcot. 
 
 In Preparation. 
 
 THE DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF DISEASES 
 
 OF THE CHEST. By Dr. Stokes. A E-print to be Edited 
 by Dr. Hudson, of Dublin. 
 
 Stivgtvp^ 
 
 ESMARCH ON THE USES OF COLD IN SURGICAL 
 
 PEACTICE. Translated by Dr. Montgomery. Woodcuts. 
 
 " Esmarch's treatise is of high practical interest." — British Medical younial, 
 December, 1863. 
 
 BILLROTH'S LECTURES ON SURGICAL PATH- 
 OLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS. A Hand-book for Students 
 and Practitioners. 2 vols. 
 
 "While being rendered in most fluent and unconstrained English, it is 
 singularly free from obscurities and ambiguities with which translations gene- 
 rally abound." — London Medical Record, April, 1878. 
 
CLASSIFIED LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 15 
 
 " Whether looked at as a text-book for students or as a work of reference 
 for the hard-worked and busy practitioner, it deserves to be spoken of in high 
 terms of commendation." — Brit, and For. Med. Chir. Rev., July, 1873. 
 
 INVESTIGATION INTO THE ETIOLOGY OF THE 
 
 TKAUMATICIXFECTIVE DISEASED. By li. Kocii. Trans- 
 lated, with Lithographic Phites, by Mr. "Watson Cheyne. 
 
 ON THE PROCESS OF REPAIR AFTER RESECTION 
 
 AND EXTIltPATlON OF JJOXEH. By Br. A. Wagxkk, of 
 Berlin. Translated by Mr. T. Holmes. 
 
 CLINICAL LECTURES. Selected from Professor Volkmanu's 
 Series. 2 vols. (See "Medicine.") 
 
 In Preparniton.. 
 
 THE WORKS OF ABRAHAM COLLES. Chiefly his 
 Treatise on the Ycucreal Bisease and on the Use of Mercury. 
 Edited, with Portrait, by Br. McBonnell, of Bublin. 
 
 ON THE MORE IMPORTANT DISEASES OF WOMEN 
 
 AXB CHILBBEN, with other Papers, by Br. Guocii. lie- 
 printed; with a Prefatory Essay by Br. Piobeet Ferguson. 
 With woodcuts. 
 
 " The work of Dr. Gooch is so well known and highly appreciated by every 
 lover of medical literature that we need say nothing in its praise. It has been 
 before the world for thirty years, and only one opinion has been expressed upon 
 its merits. We cannot but consider, therefore, that the Council of the New 
 Sydenham Society has done well to republish it, more especially as the Council 
 has had the good fortune to persuade Dr. Robert Ferguson to furnish an intro- 
 ductory essay on the author's life and writings." — Lancet. 
 
 CLINICAL MEMOIRS ON DISEASES OF WOMEN. 
 By Brs. Bkknutz and Gouiun. 2 vols. Translated and abridged, 
 Br. Meadows, 
 
 " The careful study of these valuable memoirs is imperative on all w ho are 
 interested in gynaecology." — Lancet, October, 1866. 
 
 SMELLIE'S MIDWIFERY. ?, vols. Edited and Annotated 
 \>\ I'r. M(('i.i.\T()CK, i»r J)ublin. AN'itJi Portrait of Smkluk. 
 
 " This book begins with a fine engraving of the author, and had the N. S. S. 
 done for Smellie's memory no more than the publication of this \aluahle print, 
 it would have a strong claim on the gratitude of the profession. McCiintock's 
 
IC) THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 life of Smellie is a very interesting contribution to medical literature. His 
 works show that he was a very great man and midwife, but his biography was 
 
 needed to show his peculiarities Let the reader carefully peruse Dr. 
 
 McClintock's annotations, and he will see how Smellie's Editor recognises 
 Smellie's keenness of eye in discerning how to make progress." — Edin. Med. 
 jfounial, March, 1877. 
 
 " The New Syd. Soc. has done nothing more commendable than to produce 
 
 the work we are now about to notice Smellie was the Sydenham of 
 
 Midwifery. Although it was a chief part of his glory to have studied deeply 
 and soundly the mechanism of labour as a natural process, and in that study to 
 have laid the ample foundations of the highly finished art of midwifery as we 
 see it practised by the best obstetricians of the present day, we also see evidence 
 in everyone of his 'cases' of shrewd and sagacious medical views, showing 
 that his great manipulative faculties were governed and controlled by good 
 judgment, physiological considerations, and that great respect for nature which 
 
 is a characteristic of all great physicians In short, he was a model 
 
 practitioner in midwifery whose influence grows rather than diminishes, and 
 whose works will be found to contain the germ of most of our practice and 
 doctrine Dr. McClintock has fairly placed alongside of Smellie's prin- 
 cipal views those of modern authorities, including his own, derived from an 
 experience altogether exceptional, and has produced a joint work without which 
 no obstetric library will be complete." — Lancet, August 4, 1877. 
 
 ^mti^tB of ti)t ^^t antr ^m. 
 
 ON THE ANOMALIES OF ACCOMMODATION AND 
 
 EEFKACTION OP THE EYE, with a PEELIMINAKY 
 ESSAY ON PHYSIOLOGICAL DIOPTRICS. By F. C. 
 DoNDEKs, M.D., Professor of Physiology and Ophthalmology in 
 the University of Utrecht. Written expressly for the Society. 
 Translated from the Author's Manuscript by W. D. Mooke, M.I). 
 
 " This splendid monograph, from the hand of the accomplished professor 
 of physiology and ophthalmology, of Utrecht, will be hailed as a boon by all 
 lovers of ophthalmic science." — Lancet. 
 
 THREE MEMOIRS ON GLAUCOMA AND ON 
 
 IRIDECTOMY AS A MEANS OF TREATMENT. By 
 
 Professor Von Gr.efe. Translated by Mr. T. Windsoe, of 
 Manchester. 
 
 " This is the fifth volume of the first 3'ear, and contains translations of three 
 mportant and well known essays from the German." — Lancet. 
 
 " The value — the great practical value — of these memoirs will be admitted 
 by every one who peruses them." — Medical Tunes and Gazette. 
 
 ON THE MECHANISM OF THE BONES OF THE 
 
 EAR AND THE MEMBRANA TYMPANL (Pamphlet.) 
 By Professor Helmholtz. Translated by Mr. Hinton. 
 
 " This little work is the translation of a very valuable essay published by 
 the great physicist of Berlin, and which is thus rendered accessible to a wide 
 circle of English readers." — Lancet, July 5, 1873. 
 
CLASSIFED LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 17 
 
 THE AURAL SURGERY OF THE PRESENT DAY. 
 
 13y W. Kk.\mi:k, M.U., of Jicrlin. Trail .slated by IIenuy I'owee, 
 Esq., F.li.C.lS., M.B. With two Tables and nine Woodcuts. 
 
 VON TROELTSCHS TREATISE ON DISEASES OF 
 THE EAli. Translated, with Notes, by Mr. IIinton. 
 
 A HANDBOOK OF THE PRACTICE OF FORENSIC 
 
 MEDKiXE, DA8ED UPON PEKbONAL EXPEIUENCE. 
 By J. L. Casper, M.D., late Professor of Medical Jurisprudence 
 in the University of Berlin. Translated by G. W. Baxfouk, 
 M.D. 4 vols. 
 
 " Casper's great work, based as it is upon a minute and laborious observa- 
 tion of facts, must pro\-e the most trustworthy guide in the interpretation of the 
 ofttimes difticult questions which the medical jurist is called upon to solve." — 
 Lancet. 
 
 " This work must be regarded as a valuable and judicious addition to the 
 publications of the Society from which it emanates. The advantages to be 
 derived by the reader from its perusal cannot be over-estimated or too eagerly 
 sought for." — Madras Quarterly Jotinial of Medical Science. 
 
 diseases of ti)t l^cvbouss ^i>sstcm» 
 
 SCHRCEDER VAN DER KOLK ON A CASE OF 
 
 ATPUPHY 0¥ THE LEFT HEMISPHERE UE THE 
 BRAIN. Translated by Dr. W. Moore, of Dublin. Four 
 Lithographs. 
 
 ON THROMBOSIS OF THE CEREBRAL SINUSES. 
 
 By Professor Vox Duscii. Translated by Dr. AN'mxEEY. 
 
 LECTURES ON DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS 
 
 (SYSTEM. By Professor Ciiakcot. (First Scries.) Translated 
 by Dr. SioERsoN, of Dublin. "With Avoodcuts. 
 
 " These lectures of M. Charcot are too well known in the original to call 
 for any special criticism here. They liave, indeed, obtained an l^uropean 
 reputation, and it has long been felt that it would be a great gain to our literature 
 
 to have them rendered into English We strongly advise all those of 
 
 our readers who may not yet have made themselves acquainted with these 
 
 lectures to lose no time in doing so The translator. Dr. Sigerson, a 
 
 former pupil of the author, has succeeded admirably in his rendering of the 
 
 elegant literary style of M. Charcot It is, without doubt, one of the 
 
 most valuable books that has been issued by this Society since their translation 
 of Trousseau." — Lancet, August, 1877. 
 
18 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 " This volume will be highly prized by the members of the N. S. S. M. 
 Charcot's name ranks among the very foremost of those who have advanced the 
 knowledge of nerve-pathology. The work he has done is marked by great 
 accuracy and close observation, and by great acumen in interpreting facts and 
 drawing inferences." — Brit, and For. Med. Cliir. Rev., July, 1877. 
 
 Ill Preparation. 
 
 SECOND VOLUME OF LECTURES ON DISEASES 
 
 OF THE NEKVOUS SYSTEM. By Professor Charcot. 
 Translated by Dr. Sigerson. With this volume all the Plates 
 to the two volumes will be given. 
 
 A MANUAL OF MENTAL PATHOLOGY AND THERA- 
 PEUTICS. By Professor Gi!iesingek. Translated by Dr. 
 LocKHART EoBERTsoN and Dr. James Eutherford. 
 
 " The thanks of the profession are due to the Council of the N. S. S. for 
 
 the selection of this work We need scarcely say that each section is 
 
 full of instruction, and carries upon its face the evidence of great experience 
 and close and deep thought." — Medical Times and Gazette, September, 1867. 
 
 ON EPILEPSY. By Professor Schrceder van der Kolk. 
 
 A MANUAL OF HUMAN AND COMPARATIVE HIS- 
 TOLOGY. By S. Stricker. 3 vols. Translatedby Mr. Power. 
 
 " This work, edited by Stricker, and having as its contributors nearly all of 
 the best names in Germany, is one well deserving of attention, and constitutes, 
 we think, a very valuable addition to the stores ot the New Sydenham Society." 
 — Medical Tunes and Gazette, December 10, 1870. 
 
 " There has hitherto been no work which contained a full and complete 
 account of the various elements of animal structure, still less of the way in 
 which minute examination of these elements should be conducted. The book 
 
 before us supplies this want in a very remarkable degree The work is 
 
 illustrated by over a hundred woodcuts. Modern medical literature of the 
 higher class so teems with histological references, that a treatise in which they 
 are explained has become almost a necessity." — Lancet, December 3, 1870. 
 
 " We must congratulate the New Sydenham Society on their enterprise, 
 and thank them for making so important a work accessible to the English 
 reader." — Quarterly jfonrnal of tlic Microscopic Society, April, 1873. 
 
 " Ably translated and edited by Mr. Henry Power The members 
 
 of the Society may be congratulated on the addition of such valuable treatises 
 to their libraries." — Brit, and For. Med. Chlr. Rev., July, 1873. 
 
 EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCHES ON THE EFFECTS 
 OF LOSS OF BLOOD IN PRODUCING CONVULSIONS, 
 By Drs. Kussmaul and Tenner. Translated by Dr. Bkonner, 
 of Bradford. 
 
CLASSIFIED LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 19 
 
 A MANUAL OP PATHOLOGICAL HISTOLOGY, 
 
 inteiuk'd to serve ;is an iiitroductlou to the study of Morbid 
 Anatomy. By Professor Kindfleisch. (Bonn.) 2 vols. Trans- 
 lated by Br. Baxter. 
 
 Vol. I. — " Rindfleisch's work forms a mine which no recent pathological 
 writer could afford to neglect who desired to interpret ariglit pathological 
 
 structural changes The special part treats of the anomalies of the 
 
 blood, the circulatory apparatus, of the serous and mucous membranes, skin, 
 lung, liver, kidneys, and so on. As a specimen of the scientific spirit with 
 which Rindfleisch has entered upon his very laborious work, the reader cannot 
 do better than to peruse the part devoted to normal as a type of the pathological 
 growths, and that which immediately follows on interstitial inflammation and 
 
 specific intlammation Altogether the book is the result of honest, hard 
 
 labour." — Lancet, April 6, 1872. 
 
 Vol. 2. — " The members of the Society may be congratulated on the 
 
 addition of such valuable treatises to their libraries The Society ought 
 
 to flourish whilst it caters so well for its members. They have every reason to 
 be content both with the quantity and quality of the matter supplied." — Brit. 
 and For. Chir. Rev., July, 1873. 
 
 AN ATLAS OF ILLUSTRATIONS OF PATHOLOGY. 
 
 (See " Medicine,"' [age 11.) 
 
 ON THE MINUTE STRUCTURE AND FUNCTIONS 
 
 UF THE tSlTNAL COIID. By Brofessor Scukcedek van der 
 KoLK. Translated by l)r. W. D. Moore. Numerous Litlio- 
 graplis. 
 
 ON THE MINUTE STRUCTURE AND FUNCTIONS 
 OF THE MEBULLA OBLONGATA, ANB ON EPILEPSY. 
 By Professor Schrceder van der Kolk, Translated by Dr. \V. 
 B. MooRE. Numerous Litliograplis. 
 
 itctrosyccts, unti ItHXoviKf^ of cfT.cncval iUfcvcncc. 
 
 A YEAR-BOOK OF MEDICINE AND SURGERY, AND 
 THElii ALLIED SCIENCES, for 1859. Edited by Dr. 
 H.\RLEY, Dr. H.vxDFiELD .JoNES, Mr. IIuLKE, Dr. Gr^uly Hewitt, 
 and Dr. Ouli.ng. 
 
 " Our space will not admit of a further statement of the excellent character 
 of the Year-Book and the other works issued by the New Sydenham Society, 
 but we should strongly urge every member of the profession, who has the 
 advancement of medical knowledge at heart, to lose no time in forwarding his 
 name, should he not already have done so." — London Medical jfournal. 
 
20 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 YEAR-BOOK for 1860. Edited by Dr. Harley, Dr. Handpield 
 
 Jones, Mr. IIulke, Dr. Graily Hewitt, and Dr. Sanderson. 
 
 " This is, as it professes to be, an improvement on its predecessor. On the 
 whole the editt^rs have done their laborious work well." — Britisli Medical 
 Journal, December 31, 1S61. 
 
 YEAR-BOOK for 1861. Edited by Dr. Harley, Dr. Handfield 
 Jones, Mr. Hulke, Dr. Graily Hewitt, and Dr. Sanderson. 
 
 YEAR BOOK for 1862. Edited by Dr. Montgomery, Dr. 
 Handfield Jones, Mr. Windsor, Dr. Graily Hewitt, and 
 Dr. Sanderson. 
 
 YEAR-BOOK for 1863. By the same Editors. 
 
 YEAR-BOOK for 1864. Edited by Mr. Hinton, Dr. Handfield 
 Jones, Mr. Windsor, Dr. M. Bright, and Dr. Hilton Fagge. 
 
 " Of the usefulness of these reports all who have consulted them will bea 
 the fullest testimony. They supply a very valuable bibliography ; they enable 
 the reader to judge what papers or works he may study with advantage to his 
 peculiar pursuits ; and they present a condensed summary of the most im- 
 portant advances and improvements in medical science." — Edinburgh Medical 
 Journal. 
 
 A BIENNIAL RETROSPECT OF MEDICINE, SUR- 
 GERY, AND THEIR ALLIED SCIENCES, for the Years 
 18G5 and 1866. Edited by Mr. Power, Dr. Anstie, Mr. 
 Holmes, Dr. Barnes, Mr. Windsor, and Dr. Hilton Fagge. 
 
 A BIENNIAL RETROSPECT OF MEDICINE, SUR- 
 GERY, AND THEIR ALLIED SCIENCES, for the Years 
 1867 and 1868. Edited by Mr. H. Power, Dr. Anstie, Mr. 
 Holmes, Mr. R. B. Carter, Dr. Barnes, and Dr. Thomas 
 Stevenson. 
 
 A BIENNIAL RETROSPECT for 1869 and 1870. 
 
 " As to the Biennial Retrospect, it is as good as any of its class ; while of 
 little value to town practitioners, possessing easy access to large, well-selected, 
 and well-catalogued libraries, it is no doubt of great value to country practitioners 
 whose resources in that respect are more limited." — Edinburgh Medical 
 
 Journal, May, 1872. 
 
 A BIENNIAL RETROSPECT for 1871 and 1872. 
 
 A BIENNIAL RETROSPECT for 1873 and 1874. 
 
 " Full justice is done to English observers, and the whole volume is creditable 
 to its compilers and to the Society under wliose auspices it is published," — 
 Lancet, January, 1876. 
 
CLASSIFIED LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 21 
 
 THE MEDICAL DIGEST. Being a means of ready reference 
 
 ti» the priiici|)al L'onliibutions to ^Icdical JScience during the last 
 Thirty years. By Dr. Hiohakd Neale. 
 
 " The Council has certainly acted wisely in publishing the work before us 
 It is a section of what has long been a desideratum — a general index to medical 
 literature, and as a section its great value cannot but suggest how inestimably 
 
 valuable a complete work of this kind would be Compiled by a 
 
 practitioner for his own use, it is calculated especially for the use of the 
 practitioner." — Lancet, January 5, 1S75. 
 
 " The idea of this volume is a good one. Something of the kind had been 
 all along contemplated by the Society, but never carried out till now, when Dr. 
 
 Neale offered his manuscript, exactly as it is printed We have been at 
 
 the pains of testing the index in a good many instances, and have come to the 
 conclusion that it may be relied on for discovering easily the contents of the 
 \o\\imc." — Edinburgh Mcdicul jfoiinial, April, 1878. 
 
 BIBLIOTHECA THERAPEUTICA ; OR BIBLIO- 
 
 CiiiAi'HY 01' THEitArEUTiCS. By E. J. Waking, .Ai.B. 
 2 vols. 
 
 "We feel sure that, although not exactly what we would like in a 
 work of the kind, Waring's ' Bibliotheca Therapeutica,' with its copious and 
 valuable indices, will be frequently referred to with advantage, and with 
 considerable confidence as regards its accuracy." — Glasgow Medical Journal, 
 Sept., 1879. 
 
 " With the Index of Diseases before him, the student has a bird's-eye view 
 of the principal remedies recommended from time to time in the treatment of 
 individual diseases, and the dates of their respective employments ; whilst 
 further reference to the body of the work, in the manner pointed out in the 
 index, will disclose the name of the authority, and other particulars of special 
 interest to the pathologist and therapeutist." — From Preface to Vol. 2. 
 
 LEXICON OF MEDICAL TERMS. Edited hy Mr. 
 
 BowKii and Dr. Sedowick. Parts 1 to -i. This Lexicon is 
 based upon the well-known work of Dr. Mayne, the copyright 
 of which was purchased by the Society. It is, however, 
 entirely rewritten by the present Editors, and very nmcli 
 enlarored. 
 
 •■D^ 
 
 d'scascs of t!jc SIuu auD %>p!jtlt<3. 
 
 ON SYPHILIS IN INFANTS. By Paul Diday. Translated 
 by Dr. Whitley. 
 
 " The work of M. Diday is of great merit ; it contains all that has been 
 written on infantile syphilis, and he puts the whole subject in a well-arranged 
 form for further investigation as v.-ell as present use." — Brit, and For. Med. 
 Chir. Rev. 
 
 ON DISEASES OF THE SKIN, INCLUDING THE 
 
 EXANl'iiEMATA. JJy Prulu^sor iiEm;A. 5 vols. Transhitrd 
 and Edited by Dr. Hilton Fagge, Dr. Pye- Smith, and Mr. 
 Waren Tay. 
 
 " Had we space we should have been glad to enter into a lengthened 
 critique of the second volume of Ilebra's work. We arc relieved from any 
 
22 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 misgiving, however, by the fact that the work will be very largely circulated 
 amongst our readers by the Sydenham Society, and that they, with others who 
 aspire to any real knowledge of skin diseases, would not, under any circum- 
 stances, be satisfied without studying the work for themselves This 
 
 second volume contains information relative to the most important diseases of 
 the skin ; and it will, we are confident, do good service in helping on the cause 
 of cutaneous medicine in England." — Lancet, November 7, 1S68. 
 
 " Of all the works produced by the New Sydenham Society this is one of 
 
 the most valuable and most welcome It is to be remarked that this 
 
 book is not a mere translation of the German work ; it is a new and revised 
 edition, undertaken by the author for his English brethren." — Medical Times 
 and Gazette, April 27, 1867. 
 
 " The New Sydenham Society has done good service to the medical pro- 
 fession by undertaking the translation and publication of Professor Hcbra's 
 excellent work. In several respects the English edition is greatly superior to 
 the original. In closing its pages we have but one regret, namely, that the 
 New Sydenham Society does not embody the whole medical confraternity, 
 so that every member af our noble profession might have on his bookshelves 
 a copy of this most valuable book." — Journal of Cutaneous Medicine, April, 
 1877. ' 
 
 Vol. 3. — " Mr. Tay has performed a difficult task with great ability and 
 success, and the work is far pleasanter to read in its English dress than in the 
 original. Mr. Tay has enriched the work with valuable notes of his own, 
 embodying the views of English authorities and sometimes his own experience 
 on the question discussed in the body of the work." — Medical Times and 
 Gazette, June 20, 1874. 
 
 Vol. 4 — " The entire work is admirable for its lucidity of arrangement, its 
 simplification of confused and intricate subjects, and not least for the avoidance 
 of those pedantic and repelling terms which a celebrated dermatologist has 
 grandiloquently styled the ' terminological innovations of modern nomen- 
 clators.' " — Dublin yournal of Medical Science, May, 1875. 
 
 LANCEREAUX^S TREATISE ON SYPHILIS. 2 vols. 
 Translated by Dr. Whitley. 
 
 " The work is the most exhaustive book which has been published on the 
 subject, and has been quoted by all the recent writers in this country, America, 
 and the Continent. It is a perfect mine of information. The translation is 
 well done, and the New Syd. Soc. may be congratulated on having added such 
 an important treatise to its list of works." — Lancet, March, 1869. 
 
 ^i^c SDCict»'?s ^tlas5 of iBt^caiescs of t!jc Sltt'n, 
 
 111 fifteen Annual Fasciculi comprising the following subjects. 
 Unless otherwise indicated, the Plates are original. 
 
 PLATK 
 
 Favus. From Hebra . . . . . . .1. 
 
 Tinea Tonsurans. From Hebra. 
 Lupus Exulcerans. From Hebra. 
 Psoriasis Diffusa. From Hebra. 
 Ichthyosis. From Hebra. .... 
 
 Lupus Serpigiuosus ; Alopecia Areata. From Hebra. 
 
 II. 
 
 III. 
 
 IT. 
 
 V. 
 
 VI. 
 
CLASSIFIED LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 23 
 
 Lupus Vulgaris et Serpiginosus (Cicatrising). From 
 Hcbra. ........ 
 
 Herpes Zoster Frontalis (affecting the Frontal and 
 Trochlear Branches of the Fifth Nerve). 
 
 Molluscuni Contagiosum, a, on a Child's Face ; b, on 
 the Breast of the Child's Motlier ; c, Anatomical 
 Characters of the Tumours ; n, Microscopic Cha- 
 racters. ........ 
 
 Morbus Addisonii. ....... 
 
 Leucoderma. ........ 
 
 Pemphigus. ........ 
 
 Pityriasis Versicolor. ...... 
 
 Psoriasis Inveterata. ....... 
 
 Eczema Impetiginodes on Face of Adult. . 
 
 Eczema on the Face, &c., of Infant; Eczema Eubrum 
 on Leg of Adult. ...... 
 
 Psoriasis of Hands and Finger-nails; Syphilitic 
 Psoriasis of Finger-nails ; Congenito- Syphilitic 
 Psoriasis of Finger- and Toe-nails; Onychia 
 Maligna; Chronic General Onychitis.. 
 
 Molluscum Fibrosum seu Simplex. .... 
 
 Psoriasis-Lupus (Lupus non Exedeus, in numerous 
 Symmetrical Patches). ..... 
 
 PoiTigo Contagiosa (e pediculis). .... 
 
 Erythema Nodosum. ....... 
 
 Morbus Pedicularis. ....... 
 
 Herpes Zoster (with scars of a former attack). 
 
 Erythema Cii'cinatum. ...... 
 
 Eczema (from Sugar). ...... 
 
 Acne Vulgaris. ........ 
 
 Scabies (on Hand of Child). 
 &c.) Scabies Norvegica. . 
 
 Porrigo Contagiosum after Vaccination 
 Eruptions in Congenital Syphilis. 
 
 True Leprosy (Tubercular Form). True Leprosy 
 (Anfesthetic Form). ...... 
 
 Pityriasis Piubra. ....... 
 
 Papular Syphilitic Eruption, with Lidurated Chancre 
 on the Skin of the Abdomen. .... 
 
 Pniriginous Impetigo after Varicella. .... 
 
 Lichen of Infants. ....... 
 
 Kerion of Scalp after Eingworm. . , . . 
 
 Eruption produced by Iodide of Potassium. 
 
 Tinea Circinata. .....". 
 
 Eupia-Psoriasis (from inherited SyphiHs). . 
 
 Prurigo Adolescentium. . . . . . 
 
 Purpura Thrombotica. ...... 
 
 Syi^hilitic Eui)ia, with Keloid of Scars. 
 
 Scabies (with Oedema, 
 
 • • • • • 
 
 Circinate 
 
 PLATE 
 
 VII. 
 VIII. 
 
 IX. 
 
 X. 
 
 XI. 
 
 XII. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 XIV. 
 
 XV. 
 
 XVI. 
 
 XVII. 
 
 xvni. 
 
 XIX. 
 
 XX. 
 
 XXI. 
 
 XXII. 
 
 XXIII. 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 XXV. 
 
 XXVI. 
 
 XXVII. 
 
 XXVIII. 
 
 XXIX. 
 
 XXXI. 
 
 XXXII. 
 
 XXXIII. 
 
 XXXIV. 
 
 XXXV. 
 
 XXXVI. 
 
 XXXVII. 
 
 XXXVIII. 
 
 XXXIX. 
 
 XL. 
 
24 " THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 PLATE 
 
 Framboesia (Endemic Verrugas). . .... XLI. 
 
 Liipns Erythematosus. ....... XLIl. 
 
 Ulcerating Eruption from Bromide of Potassium. . . XLIII 
 
 MorplinDa, or Addison's Keloid. ..... XLIV. 
 
 " This Fasciculus supplies life size portraits of pityriasis rubra, papular 
 syphilis, with indurated chancres, and pruriginous impetigo following varicella, 
 which are extremely beautiful, and look life-like." — Edin. Medical jfournal, 
 May, 1872. 
 
 " They are better, to our mind, than any other plates in use amongst us ; 
 and there cannot be a question as to the Society's issue being as popular as it 
 is useful." — Lancet. 
 
 " We have received the thirteenth fasciculus of this splendid collection of 
 drawings, of which no further praise is needed than to say that they are 
 executed with the same artistic skill and fidelity to nature which have charac- 
 terised the whole series." — Dublin Journal of Medical Science, May, 1874. 
 
 A CATALOGUE OF THE PORTRAITS COMPRISED 
 
 IN THE SOCIETY'S ATLAS OF SKIN DISEASES. 
 Prepared, at the request of the Council, by Mr. Hutchinson. 
 Parts 1 and 2. 
 
 " The descriptions, cases, and plates are well given There is one 
 
 good feature in some of the cases described. Take that of Addison's Keloid, 
 p. 160. In it we have notes, &c., of a rare skin disease, which has been 
 accurately described by the observers under whose care the patient had been at 
 various stages of the case. This is, therefore, a valuable contribution to medi- 
 cine." — Edinburgh Medical Journal, February, 1877. 
 
LIST OF rUBLISIIED WORKS. 
 
 Arranged accordinrj to the Year of Issue. 
 
 Vol. 1859. {First Year.) 
 
 1. DiDAY on Infantile Syphilis. 
 
 2. GoocH on Diseases of Women. 
 
 3. Memoirs on Diphtheria. 
 
 4. Van der Kolk on the Spinal Cord, &c. 
 
 5. Monographs (Kussmaul and Tenner, Graefc, Wagner, &c.) 
 
 18G0. {Second Yvav.) 
 
 6. Dr. Bright on Abdominal Tumours. 
 
 7. Frerichs on Diseases of the Liver. Vol. I. 
 
 8. A Yearbook for 1859. 
 
 9. Atlas of Portraits of Skin Diseases. (1st Fasciculus.) 
 
 1861. (77///Y/ Year.) 
 
 10. A Yearbook for 1860. 
 
 11. MoNOGRAriis (Czermak, Dusch, Eadicke, &c.) 
 
 12. Casper's Forensic Medicine. Vol. I. 
 
 14. Atlas of Portraits of Skin Diseases. (2nd Fasciculus.) 
 
 1862. {Fourth Year.) 
 
 13. Frerichs on Diseases of the Liver. Vol. IL 
 
 15. A YE^mBooK for 1861. 
 
 16. Casper's Forensic Medicine. Vol. IL 
 
 17. Atlas of Portraits of Skin Diseases (3rd Fasciculus.) 
 
 1863. {Fifth Year.) 
 
 18. Kramer on Diseases of the Ear. 
 
 19. A Yearbook for 1862. 
 
 20. Neubauer and Vogel on the Urine. 
 
26 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Vol. 1864. {Sixth Year.) 
 
 21. Casper's Forensic Medicine. Vol. III. 
 
 22. DoNDERs on the Accommodation and Refraction of the 
 
 Eye. 
 
 23. A Yearbook for 1863. 
 
 24. Atlas of Portraits of Skin Diseases. (4th Fascicuhis). 
 
 1865. {Seventh Year.) 
 
 25. A Yearbook for 1864. 
 
 26. Casper's Forensic Medicine. Vol. IV. 
 
 27. Atlas of Portraits of Skin Diseases. (5th Fasciculus). 
 
 1866. {Eighth Year.) 
 
 28. Bernutz and Goupil on the Diseases of Women. Vol. I. 
 
 29. Atlas of Portraits of Skin Diseases. (6th Fasciculus.) 
 
 30. Hebra on Diseases of the Skin. Vol. I. 
 
 31. Bernutz and Goupil on Diseases of Women. Vol. II. 
 
 1867. {Ninth Year.) 
 
 32. Biennial Retrospect of Medicine and Surgery. 
 
 33. Griesinger on Mental Pathology and Therapeutics. 
 
 34. Atlas of Portraits of Skin Diseases. (7th Fasciculus). 
 
 35. Trousseau'^ Clinical Medicine. Vol. I. 
 
 1868. {Tenth Year.) 
 
 36. The Collected Works of Dr. Addison. 
 
 37. Hebra on Skin Diseases. Vol. II. 
 
 38. Langereaux's Treatise on Syphilis. Vol. I. 
 
 39. Atlas of Portraits of Skin Diseases. (8th Fasciculus). 
 
 40. Catalogue of Atlas of Skin Diseases. (First Part.) 
 
 1869. {Eleventh Year.) 
 
 41. Langereaux's Treatise on Syphilis. Vol. II. 
 
 42. Trousseau's Clinical Medicine. Vol. II. 
 
 43. Biennial Retrospect of Medicine and Surgery. 
 
 44. Atlas of Portraits of Skin Diseases. (9th Fasciculus.) 
 
 1870. {Twelfth Year.) 
 
 45. Trousseau's Lectures on Clinical Medicine. Vol. III. 
 
 46. Niemeyer's Lectures on Pulmonary Consumption. 
 
 47. Strigker's Manual of Histology. Vol. I. 
 
 48. Atlas of Portraits of Skin Diseases. (10th Fasciculus). 
 
LIST OF PUBLISHED WORKS. 27 
 
 Vol. 1871. (Thirteenth Year.) 
 
 49. Wunderlich's Medical Thermomctiy. 
 
 50. Biennial Eetrospect of Medicine and Surgery. 
 
 51. Trousseau's Clinical Medicine. Vol. IV. 
 
 52. Atlas of Portraits of Skin Diseases, (lltli Fasciculus.) 
 
 1872. (Fourteenth Year.) 
 
 53. Steicker's Manual of Histology. Vol. II. 
 
 54. Eindfleisch's Pathological Histology. Vol. I. 
 
 55. Trousseau's Clinical Medicine. Vol. V. 
 
 56. Atlas of Portraits of Skin Diseases. (12tli Fasciculus.) 
 
 1873. (Fifteenth Year.) 
 
 57. Stricicer's Manual of Histology. Vol. III. 
 
 58. Eindfleisch's Pathological Histology. Vol. 11. 
 
 59. Biennial Eetrospect of Medicine and Surgery. 
 
 60. Atlas of Portraits of Skin Diseases. (13th Fasciculus.) 
 
 1874. (Sixteenth Year.) 
 
 61. Hebra on Skin Diseases. Vol. III. 
 
 62. Von Troeltsch on Diseases of the Ear. 
 Helmholtz on Membrana Tympani, &c. (In one Vol.) 
 
 64. Atlas of Portraits of Skin Diseases. (14th Fasciculus.) 
 
 63. Hebra on Skin Diseases. Vol. I. 
 
 1875. (Seventeenth Year.) 
 
 65. Biennial Eetrospect of IMedicine and Surgery. 
 
 66. Catalogue of Atlas of Skin Diseases. (Second Part.) 
 
 67. Latha:\i's Works. Vol. I. 
 
 69. Atlas of Portraits of Skin Diseases. (15th Fasciculus.) 
 
 70. Clinical Lectures by various German Professors. 
 
 1876. (Eighteenth Year.) 
 
 68. Smellie's Midwifery, l)y McClintock. 
 
 71. Clinical Lectures l)y various German Professors. 
 
 72. Charcot's Clinical Lectures on Diseases of the Nervous 
 
 System. 
 
 73. Billroth's Lectures on Surgery. 
 
 1877. (Nineteenth Year.) 
 
 74. Smellie's Midwifery, l)y McClintock. 
 
 75. Clinical Lectures by various German Professors. 
 
 76. The Medical Digest, by ])r. Neale. 
 
 77. Billroth's Lectures on Surgery. Vol. II. 
 
28 THE NEW SYDENHAINI SOCIETY. 
 
 Vol. 1878. (Tirentieth Year.) 
 
 79. Smellie's Midwifeiy, by McClintock. (Concluding Volume.) 
 78. BiBLioTHECA Tlierapeutica, by Dr. Waring. Vol. I. 
 
 80. Latham's Works. Vol. II. 
 
 81. Lexicon of Medical Terms. (First Part.) 
 
 1879. {Ticenty-first Year.) 
 
 82. BiBLioTHECA Therapeutica, by Dr. Waring. Vol. II. 
 
 83. Lexicon of Medical Terms. (Second Part.) 
 
 84. Manual of Physical Diagnosis, by Dr. Guttmann. 
 
 85. Atlas of Illustrations of Pathology. (Fasciculus II.) 
 
 1880. Ticeniy-second Year. 
 
 86. Lexicon of Medical Terms. (Third Part.) 
 
 87. Hebra on Diseases of the Skin. Vol. V. 
 
 88. Koch's Researches on Wound Infection. 
 
 89. Lexicon of Medical Terms. (Fourth Part.) 
 
 90. Atlas of Illustrations of Pathology. (Fasciculus III.) 
 
LIST OF SURPLUS VOLUMES, 
 
 With Prices. 
 
 N.B. — The prices affixed can be continued only for a limited period until 
 surplus stock is disposed of. 
 
 ATLAS OF SKIN DISEASES. Fasciculi I. to XV. 
 
 Separately, ids. 6d. each. Most of the stones have been destroyed, and 
 only a limited number of impressions remain in stock, and a few are out of 
 print. 
 
 ON SYPHILIS IN INFANTS. By Paul Diday. Trans- 
 lated by Dr. Whitley. 2S. 6d. 
 
 GOOCH ON THE MORE IMPORTANT DISEASES 
 
 OF WOMEN AND CHILDREN. Prefatory Essay by Dr. Robert 
 Ferguson. W^oodcuts. 2s. 6d. 
 
 MEMOIRS ON DIPHTHERIA. By Bretonneau, 
 
 Trousseau, Daviot, Guersant, Bouchut, Empis, &c. Selected and 
 Translated by Dr. R. H. Semple. 3s. 6d. 
 
 ON THE MINUTE STRUCTURE AND FUNCTIONS 
 
 OF THE SPINAL CORD. By Professor Schroeder van der Kolk. 
 
 ON THE MINUTE STRUCTURE AND FUNCTIONS 
 
 OF THE MEDULLA OBLONGATA, AND ON EPILEPSY. By 
 Professor Schroeder van der Kolk. Translated by Dr. W. D. Moore, 
 of Dublin. In one volume, with numerous Lithographs. 5s. 
 
 EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCHES ON THE EFFECTS 
 
 OF THE LOSS OF BLOOD IN INDUCING CONVULSIONS. 
 By Drs. Kussmaul and Tenner. Translated by Dr. Bronner, of 
 Bradford. 
 
 ON THE PROCESS OF REPAIR AFTER RE- 
 SECTION AND EXTIRPATION OF BONES. By Dr. A. Wagner, of 
 Berlin. Translated by Mr. T. Holmes. Numerous Woodcuts. 
 
 PROFESSOR VON GRAEFE'S THREE MEMOIRS 
 
 ON GLAUCOMA, AND ON IRIDECTOMY AS A MEANS OF 
 TREATMENT. Translated by Mr. T. Windsor, of Manchester. 
 
 Three Monographs in one Volume. 2s. 6d. 
 
80 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 MEMOIRS ON ABDOMINAL TUMOURS AND In- 
 tumescence. By Dr. Bright. Reprinted from the ' Guy's Hospital 
 Reports,' with a Preface by Dr. Barlow. Numerous Woodcuts. 7s. 6d. 
 
 A CLINICAL ACCOUNT OF DISEASES OF THE 
 
 LIVER. By Professor Frerichs. Translated by Dr. Murchison. 
 Numerous Woodcuts and coloured Lithographs. 2 vols. 12s. 6d. Vol I. 
 separately, 3s. 6d. 
 
 CZERMAK ON THE PRACTICAL USES OF THE 
 
 LARYNGOSCOPE. Translated by Dr. G. D. Gibb. Numerous 
 Woodcuts. 
 
 DUSCH ON THROMBOSIS OF THE CEREBRAL 
 
 SINUSES. Translated by Dr. Whitley. 
 
 SCHROEDER VAN DER KOLK ON ATROPHY OF 
 
 THE BRAIN. Translated by Dr. W. D. Moore, of Dublin. Four 
 Lithof^raphs. 
 
 RADICKE'S PAPERS ON THE APPLICATION OF 
 
 STATISTICS TO MEDICAL ENQUIRIES. Translated by Dr. Bond. 
 
 ESMARCH ON THE USES OF COLD IN SURGICAL 
 
 PRACTICE. Translated by Dr. Montgomery. 
 
 Five Monographs in one Volume. 5s. 
 
 A HAND-BOOK OF THE PRACTICE OF FOR- 
 
 ENSIC MEDICINE, BASED UPON PERSONAL EXPERIENCE 
 By J. L. Casper, M.D., Professor of Forensic Medicine in the University 
 of Berlin. Translated by Dr. G. W. Balfour. Vols. II.. III., IV. 
 7s. 6d. each. Vol. I. can be had only by subscribing for the year. 
 
 THE AURAL SURGERY OF THE PRESENT DAY. 
 
 By W. Kramer, M.D., of Berlin. Translated by Henry Power, F.R.C.S., 
 M.B. With two Tables and nine Woodcuts. 2s. 6d. 
 
 A GUIDE TO THE QUALITATIVE AND QUAN- 
 TITATIVE ANALYSIS OF THE URINE. By Dr. C. Neubauer and 
 Dr. J. VoGEL. Fourth edition, considerably enlarged. Translated by 
 by W. O. Markham, F.R.C.P.L. With Four Lithographs and numerous 
 Woodcuts. 5s. 
 
 ON THE ANOMALIES OF ACCOMMODATION AND 
 
 REFRACTION OF THE EYE, WITH A PRELIMINARY ESSAY 
 ON PHYSIOLOGICAL DIOPTRICS. By F. C. Donders, M.D., Pro- 
 fessor of Physiology and Ophthalmology in the University of Utrecht. 
 Translated from the Authors's Manuscript by W. D. Moore, M.D. 7s. 6d. 
 
 TROUSSEAU'S CLINICAL MEDICINE. Vols. I., II., 
 
 III., IV., and V. 5s. each, or 21s. the set. This set comprises the complete 
 work, with copious Index. 
 
LIST OF SURPLUS VOLUMES. 31 
 
 YEAR-BOOKS OF MEDICINE AND SURGERY. 
 
 1839 — 66. Seven Vols. 2s. 6d. each vol. 
 
 BIENNIAL RETROSPECT OF MEDICINE AND 
 
 SURGERY, 1866-75. 5 vols. 2s. 6d. each. 
 
 STRICKER'S MANUAL OF HISTOLOGY. 3 vols. 
 
 31S. 6d. Vols. I. and III. separatel}', 5s. each. 
 
 RINDFLEISCH'S PATHOLOGICAL HISTOLOGY. 
 
 Vol. II., 5s. Vol. I. can be obtained only by subscribing for the year of 
 
 Its issue. 
 
 HEBRA'S TREATISE ON DISEASES OF THE 
 
 SKIN. Vols. I to 4, 2is. 
 
 LANCEREAUX'S TREATISE ON SYPHILIS. Two 
 
 vols. 5s. 
 
 NIEMEYER'S LECTURES ON PULMONARY CON- 
 SUMPTION. 2s. 6d. 
 
 LATHAM'S WORKS. 2 vols. 7s. 6d. Vol. I., 2S. 6d. 
 
 CLINICAL LECTURES BY VARIOUS GERMAN 
 
 PROFESSORS. First series, 5s. 
 
 Several of these works are well suited for presents to 
 Students or for Class Prizes. Amongst them Trousseau's 
 Clinical Medicine ; Stricker's Histology ; Frerich's On 
 Diseases of the Liver ; Latham's Works ; and Bonders 
 On Anomalies of Piefraction, &c., may be especially 
 mentioned. 
 
 None of the Works published in 1876, 1877, 1878, or 1879 
 can be obtained separately unless by special arrangement. 
 The series of each of these years can be had on subscribing 
 for the year. 
 
LAWS OF THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 I. — The Society is instituted for the purpose 
 of supplj-ing certain acknowledged deficiences 
 in the existing means of diffusing medical 
 literature, and shall be caUed " Xhe New 
 Sydenham Society." 
 
 II. — The Sooietj' shall carry out its objects 
 by a succession of publications, of which the 
 following shall be the chief :— 1. Translations 
 of Foreign Works, Papers, and Essays of merit, 
 to be reproduced as early as practicable after 
 their- original issue. 2. British Works, Papers, 
 Lectures, &c., which, whilst of gi-eat value, 
 have become from any cause difficult to be 
 obtained, excluding those of living authors. 
 3. Annual Volumes consisting of Eeports in 
 Abstract of the progi-ess of the different 
 branches of Medical and Surgical Science 
 during the year. 4. Dictionaries of Medical 
 BibUography and Biogi-aphy. Those included 
 under Nos. 1 and 2 shall be held to have the 
 first claim on the attention of the Society ; 
 and the carrying out of those under Nos. 3 and 
 4 shall be considered dependent upon the 
 amount of funds which may be placed at its 
 disposal. 
 
 III. — The Subscription constituting a Mem- 
 ber shall be One Guinea, to be paid in advance 
 on the 1st of January annually, and it shall 
 entitle the subscriber to a copy of every work 
 published for that year. No books shall be 
 issued to any Member until liis subscription 
 for the year has been paid. 
 
 IV.— The Officers of the Society shaU be 
 elected from the Members, and shall consist 
 of a President, sixteen Vice-Presidents, a 
 Treasiirer, a Secretary, and a Council of 
 thirty-two, in whom the power of framing 
 Bye-laws and of du-ecting the affah-s of the 
 Society shall be vested. Twelve of the Council 
 shall be provincial residents. 
 
 v.— Five Members of the Council shaU form 
 a quorum. 
 
 VI.— The Officers of the Society shall be 
 elected by ballot at the General Anniversary 
 Meeting of the Society. Balloting lists of 
 Officers jiroposed by the CouncU, with blank 
 jjlaces for such alterations as any Member 
 may wish to make, shall be laid on the 
 Society's table for the use of Members. 
 
 VII. — The President, Vice-Presidents, and 
 Council, shall be eligible for re-election, except 
 that of the Vice-Presidents four, and of the 
 Council eight, shall retire every year. 
 
 Vin. — The CouncU shall appoint local Hono- 
 rary Secretaries wherever they shall see fit. 
 
 IX. — The business of the President shall be 
 to preside at the Annual and Extraordinary 
 Meetings of the Society ; in his absence one of 
 the Vice-Presidents, or the Treasurer, or any 
 Member of the Council chosen by the Members 
 present, shall take the Chair. 
 
 X. — The Treasurer, or some person ap- 
 pointed by him, shall receive all moneys due 
 to the Society. 
 
 XI.— The money in the hands of the Trea- 
 surer, which shall not be iimuediately required 
 for the uses of the Society, shall be vested in 
 such speedily available securities as shall be 
 approved by the Council. 
 
 XII.— The CouncU shall select the Works to 
 be published by the Society, and shall make 
 aU arrangements, pecuniary or otherwise, in 
 regard to their publication. In the event of 
 any Member of the CouncU being appointed to 
 edit any Work for the Society, fur which he is 
 to receive pecuniary remuneration, he shall 
 immeiliately cease to be a Member of the 
 Council, and shall not be eligible for re- 
 election till after the publication of the Work. 
 
 XIII.— The Council shall lay before the 
 Members at each Anniversary Sleeting a Report 
 of then' proceedings diu'ing the past year, and 
 also an account of the Eeceipts and Expendi- 
 ture of the Society; and shah fm-ther cause to 
 be printed and circulated among the Members 
 an abstract of such Eeport and Accounts im- 
 mediately after such Anniversary Meeting. 
 
 XIV. — The annual Accounts of the Receipts 
 and Expenditm-e of the Society shaU be 
 audited by a Committee of thi-ee Members, 
 selected at the preceding Anniversary Meeting 
 from among the Members at large. 
 
 XV.— The Secretary shall have the manage- 
 ment of the general Correspondence of the 
 Society, and of such other business as may 
 arise in carrying out its objects. 
 
 XVI.— The local Secretaries shall fm-ther 
 the objects of the Society in then- respective 
 districts, and shaU be in communication -with 
 the metropolitan Secretary. 
 
 XVII.— The Anniversary Meeting shaU be 
 held in the same town as, and at the time of, 
 the Annual Meeting of the British Medical 
 Association, notice of it having been given 
 to aU Members at least a week before the day 
 fixed on. 
 
 XVIII.— The Members generally shall be 
 invited and encouraged to propose Works, &c., 
 and to make any suggestions to the Council 
 they may think likely to be useful. 
 
 XIX.— The Works of the Society shall be 
 printed for the Members only. 
 
 XX.— No alteration in the Laws of the 
 Society shaU be made, except at a General 
 Meeting. Notice of the alteration to be pro- 
 posed must also have been laid before the 
 CouncU at least a month previousl}'. 
 
 XXI.— The CouncU shaU have powt-r to caU 
 a General Meeting of the Members at any time, 
 and shall also be requu-ed to do so within three 
 weeks, upon receiving a requisition in writing 
 to that effect from not less than twenty Mem- 
 bers of the Society. 
 
 XXII.— All Special General Meetings of the 
 Society shall be held at such place as the 
 CouncU may appoint. 
 
 XXIII.— The CouncU shaU meet at least 
 once in two mouths, unless by special resolu- 
 tion to the contrary. 
 
GENERAL INFORMATION. 
 
 A THIRD EDITION of the VOLUIMES for 1859 was printed, 
 and a Second of that for 1800. For snhsequont years the Fh-st Edition 
 was much larger ; and it is not likely that any of the Volumes will be 
 reprinted. 
 
 Most of the stones for Plates, &c., both those for the Atlas of Skin 
 Diseases and those for printed Vohunes, have been tlestroycd, and will 
 not be reproduced. 
 
 A few complete Sets of the Society's Works are on hand, and can be 
 obtained by new Members, but the number remaining is very small. 
 
 The Society is now in its Twenty-second year, and the cost of a 
 complete Set to the end of 1879 is Twenty-one Guineas. Arrangements 
 have been made by which new Members can obtain single Volumes, or 
 sets of Volumes, from the Society's stock in hand. Some of the Volumes, 
 of which a larger surplus exists than of others, can be purchased at fixed 
 prices (for which see list.) The Society's Agent is empowered to make 
 special arrangements with new Members who may wish to obtain any of 
 the past Volumes. 
 
 CARRIAGE, &c. — The Society's Works are supplied free of cost to 
 any address in Loudon, Edinburgh, or Dublin ; but the expenses of 
 Can'iage to all other places must be borne by the Members to whom they 
 are sent. Members wishing to receive their Volumes by Book-post can 
 do so by prepaying the postage. Members are requested to give detailed 
 instructions respecting the mode by which they wish their Volumes to be 
 forwarded, and also to remember that the Society's responsibility ceases 
 when the Book has been delivered according to the instructions given. 
 Members wishing to receive their Works by Book-post can do so by 
 prepaying the sum of 25. Gd. for the year. 
 
 The Subscription is One Guinea annually, to be paid in advance. 
 The best mode of sending money is by rost-oflfjcc Order, paj-able to 
 Mr. IIioNitY KiNc Lkwis, at the London Ulhcc ; or liy Cheque to the 
 
34 GENERAL INFORMATION. 
 
 order of the Treasurer, Dr, Sedgwick Saunders. It is requested that in 
 
 future all communications in reference to the payment of Subscriptions, 
 
 or the issue of Books, may be made to Mr. Lewis, the Society's Agent, 
 
 and not to the Secretary. 
 
 JONATHAN HUTCHINSON, 
 
 Hon. Secretary. 
 15, Cavendish Square, W. 
 
 =!'^* Any Member wishing for additional Copies of this Eeport, &c., 
 can obtain them by applying to Mr. Hutchinson ; or to the Societj^'s 
 Agent, Mr. Lewis, 136, Gower Street, W.C. The Council will be much 
 obhged by its distribution amongst those thought likely to join the 
 Society. 
 
 PS. — The Society's Agent is prepared to supply, at fixed prices, 
 CASES for binding the Lexicon, and PORTFOLIOS for the reception 
 of the Plates of Skin Diseases. 
 
 NOTICE TO NEW SUBSCEIBERS AND LOCAL SECRETARIES. 
 
 New members who subscribe for not fewer than three past years at 
 once will be aUowed to select volumes from the surplus stock to the 
 value of one guinea without additional payment (see page 29 for Ust of 
 surplus stock and prices). The hke privilege will be secured each year 
 by any Local Secretary who has not fewer than ten members on his list 
 whose subscriptions are paid before the end of March. 
 
LIST OF THE 
 
 OFFICERS AND MEMBERS 
 
 OF 
 
 £j)e Itriu Snitujjani Socirfn. 
 
 1880—81. 
 
 PRESIDENT. 
 Sir William W. Gull, Bart., M.D., F.K.S., D.C.L., LL.D. 
 
 VICE-PRESIDENTS. 
 
 KoBERT Barnes, M.D. 
 
 Sir George Burrows, F.K.S., Bart. 
 
 K. W. Falconer, M.D., D.C.L., Bath. 
 
 AV. D. Husband, Esq., F.K.C.S., Bournemouth. 
 
 W. T. Gairdner, M.D., Glas^jow. 
 
 C^sAR H. Hawkins, Esq., F.E.S. 
 
 T. HoLJiEs, Esq. 
 *George Johnson, M.D., F.K.S. 
 
 Joseph Lister, Esq., F.K.S. , D.C.L. 
 
 Sir James Paget, F.E.S. , Bart. 
 "•'George Paget, M.D., F.R.S., Cambridge. 
 
 *WiLLIAJI PiUTHERFORD, M.D., F.R.S., KdinliKiyh . 
 
 T. Grainger Stewart, M.D., Kdinbunjh. 
 Sir Thomas Watson, M.D., F.K.S. , Bart. 
 Hermann Weber, !M.D. 
 
36 
 
 OFFICEES. 
 
 COU 
 
 "T. Clifford Allbutt, M.D., 
 
 F.E.S. 
 •'=MiLNER Barry, M.D., Tunh. Wells. 
 
 Thomas Barlow, M.D. 
 *Lauder Brunton, M.D., F.E.S. 
 
 W. H. Broadbent, M.D. 
 
 Thomas Buzzard, M.D. 
 
 W. Cholmeley, M.D. 
 
 WiLLU-M Colles, M.D., Dublin. 
 
 E. M. Craven, Esq., Hull. 
 
 J. Langdon H. Down, M.D. 
 
 Dyce Duckworth, M.D. 
 
 J. Matthews Duncan, M.D. 
 
 John Easton, M.D. 
 
 Sir Joseph Fayrer, M.D. 
 
 C. J. Hare, M.D. 
 
 G. E. Herman, M.D. 
 
 NCIL. 
 
 H. Macnaughten Jones, M.D., 
 Cork. 
 
 J. C. Langmore, M.B. 
 
 P. W. Latham, M.D., Cambrichje. 
 *Stephen Mackenzie, M.D. 
 
 J. W. Moore, M.D., Ihihlin. 
 ^Walter Moxon, M.D. 
 *Wm. Egberts, M.D., Manchester. 
 
 Septimus W. Sibley, Esq. 
 
 J. K. Spender, M.D., Bath. 
 *Wm. Square, Esq., Plymouth. 
 '''Paul Swayne, Esq., Devonport. 
 
 T. P. Teale, Esq., Leeds. 
 
 Wm. Turner, M.B., F.E.S.E., 
 Edinburgh. 
 
 John Walters, M.B., Eeigate. 
 James West, Esq., Birmingham. 
 
 TREASURER. 
 W. Sedgwick Saunders, M.D., 13, Queen Street, Cheapside, E.C. 
 
 AUDITORS. 
 
 E. Clapton, M.D. | S. Fenwick, M.D. 
 
 F. M. Corner, Esq. 
 
 HON. SECRETARY. 
 Jonathan Hutchinson, Esq., 15, Cavendish Square, W. 
 
 A 
 
 DEPOT AND AGENCY. 
 Mr. H. K. Lewis, 136, Gower Street, W.C. 
 
 Thuse marked with an Asterisk were not in office last year, 
 
LIST OF HON. LOCAL SECRETARIES, 
 
 And of Towns where it is desired that an appointment 
 
 should be made. 
 
 The Council will he iiiuc/i ohli/jcd to any (/entlemen ivillijig to act as 
 Local Secretaries in Towns where the appointment is vacant, if they 
 will communicate with Mr. Hutchinson. Any suygestions of suitable 
 names will also confer a favour. The duties of Local Secretaries consist 
 in arranginy for the distribution of books, the collection of Subscriptions, 
 and canvassiny for new members. 
 
 ENGLAND AND WALES. 
 
 Aberdare ... 
 
 Abergavenny 
 
 Abcrystwith 
 
 Abingdon ... 
 
 Accriugton ... 
 
 Acton ( see Ealing) . . . 
 
 Alfreton 
 
 Alnwick 
 
 Altrincliani... 
 
 Amptbill ... 
 
 Andover 
 
 Arundel 
 
 Aslibourue ... 
 
 Asbford 
 
 Asliton-under-Lyne 
 
 Aylesbury ... 
 
 Bacup 
 
 Banbury 
 
 Bangor 
 
 Barnsley 
 
 Barnstaple ... 
 
 Bath 
 
 Beaminster and Bridport 
 Beaumaris, Anglesea 
 Beccles 
 
 Bedford 
 
 Beverley 
 
 Betbesda, Carnarvonsbire 
 
 Bcwdley 
 
 Bideford 
 
 Morris Jones, Esq. 
 Paulin Martin, Esq. 
 
 W. H. Lusb, F.R.C.P. Ed. 
 
 (Fyfieldj. 
 
 Eobert Ceely, Esq. 
 
 E. Budd, Esq., M.D. 
 J. K. Spender, M.D. 
 J. S. Webb, Esq. 
 
 W. M. Crowfoot, Esq. 
 E. H. Coombes, M.D. 
 
 J. Gabb, Esq. 
 
 W. H. Ackland, M.D. 
 
38 
 
 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Bilston 
 Birkenhead 
 Birmiugham 
 Bishop Auckland ... 
 Bishop's Stortford... 
 Blackburn ... 
 Blackheath ... 
 Blackpool ... 
 Bodmin 
 Bolton 
 
 Borouglibridge 
 Boston, Lincolnshire 
 Bournemouth 
 Bradford, Yorkshire 
 Brecon 
 Brentwood ... 
 Bridgend ... 
 Bridgewater 
 Bridgnorth ... 
 Bridlington 
 Brighton 
 Bristol 
 
 Bromley, Kent 
 Brompton, Kent ... 
 Burnley, Lancashu'e 
 Burton-on-Trent . . . 
 Bury, Lancashire ... 
 Bury St. Edmunds 
 Buxton, Derbyshire 
 Cambridge ... 
 Canterbmy ... 
 
 Cardiff 
 
 Carlisle 
 Carmarthen 
 Carnarvon ... 
 Castleford ... 
 
 Chard 
 
 Chatham ... 
 Cheadle, Cheshire . . . 
 Cheadle, Staffordshire 
 Chelmsford ... 
 Cheltenham 
 Chertsey 
 Chepstow ... 
 Chester 
 Chesterfield 
 Chichester ... 
 Chippenham, Wilts 
 Chorley, Lancashire 
 
 George Walker, M.D. 
 W. Wright Wilson, Esq. 
 T. A. McCullagh, Esq. 
 
 Matthew J. Kae, M.D. 
 
 Gay Shute, Esq. 
 
 W. B. Eicuardson, Esq. 
 
 A. Mercer Adam, M.D. 
 
 T. C. Deaby, Esq. 
 Talfourd Jones, M.D. 
 
 W. L. Winterbotham, M.D. 
 
 Alfred Mathias, Esq. 
 
 C. F. Hutchinson, M.D. 
 
 Ed. Mackey, M.D. 
 
 F. K. Cross, Esq., F.E.C.S. 
 
 W. M. Coultate, Esq. 
 G. Lowe, M.D. 
 J. S. C. Yule, Esq. 
 F. E. Image, Esq. 
 
 E. Carver, M.B. 
 James Eeid, Esq. 
 
 W, B. Page, Esq. 
 J. Hughes, Esq. 
 
 E. W. Kemp, Esq. 
 
 E. T. Wilson, M.D. 
 
 W. McEwen, M.D. 
 John Carnegie, M.D. 
 N. Tyacke, M.D. 
 
LIST OF HON. LOl'AL SKC'JIETAUIES. 
 
 39 
 
 of Wight 
 
 Cliristcliurch 
 Cirencester . . . 
 Colchester ... 
 Cohiey Hatch 
 Cougletou . . . 
 Coventry . . . 
 Cones, Isle 
 Crewe 
 Croydon 
 Darlington ... 
 
 Dart ford 
 
 Dartmouth... 
 
 Deal, Kent... 
 
 Denbigli 
 
 Deptford 
 
 Derby 
 
 Devizes 
 
 Devonport ... 
 
 Dewsbury ... 
 
 Diss... 
 
 Doncaster ... 
 
 Dorchester ... 
 
 Dorking 
 
 Douglas, Isle of Man 
 
 Dover 
 
 Droitwich ... 
 
 Dudley 
 
 Durham 
 
 Ealing 
 
 Eastbourne 
 
 East Grin stead 
 
 East Ketford 
 
 Edmonton ... 
 
 Ely 
 
 Enfield 
 
 Epsom 
 Evesham ... 
 Exeter 
 Exmoutli ... 
 Falmouth ... 
 Faversham ... 
 Folkestone ... 
 
 Forest Hill 
 
 Frome 
 
 Gainsborough 
 Gloucester ... 
 Gudalming ... 
 Go.sport 
 '^iruiitjiain . . 
 
 E. Waylen, Esq. 
 
 J. JJrowu, M.D. 
 
 J. Atkinson, Esi|. 
 A. Carpenter, M.D. 
 J. Lawrence, M.D. 
 
 E. W. Wright, Esq. 
 G. Waylen, Esq. 
 
 T. E. Aniyot, Esq. 
 J. Sykes, M.D. 
 G. Curnie, Esq. 
 
 Charles Parsons, ^I.D. 
 8. S. Pioden, M.D. 
 
 J. Goodchild, Esq. 
 B. Eoberts, M.D. 
 
 W\ B. Pritchard, Ei.q. 
 
 Clement Daniel, M.D. 
 
 G. W. Tunibull, ^[.D. 
 
 IJ. L. Bowles, M.D. 
 .1. Briglit, MA). 
 
 I). .Mackhider, M.D. 
 E. Needhani, ^[.D. 
 
 ( I . A\'. Sliipiiian. Mmj. 
 
40 
 
 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 GravesencT ... 
 
 Great Grimsby 
 
 Greenwich and Blacklieath 
 
 Guernsey ... 
 
 Guildford ... 
 
 Halifax 
 
 Hanley 
 
 Hauwell 
 
 Harrow 
 
 Harrogate ... 
 
 Harrow-on-tlie-Hill 
 
 Hartlepool ... 
 
 Hastings 
 
 Haverfordwest 
 
 Heckmondwike 
 
 Heniel-Hempstead. . . 
 
 Hereford 
 
 Hertford 
 
 Hexham 
 
 High Wycombe 
 
 Hillingdon ... 
 
 Hinkley, Leicestershire 
 
 Hitchin 
 
 Hounslow ... 
 
 Holywell 
 
 Huddersfield 
 
 Hull 
 
 Huntingdon 
 
 Hyde and Marple ... 
 
 Ilfracombe ... 
 
 Ipswich 
 
 Isleworth ... 
 
 Jersey 
 
 Kendal 
 
 Kenilworth ... 
 
 Kettering ... 
 
 Kidderminster 
 
 Kiugsbridge 
 
 Kiugston-upon -Thames & Surbiton 
 
 Knottingley 
 
 Lancaster ... 
 
 Langport ... 
 
 Launceston ... 
 
 Leamington 
 
 Ledbury 
 
 Leeds 
 
 Leek 
 
 Leicester 
 
 Leominster... 
 
 ii. Lnaes Nisbett, Esq. 
 
 Gay 8hute, Esq. 
 B. Colleuette, M.D. 
 
 E. N. Day, Esq. 
 G. Oliver, M.D. 
 
 J. Underwood, M.D. 
 J. E. Brown, M.D. 
 F. B. Lee, Esq. 
 
 Thomas Turner, Esq. 
 C. E. Shelley, M.D. 
 
 E. E. ShilUtoe, Esq. 
 
 John L-ving, Esq., M.B. 
 Kelbourne King, M.D. 
 L. Newton, Esq. 
 J. Johnson Bailey, M.D. 
 
 0. W. Hammond, M.D. 
 
 W. W. Kershaw, M.D. 
 
 T. W. Thursficld, M.D. 
 
 F. Greenwood, Esq. 
 Joseph Kenny, Esq. 
 J. Barclay, M.D. 
 
LIST OI'' HON. LOCAL SECRETAraKS. 
 
 n 
 
 Leytonstoue 
 
 Lewes 
 
 Liclifickl 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 Liskeard 
 
 Liverpool ... 
 
 Llandilo 
 
 LLindovery 
 
 Llandudno ... 
 
 Llanelly 
 
 Longton, Staffordshire 
 
 Louth 
 
 Lowestoft ... 
 
 Ludlow 
 
 Luton 
 
 Lutterworth 
 
 Lynn 
 
 Macclesfield 
 Maidenhe; d 
 Maidstone ... 
 Maldon, Essex 
 Malton 
 Malvern 
 Manchester 
 Mansfield ... 
 jMarket Drayton ... 
 Marlborough, Wilts 
 Martock 
 
 Merthyr Tydvil 
 
 Middlesboro'-on-Tees 
 
 Mold 
 
 Monmouth ... 
 
 Moreton-in -Marsh 
 
 Morpeth 
 
 Newark-upon-Trent 
 
 Newbury, Berks ... 
 
 Newcastle-under-Lyne 
 
 Newcastle upon Tyne 
 
 New Malton, Yorkshire ... 
 
 Newmarket, Caiuljridgeshire 
 
 Newport, Hants ... 
 
 Newport, Mon. 
 
 Newton Abbot 
 
 Newton le-AVillows 
 
 Nortliani[)ton 
 
 North Shields 
 
 North wich ... 
 
 Norwich 
 
 Nottingham 
 
 F. W. Cooper, Esq. 
 
 II. P. Welchman, Esq. 
 T. Sympson, M.D. 
 
 J. Muir ilowic, ]\1.D. 
 
 D. Thomas, Esq. 
 
 J. Eaglan Thomas, Esq. 
 
 F. Fawssett, M.U. 
 W. H. Clubbe, Esq. 
 
 E. Woodward, Esq. 
 
 W. T. Colby, Esq. 
 W. C. West, M.D. 
 J. Chadwick Peatsou, M.D. 
 
 J. Hedley, Esq. 
 
 F. H. Appleby, Esq. 
 J. Bunny, M.D. 
 
 Thomas Oliver, M.D. 
 
 W. W. Morgan, M.D. 
 
 Frederick Noon, Esq. 
 Charles Jewel Evans, Esq. 
 Kobert Peart, M.D. 
 
 llayncss lujbijison, l\^([. 
 W. H. Kansom, M.D. 
 
42 
 
 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Odihara 
 Oldham 
 Oswestry ... 
 
 Otley 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Penrith 
 
 Peuzauce ... 
 
 Peterborough 
 
 Petersfield ... 
 
 Plymouth ... 
 
 Poutcfract ... 
 
 Poole 
 
 Pontypool ... 
 
 Portsmouth [see Southsea) 
 
 Prestou 
 
 Putney 
 
 Kamsgate and I. of Thanet 
 
 Beading 
 
 Kedruth 
 
 Keigate 
 
 Eichmoud, Surrey 
 
 Eipon 
 
 Kochdale ... 
 
 Kochester ( & Chatham & Btrood ) 
 
 Eochford ... 
 
 Eomford, Essex ... 
 
 Eoss 
 
 Eotherham ... 
 
 Eugby 
 
 Eugeley 
 
 Eyde, i. of \Yight 
 
 Eye, Sussex 
 
 Saffron Walden ... 
 
 St. Albans 
 
 St. Austell 
 
 St. Helen's, Lancashire ... 
 
 St. Ives 
 
 Salisbury ... 
 
 Scarborough 
 
 Shaftesbury 
 
 Sheerness ... 
 
 Sheffield 
 
 Shepton Mallet 
 
 Sherborne ... 
 
 Shirley, Hants 
 
 Shrewsbury 
 
 Sidmouth ... 
 
 Skipton 
 
 Sleaford 
 
 J. M'Intyre, M.D. 
 T. Piatt, Esq. 
 
 A. Winkfield, Esq. 
 
 J. B. Montgomery, M.D. 
 
 Connell "Whipple, Esq. 
 
 S. B. Mason, Esq. 
 E. Allen, Esq. 
 E. Walford, Esq. 
 
 J. Walters, M.D. 
 E. Feun, M.D. 
 
 E. M. Pooley, Esq. 
 
 T. King, M.D. 
 
 H. D. Foote, M.D. 
 
 H. Stear, Esq. 
 
 E. P. Twyford, M.D. 
 W. E. Grove, M.D. 
 W. D. Wilkes, Esq. 
 E. B. Cooke, Esq. 
 
 E. Swales, Esq. 
 
 M. Martin deBartolome, M.D. 
 
 E. Andrew, M.D. 
 
LIST OF HON, LOCAL SECRKTARIES. 
 
 43 
 
 Smethwick 
 Snaith 
 
 Southampton 
 Soiithmolton 
 Southport ... 
 Soutlisea ... 
 Soutli Shields 
 Spakling ... 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Stalyhridge 
 
 Stamford ... 
 
 Stockport ... 
 
 Stockton-ou-Tees ... 
 
 Stoke-ou-Trcnt (Potteries) 
 
 Stourhridge 
 
 Stratford, Essex ... 
 
 Stratford-oii-Avon 
 
 Stroud, Gloucestershu'e 
 
 Sunderland 
 
 Surbiton 
 
 Swansea 
 
 Swindon 
 
 S5'denham {see Forest Hill) 
 
 Taunton 
 
 Tavistock ... 
 
 Teignmouth 
 
 Tenby 
 
 Tewkesbury 
 
 Thetford ' 
 
 Thirsk 
 
 Tiverton 
 Torquay 
 Totnes 
 Tottenham 
 
 Truro 
 
 Tunbridge ... 
 Tunbridge Wells ... 
 Twickenham 
 Ulverston ... 
 Uxb ridge ... 
 Ventnor 
 
 Wakefield 
 
 Wallingford 
 
 Walsall 
 
 Warminster 
 Warrington 
 Warwick 
 Wednesbury 
 Watford 
 
 E. W. Griffin, M.D. 
 
 W. H. Axford, M.D. 
 J. Frain, M.D. 
 E. Morris, M.D. 
 S. Cooksou, M.D. 
 
 W. Newman, M.D. 
 J. A. Ball, Esq. 
 W. H. Oliver, Esq. 
 Samuel Johnson, M.D. 
 A. Freer, Esq. 
 
 J. J: Nason, M.B. 
 
 M. Douglas, Esq. 
 W. W. Kershaw, M.D. 
 T. D. Griffiths, M.B. 
 G. M. Swinhoe, Esq. 
 
 W. Liddon, M.B. 
 
 P. Minns, M.D. 
 W. H. Byott, M.D. 
 
 E. H. May, M.D. 
 C. Sharp, Esq. 
 
 J. Milner Barry, M.D. 
 
 G. H. Macnamara, Esq. 
 
 F. H. Wood, Esq. 
 C. A. Barrett, Esq. 
 
 J. 11. Goriiall, Esq. 
 
u 
 
 THR NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Wellington, Somerset 
 
 "Wellington, Salop. 
 
 WeUs 
 
 Welshpool, ]\Iontgomerysliir( 
 
 Wcni 
 
 West Bromwicli 
 
 Weston-super-Mare 
 
 Wej'moiith 
 
 Whitby .. 
 
 Whitehaven 
 
 Wigan 
 
 Wimbledon 
 
 Wimborne .. 
 
 Winchester 
 
 Windsor 
 
 Wirksworth 
 
 Wisbeach . . 
 
 Witney 
 
 Wolverhampton 
 
 Woodbridge 
 
 Woodford 
 
 Woolwich 
 
 Worcester 
 
 Worksop 
 
 Worthing 
 
 Wrexham 
 
 Yarmouth 
 
 Yeovil 
 
 York 
 
 J. G. French, Esq. 
 
 J. Manley, Esq. 
 E. Alford, Esq. 
 
 John Yeoman, M.D. 
 J. F. I'Anson, M.D. 
 G. G. Tatham, M.l). 
 
 F. J. Butler, M.D. 
 J. Elhson, M.D. 
 
 A. Batt, M.D. 
 Vincent Jackson, Esq. 
 
 Pi. Mason, Esq. 
 
 W. J. Harris, Esq. 
 E. Davies, M.D. 
 C. Palmer, Esq. 
 
 G. Slianu, Esq. 
 
 SCOTLAND. 
 
 Aberdeen . 
 
 Ayr ... 
 
 Banff 
 
 Brechin 
 
 Coldstream. 
 
 Cupar, Fife 
 
 Dumfries . 
 
 Dundee and Forfar 
 
 Dumfermline 
 
 Edinburgh ... 
 
 Elgin 
 
 Glasgow 
 
 Greenock . . . 
 
 Haddington 
 
 Hamilton . . . 
 
 Helensburg 
 
 Inverness ... 
 
 Kilmarnock 
 
 John Wight, M.D. 
 G. McKerrow, M.D. 
 J. Barclay, M.D. 
 
 J. W. Eeid Mackie, M.D. 
 
 W. Husband, M.D. 
 G. Duff, M.D. 
 J. W. Anderson, M.D. 
 James Wallace, M.D. 
 T. Howdcn, junr., M.D. 
 
 — Macfarlane, M.D. 
 
LIST or UON. LOCAL SECRETARIES. 
 
 45 
 
 Leith 
 
 Lerwick (SlictlaucT) 
 
 LinlitliL!:o\v ... 
 
 Loch^'ilpliead 
 
 Montrose . . . 
 
 Paisley 
 
 Peebles 
 
 Perth 
 
 Eothesay . . . 
 
 St. Andrews, Fife 
 
 Stirling 
 
 Thurso 
 
 "Wishawton 
 
 Ardee 
 
 Armagh 
 
 Ballinasloe 
 
 Belfast 
 
 Carlow 
 
 Carrick-ou-Siiir 
 
 Cashel 
 
 Cavau 
 
 Clonmel 
 
 Cork 
 
 Dublin 
 
 Dundalk 
 
 Ennis 
 
 Enniskilleu 
 
 Galway 
 
 Killarney . . . 
 
 Kilkenny . . . 
 
 Kingstown ... 
 
 Lifford 
 
 Limerick . . . 
 
 Letterkenny 
 
 Lisburn, Antrim 
 
 Listowel 
 
 Tjondonderry 
 
 ^lalluw 
 
 Moate 
 
 ^ronaghan ... 
 
 ]\Iullingar ... 
 
 Nonagh 
 
 New Ross ... 
 
 Newry 
 
 Parsonstown 
 
 Queeustown 
 
 Pioscommon 
 
 James Struthers, M.D. 
 
 G. Hunter, IM.D. 
 J. lUitherford, M.D. 
 James C. Howden, M.D. 
 D. Taylor, M.D. 
 
 D. H. Stirling, M.D. 
 
 Charles Gibson, M.D. 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 Thomas J. Moore, U.J). 
 Thomas Cuming, M.D. 
 
 (Books per ^Ir. Greer.) 
 
 J. Martin, M.D. 
 
 W. ]\ralcolmson, M.D. 
 
 E. Finn, M.D. 
 
 J, W. Moore, M.D. 
 
 H. Macdonnell, M.D. 
 
 W. O'Brein Adams, M.D. 
 R. Little, M.B. 
 T. Kane, M.B. 
 
 W. Bernard, UAX 
 W. J. Galway, M.D. 
 
 J. TTarrison, IM.D. 
 
46 
 
 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 llosstrevor ... 
 
 T. A. Vescy, M.B. 
 
 Rothmiues ... 
 
 
 
 Eoscrea 
 
 • • • > • 
 
 
 Sligo 
 
 
 
 Thurles . . . 
 
 
 
 Tralee 
 
 
 
 Tullaniore ... 
 
 .. 
 
 
 Waterforcl ... 
 
 . • ... 
 
 
 Westport . . . 
 
 ... 
 
 
 Wexford ... 
 
 • • • ■ • 
 
 .".' H. H. Boxwell, M.D. 
 
 Youglial . . . 
 
 .. 
 
 
 PARI 
 
 'S. FLORENCE. 
 
 S. Pozzi, 
 
 M.D. David Young, M.D. 
 
 
 IXDIA. 
 
 Calcutta . ... 
 
 • • ■ . • ... 
 
 Madras 
 
 .. 
 
 ... E. F. Brockman, M.D. 
 
 Bombay 
 
 • . > 
 
 
 Lahore 
 
 
 , , 
 
 Moulton 
 
 
 .. Joseph Blood, M.B. 
 
 
 S. AUSTRALIA. 
 
 Adelaide 
 
 H. Whittell, M.D. 
 
 
 VICTORIA. 
 
 Melbourne ... 
 
 Edward Barker, M.D. 
 
 
 NEW SOUTH WALES. 
 
 Sydney 
 
 ... James Spark, M.D. 
 
 
 NEW ZEALAND. 
 
 Christcliurcli 
 
 J. Irving, M.D. 
 
 Nelson 
 
 .. 
 
 Napier, Hawkes' Bay F. E. De Lisle, M.D. 
 
 
 QUEENSLAND. 
 
 Toowoomba, Brisb< 
 
 xne S. Flood, M.D. 
 
 
 CANADA. 
 
 Montreal ... 
 
 .. 
 
 
 UNITED STATES. 
 
 Abingdon, 111. 
 
 ... Madison Reece, M.D. 
 
 Cincinnati ... 
 
 
 .. Messrs. E. Clarke & Co. 
 
 New York ... 
 
 
 .. Messrs. Wood & Co. 
 
 Boston 
 
 
 .. E. H. Salter, M.D. 
 
 Philadelphia 
 
 
 .. Eichard J. Dunglison, M.D 
 (Mr. Presley Blakiston), 
 
 Baltimore ... 
 
LIST OF HON. LOCAL SECRETARIES. 47 
 
 BAUr,. II>i>I':S. BEMKIl I HI. 
 
 Robert li. Walcott, M.D. 
 
 J A TAX. 
 Yukohauui iiiid Yeddt) ... ... S. Eldridgc, M.D. 
 
 General Secretary (Hon.) 
 
 JONATHAN HUTCHINSON, Esq., 15, Cavendish Square, 
 
 London, W. 
 
 Agency and Depot for Books. 
 Mr. H. K. LEWIS, 13G, Gower Street, London. 
 
M E M B E R S. 
 
 Aberdare Jones, Evau, r(/»?fl(cr 
 
 Abergavenny Steel, S. H. 
 
 Glendiuuing, J., M.D. 
 
 Aberystwith Jones, Morris, Luc. Sec. 
 
 Abingdon Martin, Paulin, Loc. Sec. 
 
 Admscombe Smith, S. Parsons, M.D. 
 
 Aldershot Aldei-sliot Medical Book Club 
 
 Alford Handsley, T. A. 
 
 Alconbury Hill see Huntingdon 
 
 Alnwick Kowlands, W., M.B. 
 
 Alresford see Winchester 
 Alton see Odiham 
 
 Alverstoke Tracy, S. J. 
 
 Andover Lush, W., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Anerley Partridge, S. B. 
 
 Turner, J. Sydney 
 
 Arundel 
 
 AsHBURTON Fraser, W. J., B.M. 
 
 AsHcoTT Bridgewater 
 
 ASHFORD 
 
 Aylesbury Ceely, Egbert, Loc. Sec. 
 
 Hooper, Charles, Aylesbury. 
 Dickson, J. D., M.D. 
 Wilcox, E. W., Ayleshury. 
 Bond, W. J., The Grove Brill 
 
 Bacup Stewart, W., M.D. 
 
 Bamburgh Burman, C. Clark, M.D. 
 
 Bampton Atkinson, J. P., M.D. 
 
 Bakewkll Fentem, P. S., M.D. 
 
 Banbury 
 
 Baliiam Burn, W. B. 
 
 Barnet Harnett, W. J., M.D. 
 
 Perigal, A., M.D. 
 Barnard Castle Mitchell, J., M.D. 
 
 Atkinson, J. 
 
 Barnsley Jackson, A. 
 
 Barnstaple Budd, E. , M.D. 
 
 Harper, J. 
 
MEMBERS. 
 
 4(J 
 
 Barrow-in-Furness Stavk, P. W., M.D. 
 
 Basingstoke Andrews, S. 
 
 Miller, v., L.U.C.P. 
 Bath Spender, J. K., M.I)., Loc. Sec. 
 
 BucW, S. P. 
 
 Falconer, W. P.., M.D. 
 
 Fowler, 11. 
 
 Fox, A. W., M.B. 
 
 Hensley, H., M.D. 
 
 Lawrence, G. E., I.ivroDihe 
 
 Mason, F. 
 
 Michael, D. 
 
 Wyndowe, S. J., M.D. 
 Beccles Ckowi'oot, W. M., LiiC. St'C. 
 
 Metcalfe, P,. J., M.D. 
 Boaminister srr Bridport 
 ] >i:cKENHAM Porter, B. V. 
 
 Stillwell, S., M.D. 
 Bedford Coojius, R. H., ]\I.D., Ldc. Sir. 
 
 Goldsmith, G. P., :^r.D. 
 
 Bedlington 
 
 Bellingham 
 
 Bei.per Gaylor, E., L.R.C.P. 
 
 Betiiesda 
 
 Bf;VEKLEY 
 
 Bewdley Garb, John, Loc. Sec. 
 
 Greeusill, J. N., Great Witlei/ 
 
 BiDEFOKD Ackland, W. H., M.D., Luc. Sec. 
 
 BiLLERicAY Carter, Fredk. 
 
 Bexley Heath Barrington, N. W., M.D. 
 
 Birkenhead Walker, G., M.D., Ijjc. Sec. 
 
 Braidwood, P. M., M.D. 
 
 Byerley, Isaac, Seacovibe 
 
 Forbes, D., M.D., R>chfrrni 
 
 Harris, A. C. E., M.D. 
 
 Lambert, J., M.D. 
 
 Laidlaw, W. C, M.D., Tranmere 
 
 Main, W., M.D., A>/r Ferry 
 
 Eobson, John, M.D., llockferri/ 
 
 Spratley, S., llockfern/ 
 Birmingham Wilson.W. Wright, Fill. C.H.E., L.Sec 
 
 Ai'cher, John, lulnluiatun 
 
 Baker, A. 
 
 Bas.sett, J. 
 
 Berry, S. 
 
 ]3orough of Birmingham Central Free 
 Library 
 
 Clay, J. 
 
 Drummond, A., M.I5. 
 
50 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 liiKMixGHAM, ciintinucfl ... Evans, T. D. F. 
 
 Evans, G. H., M.D. 
 
 Foster, B. 
 
 Goodall, W. P. 
 
 Haclley, Clement 
 
 Jones, G. 
 
 Key worth, J. W., M.D. 
 
 Medical Book Society : G. Jones, Sec. 
 
 Kussell, J., M.D. 
 
 Savage, T., M.D. 
 
 Sawyer, J., M.D. 
 
 West, J. J. 
 
 Lloyd, G. J. 
 
 Bishop Auckland 
 
 Blackburn Eae, M. L, M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Davidson, I. K., M.D. 
 Blackheath Shute, Gay, Loc. Sec. 
 
 Burton, J. M. 
 
 Forsyth, Alex., M.D., Greenwich 
 
 Noyes, H. G., M.D., Lee 
 
 Peacey, W., Lewisham 
 
 Pope, A. C, M.D., Lee Park 
 
 Purvis, P., M.D. 
 
 Eoper, A. 
 
 Steel, C, Lewisham 
 
 Sturton, H. W. S., Greenwich 
 
 WilHams, — ., M.D., Biinit Ash 
 
 Steel, E., Greenwich 
 
 Burton, J. S. 
 Blackpool Eichardson, W. B., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Hardman, W., M.D. 
 Blandford see Dorchester 
 
 Blankland Montgomery, W. 
 
 Bletchingley 
 
 Bloxham 
 
 Bolton Bolton Medical Society: C. Macfie, 
 
 M.D. 
 
 Livy, J., M.D. 
 Bootle see Liverpool 
 
 Boro'bridge Sedgwick, J., M.D. 
 
 Boston Adam A. Mercer, M.D. 
 
 Lamphier, E., M.D., Alford 
 
 Pilcher, W. J. 
 
 WaUver, J. W., M.D., Spilshu 
 Bournemouth Drury, W. V., M.D. 
 
 Husband, W. D., M.D. 
 
 Bournemouth Medical Society : per 
 W. Salt, M.D. 
 
 Woodrofte, J. F., M.D. 
 
MEMBERS. 51 
 
 JJoWDO.N 
 
 Box 
 
 Bh.u)fokd-ox- Avon Adye, W., M.D. 
 
 Bk.U)FOI{d Bk.nby, T. C, Luc. 5'tr. 
 
 Appleyaicl, J. 
 
 Browu, B., M.D. 
 
 Foster, J. 
 
 Lodge, S. 
 
 Miall, Pbilip 
 
 Munio, A. B., M.D. 
 
 lulirmary Library 
 
 Leesou, J. F., M.D., IlkUy 
 
 Spenser, H. 
 
 Bkaintkee Harrison, J. 
 
 BK.oirTo.N Wotherspoon, T. A., M.D. 
 
 Bkecon Jones, Talfoukd, ^I.l)., Ldc. Sec. 
 
 North, John 
 
 "Williams, J. 
 
 Brentford 
 
 Brentwood Amsden, G., M.D. 
 
 Bridgend M'Cracken, I., M.B. 
 
 Bru>gnokth Mathl\s, Alfred, Loc. Sec. 
 
 Colles, A. 
 
 Tlmrsfield, W., jun. 
 
 BrIDGWATE]! "WlNTERBOTHAJI, W. L., M.B., L(JC. Scc. 
 
 Cornwall, J., Ashcott 
 
 Parsons, J. 
 
 Todd, W. J., Xorth I'ctluTtuU 
 Bridlington Hutchinson, C. F., M.D., Loc. Sue. 
 
 Brett, F. C. >' 
 
 Savile, K., M.D., Xaffertun 
 Bkidi'okt "Webb, J. S., Loc. Sec, Jjeaiiiin-ster 
 
 Danioll, W. J., JJeamiii.ster 
 
 Denzelow, Defros, M.D. 
 
 Hay, W. H., M.D. 
 Bkigiiton Mackey, Edward, M.D., y.oc. Sec. 
 
 Furner, E. F. 
 
 Humphrey, F. A. 
 
 Library of Medical Society : per 
 Eogers, E. J. 
 
 Smith, Heckstall 
 
 Yipan, C. 
 
 Brigg 
 
 Bristol Cross, F. 11., F.B.C.S., Lor. Sec, < 'liftun 
 
 Beddoe, J., M.D., Clifton 
 
 Bcllield, C. W., L.E.C.P. 
 
 Brittain, F., M.D., CliJ'bm 
 
 Bristol ]\Iedical Library 
 
 Bristol General Hos])iliil Lil)iary 
 
52 
 
 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Bristol, continued Clark, Mitchell, Clifton 
 
 Coe, E. W. 
 
 Grossman, E., Flainhronk 
 
 Dauljoney, — ., M.D. 
 
 Daviss, David 
 
 Fendick, E. 
 
 Fox, E. Loug, M.D., Clifton 
 
 Fox, C. H., M.D., Bridimiton 
 
 Goodeve, E., M.D., Stoke Bishoji 
 
 Hawkins, Ctesar F, 
 
 Lansdowne, J. G., Clifton 
 
 Marshall, H., M.D., Clifton 
 
 Newstead, J., Clifton 
 
 Phelps, W. H. 
 
 Pritchard, Augustus, Clifton 
 
 Eing, C. Gore, L.E.C.P.'E., Clifton 
 
 Eoyal Infirmary Library 
 
 Skerritt, E. M., M.D. 
 
 Smith, E. Shiugleton 
 
 Spencer, W. H., Clifton 
 
 Chillcott, J. E. 
 
 Broadmoor Orange, W. , M.D. 
 
 Bromley Ilott, J. W. 
 
 Bromyard Powell, W. 
 
 Broonsgrove Wood, E. 
 
 Broug-hton Clapperton, James 
 
 Brook Green 
 
 BucKFASTLEiGH Ubsdell, H. 
 
 BuCiaNGHAM 
 
 BuDE Lyle, Thomas, M.D. 
 
 BuiLTH 
 
 Burnley Coultate, W. M., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Briggs, H., M.D. 
 Anningson, J. W. 
 Herron, J., M.D. 
 0' Sullivan, D. 
 
 Burntwood see Lichfield 
 Burton-on-Trent 
 
 Bury 
 
 Bury St. Edmumds. 
 Burweli see Ely 
 
 Lowe, G., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Mason, P. B. 
 
 Wolfenden, I. W., Tutburi/ 
 
 Yule, J. S. C, Loc. Sec. 
 
 Crompton, F. 
 
 Fletcher, A., M.D. 
 
 Mellor, J. 
 
 Nuttall, W. 
 
 Galloway, J., HdiimhotJunn 
 
 Image, F. E., Loc. Sec. 
 
MKMI'.ERS. 53 
 
 Buxton 
 
 C'ami:i;ii)(.I'; Carver, E. M., Loc. -Sef. 
 
 Balding, M., Iloi/.ston 
 
 Collier, — . 
 
 Drosier, W. H., M.D. 
 
 Hills, F. Hyde 
 
 Latham, P. W., M.D. 
 
 Paget, J. E., M.D. 
 
 Perkins, J., LL.D. 
 
 Pyne, Pi., Uoi/ston 
 
 University Library : per IL Bradsliaw 
 Cannock Taylor, Moses 
 
 Mockett, G. T. 
 Cantekbuky Eeid, Jas. , fjic. See. 
 
 East Kent Medical Library 
 
 Eigdeu, Brian 
 
 Shaw, W. 
 
 Sadler, H. G. 
 
 AVacher, F., Kinyshriihje 
 
 Capel Jardine, J. Lee 
 
 Cardiff Cardiff ^Medical Society : Hordcr, T. G. 
 
 Evans, Maurice G. 
 Carlisle Page, W. B., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Arras, W., M.D. 
 
 Campbell, J. A., M.D. 
 
 Hair, P., M.D. 
 
 Lockie, Stewart, M.D. 
 
 M'Bean, E. B., M.D., Annan 
 
 Moffat, P., M.D., Ddlston 
 
 Pearson, J., M.D., Manjport 
 Carmarthen Hughes, J., F.R.C.S. 
 
 Eowlands, J., F.E.C.S. 
 
 Carnarvon 
 
 Castleford Kemp, E . W. , Loc. Sec, 
 
 Cateriiam Valley Barrow, Gerald, E . 
 
 Catterk'k Cockcroft, William 
 
 Chapel-Allerton see Leeds 
 
 Chard 
 
 Chapeltown see Sheffield 
 Chatham see Eochcster 
 Chelmsford 
 
 Wheeler, Daniel 
 
 Bodkin, W. 
 Cheltenham Wilson, E. T., M.D., Luc. Sec. 
 
 Ask with, E., ^I.D. 
 
 Bubb, T. 
 
 Garden, A. 
 
 Kerr, ('. I'.., M.D. 
 
 Kilgoiir, J. S., .M.l». 
 
54 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Cheltenham, continued ... Ferguson, G. B. 
 
 Howard, H. H. 
 
 Bevcan, J. P., L.B.C.P. 
 
 Bennett, C. J. 
 
 Medical Society 
 
 Thorpe, D., M.D. 
 
 Walters, 0. A. 
 
 Winterbotliam, L. 
 
 Smith, T., M.D. 
 
 Chepstow 
 
 Chertsey Shurlock, Mainwaring 
 
 Chester M'Ewen, W., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Davis-Colley, T., M.D. 
 
 Dobie, W., M.D. 
 
 Haining, W., M.D. 
 
 Hamilton, Alex. 
 
 Infirmary Library 
 
 Jackson, E. A., M.D., Little Sutton 
 
 Moreton, J. E., Tarvin 
 
 Eoberts, J., M.D. 
 
 Eussell, D., M.D., Xe^ton 
 
 Taylor, Jas. 
 
 Waters, E., M.D. 
 
 Weaver, F. P., M.D., Frodshaui 
 
 Williams, W., M.D., Mold 
 
 Woodward, J. E. 
 Chesterfield Carnegie, J., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Booth, C, M.D. 
 
 Foulds, S. 
 
 Jefireys, E. 
 
 Manson, D., M.D. 
 
 Eobinson, H. 
 
 Eose, J., M.D. 
 Chester-le- Street sec Newcastle-on-Tyne 
 Chichester Tyache, N., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Buckell, L., M.D. 
 
 Freeland, F. 
 
 Chippenham Crisp, J. H. , Lacock 
 
 Chipping Norton Hopgood, Thomas 
 
 Chiswick Leigh, W., M.D. 
 
 Chudleigh Lillies, G. W. , M.D. 
 
 Watson, J. Adams, L.E.C.P.E. 
 
 Cinderford Whatmough, Charles, M.D. 
 
 Cirencester Wilson, C. W., M.D. 
 
 Clevedon Davis, T., M.D. 
 
 Skinner, S., M.B. 
 Cleobury Mortimer 
 Clifton see Bristol 
 Cockermouth Dodgson, H.. M.D. 
 
MEMBERS. 00 
 
 CoGGLESHALL Giles, Harold 
 
 Colchester Waylen, — ., IM.B., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Colchester Medicjil Society 
 
 Bree, C. R., U.D. 
 
 Salter, J. H., Tollcshunt D'Arct/ 
 
 Collingliam see Newark-on-Trent 
 
 CoLNEY Hatch Marshall, W. G. 
 
 CoNGLETON Beales, 11., M.D. 
 
 CoRBRroGE M'Leau, H., M.D. 
 
 CoRSHAM 
 
 Cotliam see Bristol 
 
 CosHAM Martin, H. A., M.D. 
 
 Cox'ENTRY Brown, J., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Millerchip, T., M.D. 
 
 Partridge, — , M.D., Meriden 
 GowEs Hoffiueistcr, W. C, M.D. 
 
 Jones, John 
 
 CowFOLD Graveley, T. 
 
 Cranbrook Joyce, T., M.D. 
 
 Crewe Atkinson, J. 
 
 Vanghan, W. E. 
 
 CROiiER M'Kelvie, R., M.D. 
 
 Crondall Burroughs, T. W. 
 
 Croydon Carpenter, A., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Cleaver, H. A. 
 
 Lanchester, H., M.D. 
 
 Pdchardsou, J. A. 
 
 Stevens, A. F., Wallbuiton 
 
 Thompson, H. G., M.D. 
 
 Tompkins, C. P., UeddbKjton 
 CwM-AvoN James, J. Pi. 
 
 D.vRLiNGTON Lawrence, J., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Cockcroft, G. 
 
 Fothergill, J. R. 
 
 Mackie, J., Hebjhmjton 
 
 Atkmson, J., M.D., Barnard Castle 
 
 Arrowsmith, W. H., M.D. 
 
 Dai.ton-in-Furness Balbirnie, J. P., L.R.C.P. 
 
 Dartford Weddell, J. C, M.D. 
 
 M'Naul, H. H., M.P>. 
 
 Dartmouth Ricu.uid.son, R.alph, M.D. (2 copies), 
 
 Loc. Sec. 
 
 Cockin, J., R.N. 
 Daventry 
 
 Dawley Green Soame, C. J^. 11. 
 
 Dawush Baker, A. De Winter 
 
 De,vl Davey, R. S., M,D. 
 
 Hughes, D. 
 
 e 
 
56 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Denbigh Koberts, G. M., M.D. 
 
 Depti'okd Cope , llicarclo 
 
 Derby Wright, F. W., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Baker, J. W. 
 
 Borough, F. 
 
 Cooper, C. A., M.D., lUreston 
 
 Gentles, T. J. 
 
 Iliffe, Frank 
 
 Ogle, W., M.D. 
 
 Walker, B., Spondon 
 
 Wigg, T. Carter 
 Devizes Waylen, G. , Loc. Sec. 
 
 Anstie, T. B. 
 
 Carless, E. N., M.D. 
 
 Carter, C. H., M.D., Peivseij 
 
 Hitchcock, C, M.D., Market. Lavnu/toii 
 
 Langdon, H. W., M.R.C.S. 
 
 Devonport Medical Society : per Mr. Swiss 
 
 Diss Amyot, T. E. ' 
 
 DoNCASTER Sykes, J., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Arbuckle, H. W., M.D., Thome 
 
 Kenj'on, J., Hooton PcKjnell 
 
 Phillips, G. G., Tick Hill 
 
 Stone, E., M.D., Knottinr/ley 
 
 Storrs, Robert 
 Dorchester Cueme, G., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Bacot, W. G., Blundford 
 
 County Hospital Medical Library 
 
 Clapcott, J., Eversliott 
 
 Em son, Alfred 
 
 Evans, G. M., Bmlport 
 
 Good, J. 
 Dorking 
 
 Douglas (Isle of Man) 
 Dover Parsons, Chas., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Astley, E. F. 
 
 Walter, Clement 
 
 DowLAis Jones, Lewis, Burnjport 
 
 Downham Market f^ee Ely 
 
 Droitwich RoDEN, S. S., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Whitely, Ed. A. 
 
 Dudley Bodington, G. F., M.D., Kingsiiinford 
 
 Durham Jepson, E. C. 
 
 Ealing.... Goodchild, John, Loc. Sec. 
 
 Brown, G. D. 
 
 Christie, T. B., M.D. 
 
 Lingham, H. B., Acton 
 Earl's Shilton see Leicester 
 
MEMBERS. 57 
 
 Eastbourne Roberts, Bransby, ]\I.I>., Lm-. Sec. 
 
 Muiidee, G. 
 
 Gould, E. Gardiner, L.K.Q.C.r.I. 
 
 East Dereham Vincent, J., M.i). 
 
 East Molesey Slcimniing, 11., ]\I.D. 
 
 East Retford Pritchard, W. V>., Lor. Sec. 
 
 Ecclcs s(',> Manchester 
 Eckiugton sre Shcllicld 
 Egremont .vcc Wliitohaveu 
 
 Ellesmerk Roe, J. W., M.T). 
 
 Ely Lucas, Tlionuis, liunviU 
 
 "Wales, T. G., Downham Market 
 
 Ejisworth Orsborne, John, ]\[,D. 
 
 Exfield Mugliston, G., M.D. 
 
 Ridge, J. J., M.D. 
 Epping see Harlow 
 Epsom Danieli., W. C, M.D., T.nc. Sec. 
 
 Jones, A. O'Brien 
 Evesham 
 Evershot see Dorchester 
 
 E well Barnes, G. R. , M.D. 
 
 Exeter Devon and Exeter Hospital : J. Bank- 
 hart 
 
 Shapter, Lewis, M.D. 
 
 Saunders, G., ]\LD., K.n)iiitster 
 
 Rogers, N., M.D. 
 Exminster see Exeter 
 ExMouTH TuRXBULL, G. W., M.D.', Loc. Sec. 
 
 ]5ryce, J. B. 
 
 Eweu, A. B. 
 
 AValker, R., M.D., BmUeujh SuUertnn 
 Eye IJarnes, Edgar, M.D. 
 
 Fakexham Chambers, T. S., L.R.C.P.E. 
 
 Falmouth Cann , Thomas 
 
 Farxixgham Ashurst, W. R., ^I.D. 
 
 Faversh.\m Powell, Bcudamore A., M.B. 
 
 Ferryhill Clark, H., M.D. 
 
 Festixiog 
 
 FixcHLEY Hochee, J. 
 
 Fishguard Thomas, J. B., M.D. 
 
 Folkestone Ijowles, R. L., M.D., Lw. Sec. 
 
 Jjateman, W. 
 
 Eastes, Sylvester 
 
 Fitzgerald, C. E., ^F.D. 
 
 Hackney, J., lliftlir 
 
 Tyson, W. T. 
 Forest Him Biu<;iit, .]., M.i)., L(i<\ Sec. 
 
 Collingridgo, W. 
 
58 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Frome Cockey , Edmund 
 
 Fyfield 
 
 Gainsborough Mackinder, D., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Gateshead see Newcastle-on Tyue 
 
 Gloucester Needham, F., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Waddy, H. E. 
 Godalming see Guildford 
 Gomersal see Leeds 
 
 GooLE Bramwell, J. M. 
 
 Gostorth see Whitehaven 
 
 GospoRT Mumby, R. H. 
 
 Mumby, L. P. 
 Grantham Shipman, G. W. , Loc. Sec. 
 
 Ashby, A., M.D. 
 
 Paterson, — , M.D. 
 Gravesend NisBETT, R. J., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Armstrong, J., M.D. 
 
 Birdwood, R. A. 
 
 Pinching, C. J. 
 Great Witley see Bewdley 
 
 Great H.\ddon Willans, W. Blundell 
 
 Great Wakering Raper, W. A., M.D. 
 
 Greenfield see Llanelly 
 Greenwich see Blackheatli 
 
 Grimsby Stejohenson, G. S., M.B. 
 
 Guernsey Collinette, B., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Corbin, M. A. B., St. Peters 
 Guildford Lafargue, G. F. H., M.D., Godahnincj 
 
 Morton, J., M.D. 
 
 Surrey County Hospital 
 
 Yate, T., Godahmmi 
 
 Sutcliff, J. H., Fdpley 
 
 Hales Owen Phillips, D. W. 
 
 Halifax Waite, W. 
 
 Halstead Kellett, R. G., M.D. 
 
 Hambrook see Bristol 
 
 Hampton see Kingston-on-Thames 
 
 Hanwell Richards, J. P. 
 
 Harewood see Leeds 
 
 Harlow Day, R. N., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Clegg, J., Epping 
 Harpurhey see Manchester 
 Harrowgate Oliver, G., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Hartley, — , M.D., Thirsk 
 
 Hartley, J. F. 
 
 Hunt, H. J. 
 
 Johnson, C. J. B., M.D., Wetherhy 
 
MEMBERS. 59 
 
 Harrow-on-the-Hill Bridgwater, T., ]\r.D. 
 
 Kiernan, L., M.D. 
 
 Hartlepool (West) Mackechuic, D., ^l.D. 
 
 PIaslingden Aspiiiall, W., MA). 
 
 Hastings Undeewood, J., M.D., Ldc. Sec. 
 
 Adcy, Charles, 1\I.D., .S'(. Lr<mar(h 
 
 East Sussex jMcdico-Cliirurgical Society 
 
 Heath, R., M.D. 
 
 Humphreys, J. J I. 
 
 Trollope, T., M.D. 
 Havant 
 
 Haverfordwest Brown, J. D., M.D. 
 
 Hawkshe.ad Pcirsons, Ct., ]\I.D. 
 
 Hay Applebe, E . A. 
 
 Hiucks, T. S. H., M.D. 
 Hayward's Heath 
 
 HECK:\rONDWIKE 
 
 Heigliington sec Darlington 
 
 Hemel-Hempstead Steele, Russell 
 
 Hemsworth Leek, Thomas, M.D. 
 
 Henfield Lewis, C. F., L.R.C.P. 
 
 Henley-on-Thames Jeston, R. P. 
 
 Hereford Turner, Thomas, Loc. Sec. 
 
 Bull, H. G., M.D. 
 
 Lingen, Charles, M.D. 
 
 Masou, Thomas, WeUimjton 
 
 Price, J. : for Book Society 
 
 Thomason, R. 
 
 Hertford Shelley, C. E., M.D. 
 
 Hexham see Newcastle-ou-Tyne 
 
 HErwooD Jameson, G. H,, M.D. 
 
 High Barnet see Barnet 
 
 High Wycombe Turner, John 
 
 Higham Ferrars see Northampton 
 
 HiTCHiN Shillitoe , R . R. , J.oc. Sec. 
 
 Hogsthorpe Rainey, W. B., M.D. 
 
 Holbeach see Spalding 
 Hollingwood see Manchester 
 Hollingwortu Pomfret, H. L. 
 
 Wyld, Harold, M.D. 
 Hooten Pagnell see Doncaster 
 Holt Skrimshirc, J. T. 
 
 Hales, R. T., M.D. 
 
 Honley Smailes, T., L.R.C.P. 
 
 HoxNE Phillips, J. Dudley 
 
 HuDDERSFiELD Irving, J., M.D., Ijic. Sec. 
 
 Cameron, J. S., M.D. 
 
 Haig, Thomas, j\[eltfui>ii 
 Hull Kjng, R., M.D., Lot-. 5fc. 
 
60 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Hull, contitiKcd Craven, E. M. 
 
 Daly, 0., M.D. 
 
 Dosser, J. 
 
 Gibson, J. H. 
 
 HarcTey, E. P. 
 
 Hewson, W. K. 
 
 Infirmary Library 
 
 Locking, J. A. 
 
 Mersou, J., M.D. 
 
 Nicholson, E. H. B. 
 
 Plaxton, W., M.D. 
 
 Eockcliffe, W. C, M.D. 
 
 Slaaii^e, E. 
 Huntingdon Newton, L., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Book Society 
 
 Calcott, Lewis B., Uundle 
 Hythe 
 
 Ibstock see Leicester 
 
 Ilkley aee Otley 
 
 Ipswich Hammond, C. W., M.D., Luc. Sec. 
 
 Book Society 
 
 Elliston, G.'S., M.D. 
 
 Benham, H. S., M.D. 
 
 Casley, — , M.D. 
 
 Sampson, G. G. 
 
 Jersey Godfray, A., M.D. 
 
 Keighley Chaffers, E . 
 
 Eoberts, A. 
 
 Jack, W., M.D. 
 
 Kettering Dryland, J. W. 
 
 Kidderminster 
 Kingsbridge >v<v Plymouth 
 Kingston see Surbiton 
 
 KiNTBURY Lidderdale, J. 
 
 Knaresborough 
 
 Lancaster Sliuttleworth, G. E., M.D. 
 
 Cassidy, D. M'K., M.D. 
 Langport 
 
 Langley Mook Stewart, E., M.D. 
 
 Leamington Thursfield, T. W., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Baker, E. L., M.D. 
 
 Clark, J. F. 
 
 Haynes, — , M.D. 
 
 Morris, J. 
 
 Shapley, H. T., M.B, 
 
MEMBERS. 61 
 
 Ijkx'misgto's, CO II (in II I'd ... Tlionie, F. 
 
 Lekds Greenwood, F., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Beverley, W. II. 
 
 Carter, J. B., C/iajirl Allcrton 
 
 Clare, W. 
 
 Gisburn, I. I. W. 
 
 Greenwood, J. W., Ossctt 
 
 Hallilay, J. 
 
 Jessop, T. E. 
 
 Nevitt, J. G., ('JkijhI Allcrton 
 
 Oglesby, Pv. P. 
 
 Price, W. N. 
 
 Eamsbotham, S. H., M.D. 
 
 Piamskill, J. 
 
 Scattcrgood, T. 
 
 School of Medicine 
 
 Taylor, G. S. 
 
 Teale, T. P., M.A., M.B. 
 
 "Whcclliouse, C. G. 
 Leek Kenny, Joseph, Loc. Sec. 
 
 Dakeyne, T. E., M.D. 
 Leicester Barclay, J., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Blunt, T., M.D. 
 
 Cooper, C. W., M.B. 
 
 Eddowcs, J. H., M.D., Loiiyhhuro' 
 
 Fulsliaw, K., KarVs Shilton 
 
 Grant, F., Market Harhoro' 
 
 Hatchett, J., M.D., llareiistone 
 
 Johnson, T. S., Great Peatlinij 
 
 Leicester Infirmary Libraiy 
 
 Leicester Medical Book Society 
 
 Pearce, G. A. 
 
 Thomas, E. H., Ihstock 
 
 Thompson, C, M.D. 
 
 Waterliousc, J. B., Great Peatlimj 
 
 Wood, J. A., SJicepalied 
 
 Wright, J., Marlc/ield 
 Leiguton Buzzard 
 
 Leigh Hall, John 
 
 Leatherhe.vd llurd-Wood, J., M.D. 
 
 Leominster 
 
 Lewisham Eobcrts, II. W. 
 
 Leytonstone Cooper, F. W. 
 
 Leyland see Preston 
 
 Lichfield Welchman, H. P., fjic. Sec. 
 
 Davis, E. A., },IA)., llxirntuood 
 
 Morgan, Herbert 
 
 Guthrie, G., M.D., Ilunitin/nd 
 Lincoln Syju'son, T., M.D., Loc. Sec 
 
62 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Lincoln, continued Harrison, C, M.D. 
 
 Lowe, G. M., M.B. 
 
 O'Neil, W., M.D. 
 
 Wilkin sou, T. H. 
 
 LiNSLADE Storey, W., M.D. 
 
 LivEKPOoL Howie, J. Muir, M.B., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Bailey, P. J. 
 
 Barr, J., M.D., Ever ton 
 
 Batty, W. E. L. 
 
 Bickerstetli, E. E. 
 
 Bligh, — , M.D. 
 
 Campbell, Macfie 
 
 Cregeen, J. N. 
 
 Dawson, T. 
 
 Drysdale, J. J., M.D. 
 
 Eraser, D. M. 
 
 Gee, E., M.D. 
 
 GiU, G. 
 
 Glynn, M.D. 
 
 Greenwood, H. 
 
 Grimsdale, T. F. 
 
 Harvey, — , M.D., Wavertree 
 
 Hortoii, A., M.D. 
 
 Hicks, J. S. 
 
 Hutchinson, J. B. 
 
 Limrick, W. A., M.D. 
 
 Macbeth, J., M.D. 
 
 Manifold, W. H. 
 
 Medical Institution 
 
 Paul, F. T. 
 
 Parker, E. 
 
 Eogers, T. L., M.D. 
 
 School of Medicine 
 
 Smith, J. K., M.D. 
 
 Skinner, T. 
 
 Taylor, J. S., M.D. 
 
 Warburton, J. W., M.D. 
 
 Walker, G. E. 
 
 Walker, G., M.D., Booth 
 
 Watson, T. B., M.D., New Brighton 
 
 Whittle, E., M.D. 
 
 Wigglesworth, A., Everton 
 
 Llandudno Nicol, J., M.D. 
 
 Llandovery Thomas, D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Llanrwst Jones, T. E. 
 
 Llanelly Thomas, J. Eaglan, Loc. Sec. 
 
 Jones, T. M., Loiujlwr 
 
 Samuel, Eichard, Greenfields 
 
MEMBERS. 63 
 
 LONDON. 
 
 Adams, J. E., 10 Fiusbury Circus 
 
 Adlard, J. E., 22-h Bartholomew Close 
 
 Alliugham, W., 25 Grosveuor Street 
 
 Allen, E., 11 Ave Maria Lane 
 
 Allen, E, G., 12 Tavistock Eow (3 copies) : — 
 
 Peabody Institute ; Baltimore University of Toronto ; i\jiou. 
 Anderson, M. S., 2 Gerrard Street, N. 
 Andrew, J., M.D., 22 Harley Street 
 Andrew, J., M.D., Everlcigh House, Prince Arthur's Pioad, Hamp- 
 
 stead 
 Aveliug, J. H., M.D., 1 Upper Wimpolc Street 
 Aveling, C. T., 12 Portland Place, Lower Clapton 
 
 Bain, J., 1 Ilaymarket, S.W. 
 
 Baker & Co., 4 Bond Court, Walbrook 
 
 Ballard, E., M.D., 12 Highbury Terrace, Islington 
 
 Bailliere & Co., King "William Street 
 
 Barwell, Pilchard, 32 George Street 
 
 Bautock, G. G., M.D., 12 GranviUe Place, Portman Square 
 
 Barlow, Thomas, M.D., 10 Montague Street, Eussell Square 
 
 Barclay, A. W., M.D., 23a Bruton Street 
 
 Barnes, Pi., M.D., 15 Harley Street 
 
 Barker, A. J., M.D,, Ivy Lodge, Hornsey Road 
 
 Bartlett, J. H., 35 Ladbroke Gardens, Netting Hill 
 
 Barton, J. K., 88 Gloucester Eoad, Queen's Gate, S.W. 
 
 Batcman, H., 13 Canonbury Lane 
 
 Battve, P. F., 123 St. George's Eoad, S.W. 
 
 Baxter, E. B., M.D., 28 Weymouth Street, W. 
 
 Belgrave and Chelsea Medical Book Club 
 
 Bell, H. Eoyes, 44 Harley Street 
 
 Beale, L., M.D., F.E.S., 61 Grosvenor Street 
 
 Bennett, E., M.D., 22 Cavendish Square 
 
 Beniugton, R. C, Eose Bank, Coplestonc Eoad, Peckham 
 
 Birkett, E. L., M.D., 48, Eussell Square 
 
 Blake, E. T., M.D., 47 Seymour Street, Hyde Park 
 
 Bowman, W., F.E.S., 5 Clifford Street 
 
 Boulter, II. B., Library, St. Bartholomews 
 
 BoviU, E., 32 James Street, Buckingham Gate 
 
 Bristowe, J. S., M.D., 11 Old Burlington Street 
 
 Broadbent, W. H., M.D., 34 Seymour Street, Portman S(piare 
 
 Brookfield, J. Stores, M.D., 2 Devonshire Villas, Broudesbury, N.W. 
 
 Brown, Crichton, M.D., 7 Cumberland Terrace 
 
 Brown, Dyce, ]\I.D., 29 Seymour Street 
 
 Brown, J. H., M.D., 55 Gordon Square 
 
 Brown, F. G., IG Finsbury Circus 
 
 Brown, C. Gayc, M.D., 88 Sloane Street, Chelsea 
 
 Brown-Sequard, — , M.D., 44 Eussell Square 
 
64 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Brimton, L., M.D., 50 Welbeck Street 
 Bryant, W. J., M.D., 23a Sussex Square, W. 
 Bryant, Thomas, 53 Upper Brook Street 
 Buchanan, G., M.D., 24 Nottingham Place 
 Burrows, Sh- CI., M.D., 18 Cavendish Square 
 Buzzard, T., M.D., 56 Grosvenor Street, W. 
 
 Carfrae, G. M., M.D., 4 Hertford Street, Mayfair 
 
 Chambers, Thomas, M.D., 04 Chester Square 
 
 Channer, H. 0., M.D. 
 
 Charing Cross Hospital 
 
 Cheadle, W. B., M.D., 2 Hyde Park Place, Cumberland Gate 
 
 Chepmell, E. C, M.D. 
 
 Cheyue, K. K., 27 Nottingham Place 
 
 Chippendale, J., 16 Upper Phillimore Place, Kensington, S.AV. 
 
 Chiara, — , M.D. 
 
 Chisholm, E., M.D. 
 
 Cholmeley, W., M.D., 63 Grosvenor Street 
 
 Church, W. S., M.D., 130 Harley Street 
 
 Clark, Andrew, M.D., 16 Cavendish Square, W. 
 
 Clapton, A., M.D., 10a St. Thomas Street, S.E. 
 
 Claremont, C, Milbrook House, Hampstead Koad 
 
 Clifton, N. H., 20 Ci'oss Street, Islington 
 
 Clover, J. T., 3 Cavendish Place 
 
 Collins, F., M.D., 7 Charter House Square, E.C. 
 
 Cooke, E. H., Church Street, Stoke Newington 
 
 Corner, F. M., Manor House, East India Koad, Poplar 
 
 Cory, K., M.D., 14 Palace Koad, Lambeth Koad, S.E. 
 
 Coryn, W. J., M.D., 68 Acre Lane, Brixton Koad 
 
 Couper, J., M.D., 80 Grosvenor Street 
 
 Cowell, G., 19 George Street, Hanover Square 
 
 Critchett, G., 21 Harley Street 
 
 Crocker, Kadchffe, M.D., 28 Welbeck Street 
 
 Croft, J., 61 Brook Street, Grosvenor Square 
 
 Crosby, T. B., M.D., 21 Gordon Square 
 
 Curgenven, J. B., 11 Craven Hill Gardens, Bayswater 
 
 Daniell, K. T., M.D., 20 Cathcart Koad, West Brompton 
 
 Davidson, J., King's College Hospital 
 
 Davis, F. W., K.N. 
 
 Davies, H., M.D., 23 Finsbury Square, E.C. 
 
 Dawson, Yelverton, 4 Sydney Street, Fulham Road, S.W. 
 
 Dawson & Son, 121 Cannon Street (for Senores Medina Hermanos) 
 
 Dewar, J., 132 Sloane Street 
 
 Dickson, J. W., M.D., 23 The Grove, Hackney 
 
 Diugley, K., 7 Argyle Square 
 
 Dobell, H. B., M.D., 84 Harley Street 
 
 Dowdeswell, G., Windham Club, St. James's Square 
 
 Down, J. L. H., M.D., 39 Welbeck Street, W. 
 
MEMBERS. 65 
 
 Druiy, C. H., M.D., 3 Bucldcrsbiu-y 
 Daclvworth, Dycc, M.D., 11 Graftou Street, W. 
 Dudi^con, Pi. E., ^I.D., 58 Montague S(juni-c 
 Dunbar, James, 77 Ladbroke Grove, Kensington I'ark 
 Durham, A. E., 82 Brook Street, W. 
 Duncan, J., M.D., 8 Henrietta Street, Covcnt Garden 
 Duncan, J. J\Iathe^vs, M.D., 71 Brook Street, W. 
 Duncan, H. M., 139 Buckingham Palace Eoad 
 
 Easton, J., U.I)., 19 Norfolk Crescent, Hyde Park 
 
 Engall, Thomas, 15 Euston Square 
 
 Erichsen, J. E., 6 Cavendish Place 
 
 Evans, W. T., M.D., 21 Westbournc Villas, Harrow Road 
 
 Evans, T. C, 99 Camden Street 
 
 Fagge, C. H., M.D., 11 St. Thomas Street 
 
 Fardon, E. A., Middlesex Hospital 
 
 Earr, G. F., M.D., 175 Kcnnington Road, S.E. 
 
 Fearnside, H., M.D., 49 Leinster Gardens, Hyde Park 
 
 Fitzgerald, W. A., 195 Loughborough Road, Brixton 
 
 Fenwick, S., M.D., 29 Harley Street 
 
 Fleming, J. N., M.D., Champion Hill, Cambcrwtll 
 
 Fletcher, J. C, M.D., 149 Camden Road 
 
 Ford, Edwin M., Avenue House, Peckham Rye 
 
 Fothcrby, H. T., M.D., 3 Finsbury Square 
 
 Fox, Wilson, M.D., 67 Grosvenor Street 
 
 Fowler, G. F., 3 & 4 New Inn Yard, Shorcditch (2) 
 
 Francis, C. R., M.B., 1 Nelson Terrace, Clapham Common 
 
 Fuller, H. R., 19 Granville Place, Portman Square 
 
 Gannon, J. P. 
 
 Garden, A., M.D. 
 
 Garlick, W., M.D., 33 Great James Street, Bedford Row 
 
 Gibbs, H., ]\LD., 42 Colvillc Terrace, Bayswater 
 
 Gibson, J, R., 10 Russell Square 
 
 Giles, G., 11 North Terrace, Alexander Square, Brompton 
 
 Godrich, F., 140 Fulham Road, West Brompton 
 
 Goodhart, J. F., :^1.D., 27 Wevmouth Street 
 
 Gowlland, P. Y., 34 Finsbury Square, E.C. 
 
 Graham, J., M.D., 29 Glo'ster Road, Regent's Park 
 
 Greenwood, A., 178 Cold Harbour Lane, Camberwell 
 
 (irindlay & Co., Parliament Street: — 
 
 Dr. J. Monteith 
 
 ]Jr. M'Connor 
 Ciuv, Thomas, M.D., 23 Auriol Road, Kensington 
 Gull, Sir W., M.D., Bart., 74 Brook Street 
 Gunn, R. Marcus, Royal London Ophthalmic Hospital, Moorfields 
 
 Hamilton &, Co., Paternoster Row (G copies) 
 
66 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Hall, Do Havilaud, M.D., Westminster Hospital 
 
 Habcrshou, S. 0., M.D., 70 Brook Street, W. 
 
 Harris, Vincent, M.D., 23 Upper Berkeley Street, W. 
 
 Harris, S. C, Heme House, Eibblesdale Road, Hornsey 
 
 Hare, C. J., M.D., 57 Brook Street 
 
 Harliug, E. D., M.D., 16 Seymour Street, W. 
 
 Harrison, H. F. E., M.D., 9 Park Villas, Sbepherd's Bush 
 
 Hague, Samuel, 277 Southampton Street, Camberwell 
 
 Hawkins, C. H., F.E.S., 26 Grosvenor Street, W. 
 
 Heath, Christopher, 36 Cavendish Square 
 
 Henry, Alex., M.D., 57 Doughty Street 
 
 Herman, — , M.D., 20 Finsbury Square, E.C. 
 
 Hewitt, P. G., Chesterfield Street, Mayfair 
 
 Hewitt, Grailey, M.D., 36 Berkeley Square 
 
 Hope, W. M., 181 Piccadilly 
 
 Holmes, T., 18 Great Cumberland Place 
 
 Holman, W. H., M.D., 68 Adelaide Eoad 
 
 Hood, Peter, M.D., 23 Lower Seymour Street, W. 
 
 Hood, D. W. C, M.D., 43 Green Street, Park Lane 
 
 Hugman, W., 55 Guildford Street, Russell Square 
 
 Hunter, Bernard, 15 Grafton Street East 
 
 Hunterian Society, London Institution, Finsbury Circus 
 
 Hutchinson, J., 15 Cavendish Square 
 
 Hutton, R. J., M.D., 240 City Road, E.C. 
 
 Ironside, R. A., M.D., 8, Highbury New Park 
 
 Jackson, Hughlings, M.D., 3 Manchester Square 
 
 Johnson, W. B., 2 York Road, Lambeth 
 
 Johnson, G., M.D., 11 Savile Row 
 
 Jones, C. H., M.D., 49 Green Street, Park Lane 
 
 Jones, Sydney, M.B., 16 George Street, Hanover Square 
 
 Keep, C, Guy's Hospital 
 
 Kibbler, R. C., L.R.C.P., Granton House, King Edward's Road, 
 
 South Hackney 
 Kimpton, R., 31 Wardour Street (2 copies) 
 Kimpton, H., High Holborn (8 copies) 
 King's College Library 
 King, H. S. & Co., Cornhill :— 
 
 Moore, R. W., M.D. 
 
 Reed, A. G. 
 
 Ruttonjee, Hormusjee 
 
 Miller, T. French, M.D. 
 
 Jamieson, R. A., M.D. 
 
 Myers, W. W. 
 
 Berbice Society 
 
 Chandra, R. C, M.D. 
 
 Calcutta School Book Society 
 
MEMBERS. 67 
 
 Cliesnaye, Surgeon -Major 
 
 Meuzies, J. A., M.D. 
 
 Heuston, — , M.D. 
 
 Camerou, L., M.D. 
 Kisch, A., M.D., -iG Portsdown EoacT, Maida Vale 
 Kuight, C. F., 139 St. Jolni Street, Clerkenwell 
 
 Lansbcrg, P. von 
 
 Langmore, J. C, M.B., 20 Oxford Terrace 
 
 Lawrence, H. Cripps, L.R.C.P.L., 49 Oxford Terrace 
 
 Lawrence, J. E., East Hill, Wandsworth 
 
 Lawson, E., 20 Lansdowne Road, Notting Hill 
 
 Leadam, Ward, ^LD., 80 Gloucester Terrace, Hyde Park 
 
 Lewis, H. K., 130 Gower Street, W\C. 
 
 Ligcrtwood, J., M.D., Eoyal Hospital, Chelsea 
 
 Lister, Prof., 12 Park Crescent, Eegent's Park 
 
 Little, W. J., M.D., 18 Park Street 
 
 Loano, Joseph, Dock Street, Whitechapel 
 
 Lockhart, W., M.l)., Park Villa, 07 Granville Park, Blackheath 
 
 Lockwood & Co., 7 Stationers' Hall Court : — 
 
 Columbus School for Feeble Minded, Ohio 
 
 Columbus Hospital for Insane, Ohio 
 
 Athens H[ospital for Insane, Ohio 
 
 Cincinnati Hospital Library, Ohio 
 
 Murphy, J. A., M.D., ('incinnati, Ohio 
 
 Brown, W. T., M.D., (.'incinnati, Ohio 
 
 Shej)ard, L. E., M.D., Oincinnati, Ohio 
 
 Parvin, T., M.D., IndifDutpolis, Indiana 
 
 Yandell, D. Y., M.D., Louisville 
 
 Meisse, J., M.D., ('hillicottie 
 
 Stillwell, J. A., M.D., Broimstoivn 
 
 Seigler, J. A., M.D., lh-on-nsi-ilh>, Indiana 
 
 Ohio Eclectic Medical Association ; and 2 others 
 London Hospital Library, Mile End 
 
 London School of Medicine for Women, Henrietta Street, Caven- 
 dish Square 
 Longman & Co., Paternoster Eow : — 
 
 Alston, — , M.D. 
 
 Blake, — , M.D. 
 
 Garrison Medical Officers' Library 
 
 Gibralta Garrison Library 
 
 Tolmie, Surgeon-Major T. C. A., M.D. 
 
 Eosenburg, — , M.D. 
 
 Stoke.s, — , M.D., Gibralta 
 
 Gozel, — , M.D. 
 
 Piddington, W. E. (2 copies) 
 Lubbock, M., M.D., Grosvenor Street 
 Low & Co., 188 Fleet Street:— 
 
 Brown, W., M.D., Ihinedin 
 
68 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Bowker, C. S., M.D. 
 Asburst, S., M.D. 
 Carter, C, M.D. 
 Burns, K., M.D. 
 Page, E. A., M.D. 
 
 Mackenzie, S., M.D., 26 Finshury Square 
 
 Mackenzie, Morell, 19 Harley Street 
 
 Maclaren, A. C, M.D., GO Harley Street 
 
 M'Cormac, W., 13 Harley Street 
 
 M'Farlane, W., M.D., 15 Lower Pliillimore Place, W. 
 
 M'Keclmie, T. H., 60 Wimpole Street 
 
 Markwick, A., M.D., 1 Leinster Square 
 
 Mason, S., M.D., 44 Finsbury Circus 
 
 MeacTowes, A., M.D., 27 George Street, Hanover Square 
 
 Medico-Cbirurgical Society, Beruers Street 
 
 Medical Society University College 
 
 Medical Book Society, 30 Queen Street, Cbeapside 
 
 Medical Society of London, 11 Cbaudos Street, Caveudisb Square 
 
 Meryon, E., M.D., 14 Clarges Street, Piccadilly 
 
 Mickley, G., M.B., M.A., St. Luke's Hospital 
 
 Middlesex Hospital Library, Berners Street 
 
 Miller, C. M., M.D., Claremout Villa, 80 Stoke Newington Koad 
 
 Moline, Paul F., University College 
 
 Moxou, W., M.D., 6 Finsbury Circus 
 
 Mouat, F. J., M.D., 12 Durbam Villas, Kensington, W. 
 
 Muir, J. C, L.E.C.P., 44 Cornwall Eoad, Westbourne Park 
 
 Muckerjee, S., M.D., 7 Crescent Place, Mornington Crescent 
 
 Murpliy, S. F., 158 Camden Pioad 
 
 Myers, A. T., 1 St. George's Place, Hyde Park Corner 
 
 Nasb, E., M.D., 123 Lansdowne Pioad, Netting Hill 
 Neatby, E. A., 2 Cbristcburcli Pioad, Hampstead 
 Neatby, T., M.D., 29 Tburloe Eoad, Hampstead 
 Needbam, J., M.D., 2 Westbury Gardens, Clapbam Eoad 
 Nettlesbip, E., 4 Wimpole Street 
 
 Nortb London Medical Book Society, 33 Parkburst Eoad, Hollo- 
 way, N. 
 
 O'Brien, B., M.D., 26 Somerleyton Eoad, Brixton 
 Oldbam, H., M.D., 4 Cavendisb Place 
 
 Paget, Sir J., F.E.S., 1 Harewood Place, Hanover Square 
 Palfrey, J., M.D., 29 Brook Street, Grosvenor Square 
 Panioty, Jobn E., 2 St. Lawrence Eoad, Netting Hill 
 Paul, J. L., M.D., 43 Queensborougb Terrace, W. 
 Peacock, T. B., M.D., 20 Finsbury Cncus, E.G. 
 Peirce, E. King, 94 Addison Eoad, Kensington 
 Peirce, J. Cbauniug, M.D., Manor House, Brixton Else 
 
MEMBERS. 69 
 
 Perkius, Ilouglitou, 78 Mortimer Street, Cavendish Square 
 
 Pick, T. P., IB South Eaton Place, Eaton Square 
 
 Poore, G. V., M.D., 30 WimpoU; Street, W. 
 
 Portman Medical Book Club, -i'J Seymour Street 
 
 Potter, J., M.D,, 20 George Street, Hanover Square 
 
 Potts, W., M.D., 2 Alljort Terrace, llcgent's Park 
 
 Powell, E. D., M.D., 15 Henrietta Street, Cavendish Square 
 
 Power, II., M.13., 87a Great Cumberland Place, Plyde Park 
 
 Powdrell, J., IGO Euston Pioad 
 
 Priestley, W. 0., M.D., 17 Hertford Street, Mayfair 
 
 Puruell, J. J., Woodlands, Strcatham Hill 
 
 Quain, P., M.D., 67 Harley Street 
 Quain, K., F.Pi.S., 32 Cavendish Square 
 
 Ramskill, J. S., M.D., 5 St. Helen's Place, Bishopsgate 
 
 Piingcr, Sydney, M.D., 15 Cavendish Place 
 
 liivington, Walter, 22 Finsbury Square 
 
 Poberts, J. H., Hill Crest, Greenhill Road, Hampstead 
 
 Roberts, A., Hill Crest, Greenhill Road, Hampstead 
 
 Roberts, D. W., 5G Manchester Street 
 
 Roberts, F., M.D., 53 Harley Street 
 
 Robertson, G., Melbourne, and 17 Warwick Square (3 coi^ies) 
 
 Roper, G., G West Street, Finsbury Circus 
 
 Ross, D. M., M.D., 54 Upper Berkeley Street, W. 
 
 Rpth, M., M.D., 48 Wimpole Street 
 
 Sansom, A. E., M.D., 30 Devonshire Street, Portland Place 
 
 Saunders, W. S., M.D., 13 Queen Street, Cheapside 
 
 Savage, G. H., M.D., Bethlehem Royal Hospital, St. George's 
 
 Road, Lambeth 
 Scott, J., M.D., 8 Chandos Street, Cavendish Square 
 Schmidt, A. E., M.D., 150 Bethnal Green Road 
 Sedgwick, L. W., M.D., 2 Gloucester Terrace, Hyde Park 
 Senior, Charles, Adelaide House, 22 Hilgrove Road, N. 
 Seager, Herbert W., St. Mary's Hospital 
 Sewell, C. B., M.D., 13 Fenchurch Street, E.C. 
 Seton, D. E., M.D., 12 Thurloe Place, S.W. 
 Skinner, W., 45 Lower Bclgrave Street, S.W. 
 Shillitoe, B., 2 Frederick Place, Old Jewry 
 Sibley, S. W., 7 Harley Street 
 Silcock, A. Q., 5 Graham Road, Dalston 
 Sinipkin & Co., Stationers' Hall Court: — 
 
 Van de Laan ; and 3 others 
 Skeldmg, J., IG Ii^uston Square 
 Skcat, — , 10 King William Street 
 Smith, E. Noble, L.R.C.P. 
 
 Smitb, I'justace, M.D., 5 George Street, Hanover Square 
 Smith, Protheroe, M.D., 42 Park Street 
 
70 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Smith, Fredk., 730 Old Kent Eoad 
 
 Smith, Walter, M.D., 2 Stanhope Terrace, Gloucester Gate 
 
 Smith, Gilbert, M.D., 68 Harley Street 
 
 Suell, E. G. C, M.D., 131 Green Street, Victoria Park 
 
 Sotheran, 136 Strand : — 
 
 Haslar Hospital 
 
 Plymouth Hospital 
 
 Chatham Hospital 
 
 Edulgee Musserwangee 
 South London Medical Beading Society, 148 Lambeth Eoad, S.E. 
 Squire, B., 24 Weymouth Street 
 St. Bartholomew's Hospital Library 
 St. Mary's Hospital Library 
 St. George's Hospital Library 
 
 Stevens, Felix, M.D., 13 High Street, Stoke Newington 
 Stevens, B. F., 4 Trafalgar Square (4 copies) 
 Stewart, W. E., 16 Harley Street 
 Stewart, A. P., M.D., 75 Grosvenor Street 
 Stewart, H. C, M.D., 22 North Bank, Kegent's Park 
 Stoke Newington Medical Society, 57 Darnley Road, Hackney, E. 
 Sm-geons, Eoyal College of, Lincoln's Inn Fields 
 Symonds, J., M.D., 79 Amhurst Eoad, Hackney 
 
 Tamburini, — , M.D. 
 
 Tayloe, E., South Lodge, Clapham Common 
 
 Tegart, E., 49 Jermyn Street, S.W. 
 
 Tenison, E. T. E., M.D., 9 Keith Terrace, Shepherd's Bush 
 
 Thacker & Co., Newgate Street: — 
 
 Charles, — , M.D. 
 
 Manhook, — , M.D. 
 
 Udoz, Chand Dutt, M.D. 
 
 Benode, K. Bose, M.D. 
 Thorowgood, J. C, M.D., 61 Welbeck Street 
 Thompson, A., M.D., 10 Delamere Street, W. 
 Thompson, Sir H., 35 Wimpole Street 
 Thyne, T., M.D., 140 Minories, E.C. 
 Toulmin, F., Upper Clapton, N.E. 
 Travers, W., M.D., 2 Phillimore Gardens, S.W. 
 Turner, F. Charelwood, M.D., M.A., 15 Finsbury Square 
 Tweedy, J., M.D., 18 Harley Street 
 Twynam, G. E., 18 Blandford Square, W. 
 Triibner & Co., 57 Ludgate Hill (11 copies) 
 
 Vaillant, Edward, 85 George Street, Portman Square 
 
 Venning, Edgecombe, 87 Sloane Street, W. 
 
 Vereker-Bindon, — , M.D., 2 Elm Villas, Willesden Lane, Kilburn 
 
 Wake, — , M.D., 2 Cathcart Hill, Holloway, N. 
 Waring, E. J., M.D., 49 Clifton Gardens, Maida Vale 
 
MEMBEKS. 71 
 
 Waggett, J., M.D., 40 Ladhiokc Grove, Kensingtou Park Gardens 
 
 Walker, J. P., M.D., 30 Bedlbrd Sciuarc 
 
 "Waller, A., 14 Gibson Square, Islington 
 
 Warner, Percy, 4 Merrick Square, Borou'j;li 
 
 Warren, E, C, M.D., 99 Albion Eoad, Dalston 
 
 Watkins, S. C, Poplar Hospital for Accidents, East India lioad, 
 
 Poplar 
 Watkins, E., M.D,, Gl Guildford Street 
 Watkins, C. J., 27 Moruington Crescent 
 Watney, Herbert, M.D.. l^Vilton Crescent, S.W. 
 Watson, Sir T., M.D., Bart., IG Henrietta Street, Cavendish Square 
 Watson, J., M.D., G Southampton Street, Bloomsbury 
 Waylen, A., M.D. 
 Webb, P., M.D., 113 Maida Vale 
 Weber, H., M.D., 10 Grosvenor Street 
 Weber, F., M.D., 44 Green Street, Grosvenor Square 
 Webster & Larking, Piccadilly 
 Wells, T. Spencer, 3 Upper Grosvenor Street 
 W^esley, W., Strand 
 Weston, Philip, M.D., 391 City Koad 
 Whaley, J. C, Prospect Place, Kilburn 
 Whitmore, W. T., 7 Arhngton Street, S.W. 
 Wigg, A. E., University College Hospital 
 Williams & Norgate, Henrietta Street 
 Williams, Theodore, M.D., 47 Upper Brook Street 
 Wilhams, J., M.D., 44 Mildmay Park, N. 
 Williams, Dawson 
 Wilkin, J. C, 15 Hyde Park Street 
 Wilks, S., M.D., 72 Grosvenor Street 
 
 ^^'ilson, Erasmus, F.R.S., 17 Henrietta Street, Cavendish Square 
 Worley, W. C, 43 De Beauvoir Eoad, W. 
 Worsley-Benison, H. W. S., 25 Grange Eoad, Canonbui-y, N. 
 
 Loughborough nee Leicester 
 
 LosT^vITHIEL Eow, C, M.D. 
 
 Loughor sec Llanclly 
 
 Louth Faussett, F. 
 
 Lowestoft Clubbe, W. H., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Eay, J. 
 
 Worthington, F. S. 
 
 Lower Tulse Hill Stowers, J. Herbert, M.D. 
 
 Luton 
 
 Lutterworth Busgard, M., M.D. 
 
 Lymington Hill, W. E., U.i). 
 
 Lyndhurst see Southampton 
 
 Lynn Woodward, E., L.E.C. P., f.oc. Sec. 
 
 West Norfolk and Lyini Hospital 
 
 Parry, G., Ihchinif 
 
 Webster, W. 
 
72 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Mablethorpe 
 
 Macclesfield 
 
 Madeley 
 
 Maidenhead 
 
 Maidstone Plomley, I. F. 
 
 Groiiud, E. 
 
 Malpas Parker, E., M.D. 
 
 Malton Colby, W. T., M.D., Log. Sec. 
 
 Malvern West, W. C, M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Dawsou, W. H. 
 
 Eowlaud, H. M., M.D. 
 
 Weir, A., M.D., St. Mnw/Jw's 
 
 Manchester Peatson, J. Chadwick, M.D., 25 Mouut 
 
 Street, Peter Street, Loc. Sec. 
 
 Armstrong, J., Harpurheij 
 
 Blackley, C. H., Traford 
 
 Borchardt, L., M.D. 
 
 Bradbury, J. 0., Salford 
 
 Bradsliaw, J. D., Boivdon 
 
 Brown, H., M.D., Heaton Mersey 
 
 Buckley, S., F.R.C.S. 
 
 Child, W. L., Prestwich 
 
 Clarke, A. C. S. W., Salford 
 
 Clarke, R., M.D., Farnsxvorth 
 
 Coveuey, J. H., Prestwich 
 
 Crompton, S., M.D., Cheetluuii Hill 
 
 Earl, J., Cheetham Hill 
 
 Fletclier, J. S., M.D., Hujher Broiujhton 
 
 Fox, R. D. 
 
 Cxoriiall, E. H., Xea-tun Heath 
 
 Heathcote, G. 
 
 Hewsou, E. W., Cheadle 
 
 He slop, E. 
 
 Hodgkiuson, Alex., M.D. 
 
 Humphrey, H., M.D., Eccles 
 
 Ilderton, F., Fairfield 
 
 Irwin, J., M.D. 
 
 Jones, T., M.D. 
 
 Kennedy, J. 
 
 Lancashire, J., Stand 
 
 Leach, D. J. 
 
 Library of Eoyal Infirmary 
 
 Library of Medical Society 
 
 Land, E. 
 
 Mallett, W. J., M.D. 
 
 Morgan, J. E., M.D., Eccles 
 
 Mould, G. W., M.D. 
 
 Mules, P. H., M.D., Boiidun 
 
 Murphv, C. 0. 
 
MEMBERS. 73 
 
 Manchester, continued ... Nesfielcl, 8., M.T). 
 
 Paton, liobcrt 
 
 Phipps G. C, M.D. 
 
 Peirce, F. M., M.D. 
 
 Radford, T., M.D., JJi<j/ur llrowjlitun 
 
 Eausome, M. A., M.B., Bowdon 
 
 Reed, G., M.D. 
 
 Reushaw, J., M.D., Stretfhrd 
 
 Renshaw, S. H., U.V., Sale 
 
 Roberts, D. L., M.D. 
 
 Roberts, W., M.D. 
 
 Rodger, R., M.D. 
 
 Roe, R. E. H., Patricio/t 
 
 Ross, James 
 
 Simpson, H., M.D, 
 
 Smale, H. C. 
 
 Smart, R. B. 
 
 Southam, F. 
 
 Stephens, J. 
 
 Skinner, C. G. L., Barjiuiluij 
 
 Simon, R. M., M.D. 
 
 Stone, J., M.D. 
 
 Walmsley, Francis H. 
 
 Walter, W., M.D. 
 
 Wattie, Alex., M.A., M.B. 
 
 Westmorland, J., Cheetham 
 
 White, J. A., Pendleton 
 
 Williams, W. J., M.D. 
 
 Withington, G. H., Kersall 
 March see St. Ives (Huntingdon ) 
 
 Makgate Rowe, T. S., M.D. 
 
 Market Deeping Forster, H. J. 
 
 Market Drayton 
 
 Market Overton Roe, W. 
 
 Market Rasen Taplin, B. D., JJinhrnok 
 
 jMarlvfield see Leicester 
 
 ^lAIiLBOROUGH 
 
 Marple Bailey, J. Johnson, M.D,, Loc. Sec. 
 
 M.\RT0CK 
 
 Maryport Spurgin, W. H. 
 
 Crerar, J., M.R.C.P. 
 Melksham King, J. R. 
 
 Keir, W. Ingram 
 Melton Mowbray 
 Merthyr TYD^^L Biddle, Cornelius, L.R.C.P. Lond., 
 
 fjiic. Scr. 
 
 MicKLEovER Lindsay. J. Murray, M.D. 
 
 Middlesborougu-on-Tees IIedley, J.. T-oc. Soc. 
 
 Glen, J., M.D. 
 
74 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Middlesboro'-on-Tees,co//. Ketchen, W., M.D. 
 
 White, W. 
 
 Williams, W. J. T., M.D. 
 Milbrook see Southampton 
 
 MiTCHAM Marshall, Ed. 
 
 Mold see Chester 
 Monmouth 
 
 MoRETON-IN TPE-MaKSH 
 
 MoKPETH Logie, Jas., M.D. 
 
 MosELEY Blake, G. F. 
 
 Shaw, Oliver C. 
 
 Nafferton see Bridlmgtou 
 
 Needham Market 
 
 Neston see Chester 
 
 Newark-on-Trent Appleby, F. H., hoc. Sec. 
 
 Liiscombe, W. E., North CoUin<jhaiii 
 
 Hallowes, W. B. 
 Newbury Bunny, Josh., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Palmer, Montagu H. C. 
 
 Hickman, Eichard 
 Newcastle -under-Lyne 
 Newcastle-on-Tyne Oliver, Thos., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Armstrong, L. 
 
 Arnisou, W. C, M.D. 
 
 Atkmson, J. J., Wylam-on-Tyne 
 
 Barkus, B., M.D., Gateshead 
 
 Beatly, T. C, jun., Seaham Harbour 
 
 Benson, T., Stanley 
 
 Bowman, HughTorrington, M.A., M.B. 
 
 Brown, W. J., M.B. 
 
 Callcott, J. T., Sedyefiehl 
 
 Crisp, J. L., South Shields 
 
 Dow^nie, G., Chester-Ie- Street 
 
 Gateshead Medical Society 
 
 Gibb, C. J., M.D. 
 
 Gibson, C, M.D. 
 
 Heath, G. Y., M.D. 
 
 Houseman, J., M.D. 
 
 Hume, G. H., M.D. 
 
 Jackson, D., M.D. 
 
 Kennedy, W. A. 
 
 Library of Newcastle Infirmary 
 
 Macaulay, J., M.D. 
 
 Matthews, J., M.D., Ti/neinouth 
 
 M'CouU, G., L.K.C.P.' Ed., Ovinyton- 
 on-Ti/ne 
 
 Murray, W., M.D. 
 
 Murray, J. C, M.D. 
 
MEMBERS. 75 
 
 Newcastle-on-Tyne, con. Nesham, T. C, M.D. 
 
 llayiio, S. W. 
 
 Kenton, W., M.D., Shotley Bridge 
 
 Service, John, West lloJden 
 
 Smith, J. W., M.D., Ili/ton-un-Tyne 
 
 Smith, J. 
 
 Stainthorpe, G. F. 
 
 Sutherland, W., Capheaton 
 
 Wilkinson, Auburn 
 
 Wilson, R. H., M.D., Gateshead 
 
 Wilson, W. T., M.D. 
 
 'Wilson, J., M.D., Lanchester 
 
 Newent Smelt, F. H., L.R.C.P.E. 
 
 NE^^^cK, Uckfield Graveley , Richard 
 
 Newmarket 
 
 Newport (Monmouthshire) Morgan, W. "W., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Limberry, Thos. 
 
 Ready, W. J. Markham 
 Newport (Pembrokeshire) Havard, U., M.D. 
 Newton Abbott 
 
 NoRHAM- ON- Tweed Paxton, J., M.D. 
 
 N0RTH.UIPTON Evans, C. J., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Banks, P. H., lliselcij 
 
 Busgard, — , M.D. 
 
 Clarke, W. W., M.B., WeUinqhor^wih 
 
 De Denue, T. V. 
 
 Infirmary Library 
 
 Moxou, W. 
 North Curry see Taunton 
 North Shields Peart, R., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Bourne, W., M.D. 
 
 Stephens, Thos. 
 
 Turnbull, T. J. 
 Norwich Robinson, H. S., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Fade, P., M.D. 
 
 Manby, F., lleed/tam 
 
 Medico-Chirurgical Society 
 
 Taylor, Hugh, CottishaU 
 Nottinottam Ransome, W. H., M.D., Tjoc. Sec. 
 
 Beddard, J., M.P>. 
 
 Brookhouse, J. 0., M.D. 
 
 General Hospital Library 
 
 Howitt, F., M.D. 
 
 PliiUimorc, W. P., M.D. 
 
 Terrewest, Miss 
 
 "Wiglit, Jos('])h 
 
 A\'riglit, Tlionias, M.D. 
 Nuneaton Hammond, AV., M.D. 
 
76 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Oaken Hawthorn, F. J. 
 
 Odiham M'Intyre, J., M.D., Loc. &c. 
 
 Oldham Platt, Thos., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Fawsitt, T. 
 
 M'Gowan, S. A., M.D. 
 
 Thomson, G., M.D. 
 
 Ormskirk Wickham, H., Bufurd 
 
 Ossett xce Leeds 
 Oswestry 
 
 OswALDTwiSTLE Townlej, A. T. 
 
 Otley Eitchie, Thos. 
 
 Scott, Thos. 
 
 Ottery St. Mary Henisted, A., L.E.C.P. 
 
 Over see St. Ives 
 
 Over Darwen Wraith, J. H. 
 
 Oxford Winkfield, A., F.R.C.S., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Acldand, W. H., M.D. 
 
 Chapman, E. 
 
 Freeborn, E. F., M.D. 
 
 Jackson, E., M.D. 
 
 Morgan, W. L. 
 
 Medico- Chmirgical Society 
 
 Eadcliffe Library 
 
 Oxley, A. E. 
 
 Symonds, F. 
 
 Thompson, Harold 
 
 Thompson, W. A. 
 
 Ward, J. B., M.D. 
 
 Painswick Sampson, H. M. 
 
 Pendleton see Manchester 
 Peniston see Sheffield 
 
 Pembroke Dock Stamper, J. F., M.D. 
 
 Penge Peck, E. H. 
 
 Watson, G. S. 
 Penrith Wickham, J., M.D. 
 
 Jackson, T., M.D. 
 
 Pen-y-groes Eoberts, Evan 
 
 Penzance Montgomery, J., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Boase, F. 
 
 Grenfell, H. 
 
 Bennett, W. S. 
 
 Tresize, W. E., St. Just 
 
 Berry, W. A. 
 Peterborough Cane, Leonard, M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Walker, T. J., M.D. 
 
 Thomson, W., M.D. 
 Pewsey see Devizes 
 Plaistow Kennedy, A. E . 
 
MEMBERS. 77 
 
 Plumste.\d Smith , Henry 
 
 PlYAIOUTH WlIIl'PLE, CONNELL, LwC. 6Vc. 
 
 IBazeley, W. 
 Cky, W. II., M.D. 
 Eccles, G. H., M.D. 
 Elliott, R. M., Kmfishnihje 
 Harper, T. 
 May, G. H. T. 
 Plymouth Book Society 
 Meeres, E.E.,M.D. 
 Square, W. J. 
 Swaiii, P. W., Devonjiort 
 Willis, R., Horrahridge 
 PoNTYPooL Mason, S. B. 
 
 PoOLE 
 
 Portland Trevan, M., E.N. 
 
 Portsmouth Ford, A. Vernon, L.R.Q.C.P. 
 
 PoRTSEA 
 
 PoimiADoc Griffiths, S., M.D. 
 
 Morris, W. Jones, L.R.C.P.E. 
 Preston " Allen, R., Loc. S^c. 
 
 Arminson, W. B., M.D. 
 
 Berry, J., Leyland 
 
 Christison, J., M.D. 
 
 Hall, J. 
 
 Hammond, J. H., M.D. 
 
 Heslop, R. C, M.D. 
 
 GHbertson, J. B., M.D. 
 
 Rigby, J. 
 Prescot 
 PuLBORouGH Taylor, W. E., M.D. 
 
 Queen Camel Stoviu, C. F., M.D. 
 
 Rainhill Wigglesworth, J., M.B. 
 
 Ramscjatk Walford, E., IjOc. Sec. 
 
 Glanville, F. F. 
 
 Ravensthorpe Ramsden, W. T. 
 
 Rawtenstalt Edward, A. A., M.D. 
 
 Reading Walford, T. L. , Loc, Sec. 
 
 Book Society 
 
 May, G. 
 
 Armstrong, — , M.D. 
 
 Graham, C. R. 
 
 Hayes, H. R., Hnsivrintohe 
 
 TjOwsIov, Odcd 
 
 Workman, J. W. 
 
 Young, W. B. 
 Redland Webster, Thomas 
 
78 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Kedruth Hichens, J. S. 
 
 Michell, G. A. 
 Reioate Walters, J., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Blake, E., M.D. 
 
 Holmaii, C, M.D. 
 
 Smith, T. P., M.B. 
 Eetfobd 
 
 Rhayader Richardson, R. 
 
 Richmond (Surrey) Fenn, E., M.D. 
 
 Richmond (Yorks) Bowes, R. 
 
 RiPON 
 
 Rippingale Adams, G-, N., M.D. 
 
 Rochester Langston, J., Strood 
 
 White, C. J., M.D., Snodland 
 
 Tribe, H. H., Chatham 
 
 Rochdale Pooley, R. M., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Rochford King, Thomas, M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Rockferry see Birkenhead 
 
 Romford 
 
 RoTHERHAM Foote, H. D., M.D., M.R.C.S. 
 
 Blythman, ■ C. S., M.B., M.R.C.S., 
 Sirinto7i 
 
 Burman, W. M., L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., 
 L.S.A., Wath-on-Deane 
 
 Brett, J., L.R.C.P. Lond., M.R.C.S. 
 England 
 
 Clark, W., M.D., L.R.C.S.E., Wentn-orth 
 
 Gowan, Charles, M.D., Austoii 
 
 Jones, W. M., M.R.C.S., L.S.A. 
 
 Knight, H. J., M.R.C.S. 
 
 Lyth, J. B., M.R.C.S.E., L.R.C.P. Ed. 
 
 Oxley, W., M.R.C.S., L.S.A. 
 
 Saviile, W., M.R.C.S., L.S.A. 
 
 Smith, W. J., Purk(jate 
 
 RoTHWELL More, J., M.D. 
 
 Royston see Cambridge 
 
 Ruddington Hall, J., M.D. 
 
 Rugby Dukes, Clement, M.B. 
 
 Simpson, Herbert, M.D. 
 Ryde Buck, T. A., M.D. 
 
 Saffron Walden Stear, H. , Loc. Sec. 
 
 St. Albans Prior, R. H., M.D. 
 
 St. Clears Jones, V., LI. 
 
 St. Germans Kerswell, J. B. 
 
 St. Helens Twyford, E. P., M.D,, Loc. Sec. 
 
 Gaskell, R. A. 
 
 Jamieson, A., M.D. 
 
 Martin, J. H. 
 
MEMBEKS. 79 
 
 St. Ives (Connvall) Joll, Boyd 13., M.]3. 
 
 St. Ives (Huntingdon)... Grovk, W. E., M.D., Luc. Sec. 
 
 Dixon, Bev. W., On;- 
 
 Osborne, Harold Eocliester 
 
 Easby, — , M.D., March 
 St. Just see Penzance 
 
 St. Tudye Pearse, W. 
 
 St. Leonards nee Hastings 
 
 Salford sec Manchester 
 
 Salisbury Wilkes, W. D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Darke, F. E. P. 
 
 Kelland, James 
 
 Gordon, James, M.D. 
 
 Lee, F. F. 
 
 Sandon Tylecote, J. H., M.D. 
 
 Sawbridgeworth Brickwell, J. 
 
 SCARBOROUOH CoOKE, E. B., LoC. SeC. 
 
 Murray, Ivor, M.D. 
 
 Wandby, W. 
 Seacombe see Birkenhead 
 
 Sedburgh Green, T. B. 
 
 Sedgefield Smith, E., M.D. 
 
 Sevenoaks Alliott, A. J., M.B. 
 
 Shaftesbury (Dorset) "Wilkinson, A., M.D. 
 
 Shanklin 
 
 Sheepshed see Leicester 
 
 Sheerness Swales, E. ^ 
 
 Sheffield Martin de Bartholome, M., M.D,, Loc. 
 
 Sec. 
 
 Banham, H. F., M.D. 
 
 Barber, Jonathan 
 
 Benson, John 
 
 Booth, W. H. 
 
 Branson, F., M.D. 
 
 Drew, S., M.D., chapel town 
 
 FaveU, W. F. 
 
 Gleadall, J. 
 
 Gwynn, C. N. 
 
 Hardwickc, J., 'Sl.D. 
 
 Hardwicke, H. J., M.D. 
 
 Hawthorn, H. J., h'cclesjiehl 
 
 Jackson, A., M.E.C.S. 
 
 Jones, J. T., I'.cldiiiiton 
 
 Keeling, J. H., M.D. 
 
 Martin, John W., DnDi/irld 
 
 Porter, W. S. 
 
 Eoberts, J. S., M.D. 
 
 Eobinson, G., M.E.C.S. 
 
 SholVield ]\[edical I'ook Society 
 
80 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Sheffield, continued Smith, E. J. Pye 
 
 Taylor, G. Stopford 
 
 Thomas, W. K., L.E.Q.C.P. 
 
 Watson, T. H., M.B. 
 
 Sherborne Williams, W. H. , jun. 
 
 Shotley Bridge see Newcastle-oii-Tyne 
 
 Shrewsbury Andrew, E., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Eddowes, A. 
 
 Edwards, H. N. 
 
 Taylor, H. Couplaud, M.D. 
 
 WhitweU, F. 
 Sidmouth 
 Sleaford 
 Slough 
 Southampton Griffin, E. W., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Beucraft, H. 
 
 Dayman, H., Milbrook 
 
 Nunn, G. E., Lyndhurst 
 
 Oliver, J. 
 
 Eoyal Victoria Hospital 
 
 Southampton Medical Society 
 
 Sims, W., M.D. 
 
 Trend, T. W., M.D. 
 
 Viant, H., L.E.C.P., Totton 
 
 Ward, Thomas 
 Southend 
 SouTHPORT Mort, W., M.D. 
 
 BaiTon, A. 
 South Shields Frain, Jos., M.D., Loc. Sec, 
 
 Armstrong, I. F., M.D. 
 
 Bradley, W. M., M.D., Jarro^v 
 
 Crease, J. E. 
 
 Hewitson, W. 
 
 Eohson, J. 
 
 Eobson, Adam 
 Southsea Axford, W. H., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Manley, — , M.D. 
 
 Maybury, L., M.D. 
 
 MiUer, J. W. Moore, M.D. 
 
 Tm-ner, G. 
 Spalding Morris, E., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Vise, Ambrose Blythe, Holbeach 
 
 Swan, E. Jocelyn, Gosherton 
 Spilsby see Boston 
 Stafford (Vacant) Loc. Sec. 
 
 Blackford, J. C, M.D., Cannock 
 
 Weston, E. J. 
 
 Wynne, J. K., Eccleshall 
 Staines 
 
MEMBERS. 81 
 
 Staleybridge Booth, T. C. 
 
 Stamford Newman, W., M.JJ., l*\ii.C.S., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Medical Book Society 
 
 Heward, J. M. 
 
 Stamford Bridge Wright, F. 
 
 Stand ■•<rr Manchester 
 
 Stapleton Levinge, E. G., M.D. 
 
 Stockport Ball, J. A. , JleaUm Xorris, Loe. Sec, 
 
 Bagley, Samuel, ILnel Grove 
 
 Bird, J. D., M.B., Heaton Chapel 
 
 Downs, G., M.D. 
 
 Greenhalgh, T., M.D., Heaton Xorna 
 
 Jordan, F. M., M.D., Heaton Chapel 
 
 Massey, T. 
 
 Turner, G., M.D. 
 
 Whitehead, G. M. 
 Stockton-on-Tees Oliver, W. H., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Foss, E. 
 
 Hind, H. P. 
 
 Trotter, A. E. H. 
 
 Young, C, M.D., Vnnii 
 Stokr-upon-Trent Johnson, Samuel, C, M.D., Lor. Sec. 
 
 ArHdge, T. T., M.D. 
 Stourbridge Freer, A. , Loc. Sec. 
 
 Ashmead, C, L.E.C.P., Bnerleij Hill 
 
 Chapman, G., Brierleij Hill 
 
 Ker, Hugh E., Cradlei/ Heath 
 
 Gates, J. P. 
 
 Thomson, Wesley, M.D., Cradley 
 
 Stratford-on-Avox Nason, J. J., M.B., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Strood see Rochester 
 
 Stroud Cubitt, G. E. 
 
 Sudbury Holdon, J. S., M.D. 
 
 Sunbury-on-Thames see Surbitou 
 
 Sunderland Douglas, M. , Loc. Sec. 
 
 Bernard, Cr., M.D., Silhsworth 
 
 Brady, Prof. G. 
 
 Broadbent, S. W. 
 
 Dixon, W. H., M.D. 
 
 Horan, J. 
 
 Mahng, E. A. 
 
 Medical Society 
 
 Morgan, G. B. 
 
 Smith, Ayre, M.D. 
 
 Watson, J., South JL'tton 
 
 Waterston, J. 
 
 Wi'lford, G. 
 
 Wilson, J, 
 
 SURBITON KkUSIIAW, W. W., M.D., IjOC. Srr. 
 
82 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 SuRBiTON, continued Coleman, M. T. 
 
 Guntlier, T. M., M.D. 
 
 Izod, Charles, Ksher 
 
 Jones, Price, M.D. 
 
 Kingsford, Edward, Sunbiinj 
 
 Mott, diaries 
 
 Tindall, W. E., M.D., Hampton 
 
 Trouncer, J. H., M.D. 
 
 Wymau, W. S., M.D., Putneij 
 Sutton 
 Swansea Griffiths, T. D,, M.B., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Evans, J., L.E.C.P. Ed. 
 
 Latimer, H. A. 
 
 Mowat, G., M.D. 
 
 Thomas, Jabez, M.D. 
 Swindon Swinhoe, G. M., L.E.C.P., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Maclean, J. Campbell, M.B. 
 Sydenham Erskine, W. 
 
 Wilkinson, F. E., M.D. 
 
 Tai^arvor Eoberts, J., M.D. 
 
 Tamworth Joy, J. Holmes, M.D. 
 
 Tarviu see Chester 
 
 Taunton Liddon, W., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Farrant, S. 
 
 Kinglake, H., M.D. 
 
 Liddon, E., M.D. 
 
 Olivey, H. P., North Curry 
 
 Penny, H. S. 
 
 Eigden, G. W. 
 
 West, E. H., M.A. 
 
 Tavistock Crichton, — , M.D. 
 
 Teignmouth Lake, W. C, M.D. 
 
 Magrath, J. A., M.D. 
 
 Tenterden Saunders, E. 
 
 Tetbury 
 Thames Ditton 
 
 Thetford Minns, P., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Thaxted 
 
 Thirsk Eyot, W. H., M.D. 
 
 Thorne and Tickhill see Doucaster 
 
 TisBURY Lindsay, E., M.D. 
 
 Tolleshimt D'Arcy see Colchester 
 
 Tooting ^ Ward, P. H. 
 
 Torquay Cash, A. M., M.D. 
 
 Heath, E., M.D., EUim/toji 
 Tottenham May, E. H., M.D., Luc. Sec. 
 
 Cathcart, S. 
 
 Cresswell, J., Winclmore Hill 
 
MEMBEES. 83 
 
 TOTTENHAJI, miitijlKiil IluttOn, E. Ii. 
 
 ToNBKiDGK levers, Eyre, Isi.L). 
 
 TowcESTKR Weir, J. l^., M.I). 
 
 Evans, Arthur G. 
 
 Tredegar O'Rorke, C, M.D. 
 
 TrixNg Pope, E., M.D. 
 
 Trowbridge Tayler, Cx. C. 
 
 Truro Sharp, E., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Lcverton, H. Spry 
 
 lloyal Coruwall Infinnaiy Lilirary 
 TuNBRiDGE Wells B/Very, J. Milner, M.D., l/ic Sec. 
 
 Cliachvick, C, M.D. 
 
 Manser, F. 
 
 Johnson, J., M.D. 
 
 Stamford, W. 
 
 Rauldng, J. E., M.B. 
 
 Walhs, W., iun,, Hart/ield 
 
 Warden, J. R., M.D. 
 Tynemouth sec Newcastle-upon-Tyne 
 
 Ul\'ERSTONE ' 
 
 Upper Gorxal Walker, T. A. 
 
 Upper Norwood 
 Uppingham 
 
 Upton-ox- Sea'ern Braddon, C. 
 
 Uxbrhjge Macnajniara, G. H., Luc. Sec. 
 
 Ventnor 
 
 Wakefield Wood, F. H., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Clark, H. 
 
 Holdsworth, S. K. 
 
 Kemp, B. 
 
 Kemp, B,, jun. 
 
 Major, — , M.D. 
 
 Slatter, W. A. 
 
 Walker, Thomas 
 
 W'iseman, J. G., M.D., Ossett 
 Wallingford . Barrett, C. A. , Loc. Sec. 
 
 ]5arron, J., M.D. 
 
 Greene, Walter, L.it.C.P. 
 Walsall 
 
 Walton - on - Thames 
 Warminster 
 
 Wap^kington GoRNAT.T., .1. II., l.nc.Scr. 
 
 Waterbeach Gnilil), J. S., M.D. 
 
 Watford 
 
 Wath-on-Deanc see llotlicrham 
 
 Wcdnesbury see West Bromwich 
 
84 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Wellington (Somerset)... Edwards, Walter, M.D. 
 
 Wells Fkench, J. G., Loc. ISec. 
 
 Weobley Applebe, E. A., M.D. 
 
 Wem Wilson, J. G., M.D. 
 
 West Bromwich Manley, J., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Evans, A. P. 
 
 Garman, W. C, Wedneshunj 
 
 Sutcliff, H. 
 
 Underhill, F. W. 
 
 Underhill, T., Great Bridye 
 
 Underbill, W., Tipton 
 
 Westgate-on-Sea Flint, Arthur, F.E.C.P. 
 
 Weston-super-Mare Alford, E., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Clark, — , M.D. 
 Martin, Edward Fuller 
 M'Clure, T. W., M.D., Worle 
 Eoxburgb, Eobert 
 Wickstead, F. W. S. 
 
 Weymouth 
 
 Weybridge Grabam, A. E., M.D. 
 
 Whitby Yeoman, J., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Lavenick, J. V., L.E.C.P. Lond. 
 Mead, E. P., M.D. 
 
 Whitehaven P Anson, J. F., M.D., Loc. 6Vf. 
 
 Braitbwaite, S., Egremont 
 Calderwood, G., M.D., Fjjremont 
 Dickson, J., M.D. 
 Henry, E.W., M.D. 
 Horan, P. C, M.D. 
 Parker, C, M.D., Gosforth 
 Speirs, W., Cleator 
 
 WiGAN Tatham, G. G., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 GaUibrand, W., M.D. 
 
 WiLLESDEN 
 
 Wimborne 
 
 Winchester Butler, F. J., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Forder, Thomas 
 
 Hants County Hospital Library 
 
 Windermere Hamilton, A., M.D. 
 
 Winchmore Hill see Tottenham 
 
 Windsor Ellison, J., M.D. 
 
 Fail-bank, Thomas, M.D. 
 
 Harper, J. P., M.D. 
 
 WiSBEACH Litbgow, E. A. D., M.D. 
 
 Witney Batt, A., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Wolverhampton Jackson, V. , Loc. Sec. 
 
 Cooke, J. B., M.B., Tettenhali 
 
 Eraser, J., M.D. 
 
 Newnham, C. A. 
 
MEMBERS. 85 
 
 Wolverhampton, roN//H?;(v/ M'Munn, C.A., M.D. 
 
 Bell Medical Library 
 *WooLWicH Mason, 11., //oc. iiVf. 
 
 Butler, W. H., L.R.C.P. 
 
 Worcester Worcester Medical Society 
 
 Workington Hight, J., M.D. 
 
 M'kerrow, G., M.B. 
 Worksop Newton , Isaac 
 
 O'Connor, D, M. 
 
 Worthing Harris, W. J., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Wotton-under-Edge Forty, D. H. 
 
 Wrexham Davies, E., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Dickenson, J. 
 
 WiUiams, E., M.D. 
 Wylam see Newcastle-on-Tyne 
 Yarmouth (Norfolk) Palmer, C, Loc. Sec. 
 
 Aldred, C. C, M.D. 
 
 Mayo, A. C. 
 
 Mitchell, Alex., M.D. 
 
 Helston, — , M.D, 
 Y.^MouTH (Isle of Wight) Hollis, C. W., M.D. 
 York Shann, G., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Ball, Alfred 
 
 Draper, W. 
 
 Dunhill, C. H., M.D. 
 
 GiU, H. C, Clifton 
 
 Hiues, C. H. 
 
 Hood, W. 
 
 Jalland, AV. H. 
 
 Matterson, W., M.D. 
 
 North, S. W. 
 
 Ramsey, I., M.D. 
 
 Read, W. 
 
 Swanson, G. J., M.D. 
 
 Williams, T. M. 
 
 SCOTLAND. 
 
 Aberdeen Wight, J., M.D., />r«-. iiec. 
 
 Adam, J. 
 
 Davidson, A. D., M.D. 
 
 Frazer, A., M.D. 
 
 Garden, R. J., M.D. 
 
 Jackson, H., M.D. 
 
 M'liardy, J. D., JJaiichuri/ 
 
 M'Robbic, J. 8. 
 
 Medico Ciiirurgical Sociotv 
 
86 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Aberdeen, coiitiuKcd Mortimer, W., Turrif 
 
 Ogstou, F., M.D. 
 Eeith, ArcluL, M.D. 
 Eobb, J., M.D. 
 Smith-Shand, W. F. J., M.D. 
 University of Aberdeen 
 Wallace, A., M.D., l\irrif 
 Ogilvie, Wm., J. C, M.D. 
 Willock, Eicbmond, M.D. 
 
 AiRDKiE Artbur, H., M.D. 
 
 Kaukin, P., M.D. 
 
 Alexandria M'Lelland, A. , M.D. 
 
 Alloa Kirkwood, J., M.D. 
 
 Wilson, E., M.D. 
 
 Annan Drummond, T., M.D. 
 
 Arbroath Walker, J. H., M.D., Friskheim 
 
 AucHTERMUcHTY Troup, F., M.D. 
 
 Ayr M'lvERROw, G., M.D., hoc. Sec. 
 
 Aitken, J., M.D., D rami an 
 
 Dobbie, E., M.D. 
 
 Higbet, K., M.D,, DcdweUitKjtun 
 
 Eiddall, — , M.D. 
 
 M'Gill, J. F., M.D., Annhank 
 
 Watt, J. E., M.D. 
 
 Moore, — , M.D. 
 
 Banff Barclay, J., M.D. 
 
 Manson, A. J. 
 Bannockburn see Stirling 
 
 Barrhead Corbett, E. 
 
 Berwick- ON-TwEED Fraser, T., M.D. 
 
 Bridge of Earn see Perth 
 
 Buckie Duquid, W. E., M.D. 
 
 Cajmpbeltown Gibson, W., M.D. 
 
 Cunningham, J., M.B. 
 
 Castle Douglas Lorraine, W., M.D. 
 
 Catrine Sloan, D., M.D. 
 
 Coldingham-by-Ayrton ... M'Dougal, J. M., M.D. 
 
 Coldstream Tm-nbull, M. J., M.D. 
 
 Cumnock Lawrence, J., M.D. 
 
 Herbertson, E. G., L.E.C.P. 
 
 Dalmally M'Nicol, H. 
 
 Dreghorn Hunter, J., M.D. 
 
 Dufftown Innes, J. A., M.D. 
 
 Dumfries M'Culloch, J. M., M.D. 
 
 Dundonald Alexander, W., M.D. 
 
 Dunfermline Henry, W., M.B. 
 
MEMBERS. 87 
 
 Dunfermline Henry, W. , M.B . 
 
 DuNSE Htuart, J. A. E., M.D. 
 
 M'Watt, J. 
 Dundee Dcwav, J. A., M.D., Arhroath 
 
 Paton, D., M.D., Carnuiistie 
 
 Eorie, J., M.D. 
 
 Sinclaii-, Robert, M.D. 
 
 Wemys, J. W., M.D., lUowihUj Fcrnj 
 
 Edinburgh Husband, W., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Adams, Josh. 
 
 Aiidersou, T., M.D., IxuscwcU 
 
 Audson, W., M.D. 
 
 Balfour, G., M.D. 
 
 Balfour, Tlios., M.D. 
 
 Balfour, A., M.D., Purtubellu 
 
 Berry, G. A., M.D. 
 
 Bishop, J. 
 
 BosG, C. C. 
 
 Black, A. 
 
 Beck, J. H. M., M.D. 
 
 Bruce, E., M.D. 
 
 Bryce, W., M.D. 
 
 Brackenridge, D. J. 
 
 Bramwell, Byron, M.D. 
 
 Brown, J. Macdonald 
 
 Bruce, Alex., M.D. 
 
 Burns, J., M.D. 
 
 Cadell, F. 
 
 Cappie, J., M.D. 
 
 Clouston, T. S., M.D. 
 
 Craig, A., M.D., Pathhead, Ford 
 
 Dickson, G., M.D. 
 
 Dickson, A., M.D. 
 
 Duncan, J., M.D. 
 
 Duncanson, J. Kirk, M.D. 
 
 Dunsmure, J., M.D. 
 
 Falconer, John, M.D., Lassuade 
 
 Eraser, Prof. T. 
 
 Furley, R. C. 
 
 Gordon, J., M.D., East Linton 
 
 Gordon, P., M.D., Juniper Green 
 
 Haldano, Rutherford, M.D. 
 
 Hirschfeld, — , M.D. 
 
 Jamieson, J., M.D. 
 
 Jordan, Gregory P. 
 
 Keillor, A., M.D. 
 
 Keith, J. S., M.D. 
 
 Kerr, W. W. 
 
 9 
 
88 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Edinburgh, continued Kendall, W. B. 
 
 Ivirk, J. B., M.D., JJalJu/ate 
 
 Laycock, Thomas, M.D. 
 
 Lennox, D. 
 
 Library of University of Edinburgh 
 
 Livingstone, Bros. 
 
 Lucas, E., M.D., Dalkeith 
 
 M'Donald, A., M.D., F.E.C.S.E. 
 
 Macdouald, Keith, M.D. 
 
 Macgillivray, C. W., M.D. 
 
 Maclagan, t)., M.D. 
 
 Maclaren, P. H., M.D. 
 
 M'Eae, E., M.B., Feniciiik 
 
 Malcolm, E. B., M.D. 
 
 Middleton, J., M.D. 
 
 Muirhead, W. C, M.D. 
 
 Murdock, J., M.D. 
 
 Pattison, Thomas, M.D. 
 
 Playfair, J., M.D. 
 
 Eoyal College of Surgeons : per Dr. Inglis 
 
 Eoyal Medical Society of Edinburgh 
 
 Eoyal College of Physicians 
 
 Eutherford, W., M.D. 
 
 Eutherford, T., M.D., Kelso 
 
 Sanders, Prof., W. E. 
 
 Scott, Jas., Bonnin<jton 
 
 Sibbald, J., M.D. 
 
 Sidey, J. A., M.D. 
 
 Silke, Ct. B., M.D. 
 
 Simpson, Prof. A., M.D. 
 
 Sinclair, Alexander J., M.D. 
 
 Stewart, T. G., M.D. 
 
 Stewart, D. E., Selkirk 
 
 Stewart, J., M.D. 
 
 Sym, AUan 
 
 Taylor, W., M.D. 
 
 Thomson, A., M.D. 
 
 Underbill, C. E., M.D. 
 
 Valentine, Eev. Cohn S., LL.D., 
 F.E.C.S.E. 
 
 Walker, J. 
 
 Watt, J. D., M.D. 
 
 Weir, T. G., M.D. 
 
 Woodhead, G. S. 
 
 Young, Peter, M.D. 
 
 Young, P. A., M.D., Portohello 
 
 Zeigler, W., M.D. 
 Elgin Duff, G., M.D., hoc. Sec. 
 
 George, J. T., M.D., Keiili, r,iniif 
 
MEMBERS. 89 
 
 Elgin, continued IM'Kav, Morris, IM.D. 
 
 Gallatly, AV., M.l). 
 
 FOEFAR MUREAY, W. F., M.D., Tj)C. Sec. 
 
 ]\Iaclagan, Wedderburn, M.l). 
 
 Hunter, C, M.D. 
 
 Fort Willum Hutchinson, J., M.J). 
 
 Fraserburgh Grieve, A. C. 
 
 Fyvie Greig, A. F. 
 
 Gal.\shikls Somcrville, K., M.D. 
 
 Glasgow Anderson, J. W., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Adams, .J., ]\r.D. 
 
 Agnew, D., M.D. 
 
 Anderson, T. M'Call, M.D. 
 
 Brown, A., M.D. 
 
 Buclianau, T. D., M.D. 
 
 Buchanan, J. M., M.D. 
 
 Burns, J., M.D. 
 
 Carmichacl, N., M.D. 
 
 Carr, W., M.D. 
 
 Cleland, J., M.D. 
 
 Chartcris, M., M.D. 
 
 Coats, Joseph, M.D. 
 
 Connell, E., M.D. 
 
 Core, W., M.D. 
 
 Cowan, R., M.D. 
 
 Dick, J., M.D. 
 
 Duncan, Eben., M.D. 
 
 Farquharson, J., M.D., CoathrUhje 
 
 Fergus, A., M.D. 
 
 Finlaysou, J., M.D. 
 
 Fleming, W. J., M.D. 
 
 Forrest, R. W. 
 
 Frew, — , M.D., NcMinilns 
 
 Fullerton, Neil, M.D., LavilasJi 
 
 Gairdner, W., M.D. 
 
 Glasgow University Medico- Chiruigical 
 
 Society 
 Goff, B., M.D., Bothiccll 
 Gray, J., M.D. 
 Henderson, T. B., M.D., 17 Elmbank 
 
 Crescent 
 Henderson, T. B., 48 Kclnn Grove 
 
 Street 
 Hunter, Walter, M.B. 
 Lapraik, T., M.D. 
 Lawric, J., M.D. 
 Leishman, W., M.D. 
 Love, J. K. 
 
90 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Glasgow, ontinucd Library of University of Glasgow 
 
 Library of Glasgow Faculty of Medicine 
 Library of Faculty of Physicians and 
 
 Surgeons 
 M'Gavin, J., Dmnistoicn 
 M'Fie, Johnstone, M.D. 
 M'Conville, J., M.D. 
 M'Colman, D., M.D., BallachuUsh 
 M'Leod, G. H. B., M.D. 
 M'Vean, J. D. 
 Miller, J., M.D., Sprinyhurn 
 Millar, J., M.D., Wishaw 
 M'Millau, E., M.D., Tradestun 
 Morton, J., M.D. 
 - M'Phail, D., M.D. 
 M'Kenzie, Henry 
 Muir, W., M.D., Bridt/eton 
 Munro, Donald 
 Nairn, J. Stewart, M.D. 
 Napier, — , M.D., Crosshill 
 Newman, — , Partick 
 Patrick, W., M.D. 
 Peden, W. K. 
 Perry, E., M.D. 
 Pollock, A. B. 
 
 PoUok, E., M.D., Follokahiehh 
 Eeid, Thomas, M.D. 
 Eeid, W. L., M.D. 
 Eigby, John 
 
 Eitchie, A., M.D., PoUockshaivs 
 Eobertson, A., M.D. 
 Eobertson, A. M. 
 Semple, E., M.D. 
 Sewell, W. E., M.D., Kincardine-on- 
 
 Forth 
 Simpson, P. A., M.D. 
 Smith, W., M.D. 
 Smith, Thomas 
 Spiers, D., M.D. 
 Steven, J. L. 
 
 Steven, Finlay, M.D., Cuutliridt/c 
 Thomas, M., M.D. 
 Thomson, A. T., M.D. 
 Turner, H., M.D. 
 Walker, E. 
 Wallace, A., M.D. 
 Watson, W. E., Denrmtoini 
 WHson, J. G., M.D. 
 Yeaman, G., M.D. 
 
MEMBERS. 91 
 
 Glasgow, cniiiiudd Young, David, ]\1.D., Pathhead 
 
 Glenluce M'Cormack, W. 
 
 Gkeenock Wallace, J., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Black, J. E., U.D. 
 
 Auld, Charles, M.D. 
 
 Whiteford, — , M.D. 
 
 Carlyle, J., M.D., Auchinull 
 
 Marshall, W. J., M.D. 
 
 M'Dougal, J., M.D. 
 
 Paton, J., M.D. 
 
 Douglas, J., M.D. 
 
 M'Keckuie, W., M.D., Thorndean 
 
 Stewart, A. D. 
 
 ^Yil8on, W. A., M.D. 
 Haddington Howden, T., Jun., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Martinc, W., M.D. 
 Hamilton Loudon, J., M.D. 
 
 Irvine Wilson, W., M.D. 
 
 K^-erness M'Nee, J., M.D. 
 
 Aitken, Thomas 
 M'Donald, W., M.B. 
 
 « 
 
 Jedburgh Blair, W., M.D. 
 
 Johnstone Taylor, M. H., M.B. 
 
 Kelso Johnson, E., M.D. 
 
 KiLCREGGAN Zair, J. M., M.B. 
 
 Kirkcaldy Gordon, H., M.D. 
 
 Kilmarnock Macfarlane, A. W., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Eankin, Guthrie 
 
 Baxter, W., M.D. 
 
 Kilmaurs ]iuchan, George 
 
 Kirkcudbright Urquhart, Andrew J. 
 
 Leith Struthers, J., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Henderson, J., M.D. 
 
 Garland, 0. H., M.D. 
 
 Leshmahagow Lindsay, J. 
 
 Leuchars see St. Andi-ews 
 
 Linlithgow Hunter, G., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Lochgilphead Cameron, J., M.D. 
 
 Melrose Meikle, J., ]\[.D. 
 
 Montrose Howdkn, J. C, M.D., />or. Sec. 
 
 Steele, G., M.D. 
 Musselburgh Scott, T. K., M.D. 
 
 Newburgh see St. Andrews 
 
92 
 
 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 New GaXtLoway 
 
 Newport see St. Andrews 
 
 Millmau, A. M'Kiulay, M.D. 
 
 Paisley Taylor, D., M.D., Loc. &c. 
 
 Donald, J. T., M.D. 
 
 Fraser, Donald, M.D. 
 
 Graham, Thomas, M.D. 
 
 Infirmary Lihrary 
 
 M'Kinlay, — , M.D., Barrhead 
 
 Paton, J., M.D. 
 
 Piichmond, D., M.D, 
 
 Penicuik M'Eae, A. E., M.D. 
 
 Perth Stirling, D. H., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Bramwell, J. P., M.D. 
 
 Irvine, W. S., M.D., Pitlochnj 
 
 Koy, W., M.D. 
 
 Laing, H. W., M.B., Bridge of Earn 
 
 Peterhead JamiesoD, P. 
 
 Pitlochry see Perth 
 
 Port Willloi 
 
 Eutherglen Gorman, J. 
 
 St. Andrews Mackie, J., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Archibald, D., M.D. 
 Library of University of St. Andi'ews 
 Constable, J., M.D., Leuchars 
 Niveu, T., M.D., Newburgh 
 Stewart, J., M.D., Newport 
 Whitelaw, W., M.D. 
 
 Shotts Caldwell, J. 
 
 Skelmorlie Wylie, W., M.D. 
 
 Strathpeffer Middleton, James, M.D. 
 
 Stirling Gibson, C, M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Johnstone, W., M.D. 
 
 Kae, J., M.D. 
 
 Kobertson, J., M.D., Bannocklmrn 
 
 Taynuilt M'Nacnaughton , Allan 
 
 ToMBEG M'Eae, D., M.D. 
 
 Whithorn Douglas, J. C, M.D. 
 
 Wick 
 
 WiGTON M'Bride, Charles, M.D. 
 
MEMBERS. 93 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 Antriji Adams, J. J., M.D. 
 
 Ardee 
 
 Armagh Cuming, Thomas, M.D. 
 
 Frasor,H., M.D. 
 
 Huston, E. Todd, M.D., Tijman 
 
 Palmer, J., M.D. 
 
 Pratt, T., ^[.D. 
 Athloxe Laugstair, II. II., M.D. 
 
 AUGHNACLOY Scott, W., M.D. 
 
 Cordncr, Louis, M., L.K.Q.C.P. 
 
 Bagnalstown Allen, C. D., M.B. 
 
 Ballina Macaulay, R., M.D. 
 
 Belfast Aiken, W., M.D. 
 
 Cuming, Prof. D. 
 
 Purdou, C. D., M.D. 
 
 Purdon, T. H., M.D. 
 
 Whitla, W., M.D. 
 
 Workman, C, M.D. 
 
 Hartree, J, P., M.D. 
 
 Bycrs, J. W., M.A., M.D. 
 
 Esler, E., M.D. 
 
 Ulster Medical Society 
 
 Bellaghy Charles, D. Allen, M.D. 
 
 Boyle OTarrell, H., M.D. 
 
 Bray see Dublin 
 
 Bruff Macnamara, P. J., M.D. 
 
 Carlow O'Meara, Thomas P., M.D. 
 
 O'Meara, W. H., M.D, 
 Cakrick-on-Suir Martin, J., M.D., Jjjc. Sec. 
 
 Eoyuett, J., M.D., Purtlaw 
 
 White, T. K., M.D., Kihheelem- 
 
 Castleisland Nolan, W. 
 
 Castle WELLAN 
 
 Cavan M.MiCOMSON, W., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Cookstown M'lver, W., M.D. 
 
 Cork Finn, E., M.D., Loo. ,S<t. 
 
 Crcmen, Patrick J., M.D. 
 
 Donovan, Dennis, M.D. 
 
 Harvey, J. E., M.D. (for Medical Club) 
 
 Ilobart, N., M.D. 
 
 Jones, M'Naughton, M.D. 
 
 O'SuUivan, S., M.D. 
 
 Queen's College, Cork : per J. England, 
 Esq. 
 
94 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Comi, continued Tanner, W. K., M.D. 
 
 Townsend, E. K., M.D. 
 
 Townseud, W. C, M.D. 
 
 Mulcahy, D. 
 
 CoEOFiN, Co. Clare Macuamara, G. U. 
 
 CuLDAFF Gilmore, T. C, M.D. 
 
 DowNPATRicK Maconcliy, J. K., M.B. 
 
 Dublin Mooke, J, "W., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Armstrong, J. H. 
 
 Banks, J. T., M.D. 
 
 Barker, W. 0., M.D. 
 
 Barton, J. K., M.D. 
 
 Beatty, J. G., M.D. 
 
 Bennett, E. H., M.B. 
 
 Benson, J. Hawtry, M.D. 
 
 Biggar, S. L., M.D. 
 
 Brady, J., M.D. 
 
 Catholic University School of Medicine 
 
 Churchill, F., M.D. 
 
 Colles, W,, M.B. 
 
 Corley, A. H. 
 
 Cruise, J. E., M.D. 
 
 Cryau, E., M.D. 
 
 Daly, F. H. 
 
 Darby, T., M.D., Bray 
 
 Davison, H. A. 
 
 Denham, J., M.D. 
 
 Duffey, G- F., M.D. 
 
 Elhott, W. A. 
 
 Fitzgibbon, H., M.D. 
 
 Fitkgerald, C. E. 
 
 Fitzpatrick, T., M.D. 
 
 Foot, A. W., M.D. 
 
 Grinishaw, T. W. 
 
 Hamilton, E., M.B. 
 
 Haydeu, T., M.D. 
 
 Head, H. H., M.D. 
 
 Hudson, A,, M.D. 
 
 Jennings, W. B. 
 
 Johnston, G., M.D. 
 
 Kelly, J. 
 
 Kidd, G. H., M.D. 
 
 King's & Queen's College of Physicians 
 
 Kirkpatrick, J. E., M.D. 
 
 Library of Meath Hospital 
 
 Library of Adelaide Hospital 
 
 Library of School of Physic in Ireland 
 
 Little, J., M.D. 
 
MEMBEKS. " 95 
 
 Dublin, continued jMatlden, T. W., IM.D. 
 
 Miiiks, A. 11., M.D. 
 
 jMasoii, Thomas 
 M'Dowell, v.. G., M.D. 
 M'Dounell, J., M.D. 
 Minchin, H., M.D. 
 Moore, C. F., M.D. 
 Moore, W., M.D. 
 IMurpliy, J. 
 
 National Library of Ireland 
 Powell, G. W., M.D. 
 Pollock, J. F., BlacJa-ock 
 Peele, E., M.D. 
 Porter, G. H., M.D. 
 Purefoy, R. D., M.D. 
 Eainsford, R,, M.D. 
 Richmond Hospital Library 
 Royal College of Surgeons 
 Shannon, P., M.D. 
 Smvley, P. C. 
 Stoker, W. T., M.D. 
 Thomson, W., M.D. 
 Torney, Thomas, M.D. 
 Tottrell, W. 
 Trinity College Library 
 Wharton, J. H., M.B. 
 Wheeler, W. J., M.D. 
 
 DUNDALK 
 
 Enniscorthy Drapes, Thomas, M.D. 
 
 Enniskerky Barrington, C. E., M.D. 
 
 Gal WAY Queen's College 
 
 Kinkead, Prof., M.D. 
 Glasslough Stewart, R. W., M.D. 
 
 Kilkenny Johnson, Z., M.D. 
 
 KiLLALA 
 
 KiNVARA Nally, W. J. 
 
 Kingstown Adams, W. O'Brien, Tjjc. Sec. 
 
 LiFFORD Little, Robert, INI.B. 
 
 liiMERicK Kane, Thomas, ^M.l )., Loc. Sec. 
 
 I)c Laudre, G., M.B. 
 
 Courtcnay, E. Maziero 
 Londonderry Bernard, Walter, M.D., Iaw. Sec, 
 
 Miller, J. E., M.D. 
 
 White, Jkrnwall, M.D. 
 
96 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Londonderry, continued... M'Cullagli, Jas. A., M.D. 
 
 LOUGHREA 
 
 Magheka M'Gowan, W., M.D. 
 
 Malahide Lloyd, Hans, M.D, 
 
 MoNAGHAN Boss, D. M., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Kobertson, J. C, M.D. 
 MoYNALTY Dundas, G. H. 
 
 Navan Hamilton, F., M.D. 
 
 Newcastle Clarendon, S., M.B. 
 
 Oranmore Geogliegan, Lawrence 
 
 PoMEROY Henry; E., M.D. 
 
 EoscoMMON Harrison, J., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Eoscrea Powell, B. C, M.D., Parkmoor 
 
 Eosstrevor Vesey, T. a., M.B., Loc. Sec. 
 
 EosTELLAN Travers, E. B., F.E.C.S. 
 
 Sligo M'Munn, J., M.D. 
 
 TuLLow Warren, W., M.D. 
 
 Kidd, H. 
 
 Wexford Boxwell, H. H.. M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Cardiff, J. E., M.D., Ballmahola 
 
 EUROPE. 
 
 Bologna (Italy) Ciaccio, Guiseppe, M.D. 
 
 CoMO (Switzerland) Comolli, — , M.D. 
 
 Constantinople (Turkey) Patterson, Jolm 
 
 Florence (Italy) Young, D., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Kazan (Eussia) Inyasevsky, N. J., M.D. 
 
 Madeira GrabLam, T., M.D. 
 
 Marseilles (France) Duranty, E. Nicolas, M.D. 
 
 Nice (France) Crossby, — , M.D. 
 
 Paris Pozzi, S., M.D., Loc. 5<'c. 
 
 Vienna Eoxburgh, E., M.D. 
 
MEMBERS. 97 
 
 AFIUCA. 
 Capetown Gorman, Charles, M.D. 
 
 East London (Cape Col.) Hartley, W. Parley 
 
 Gra.\fEeinett (Cape Col.) Ilislop, G. B,, M.D. 
 
 Port Elizabeth (Algoa Bay) Neebc, C. W., M.D. 
 
 Somerset East (S. Africa) Clarke, Thomas Furze, M.D. 
 
 WiNBURG (Orange Free 
 
 State) Leech, J. 11., M.D. 
 
 ASIA. 
 
 Bombay Banat, H. E. 
 
 Dalai, K. A., M.D. 
 
 Joynt, F. G. 
 
 Joynt, C, M.D. 
 And others 
 
 Belgaum (Bombay) Wall, Kobcrt M. 
 
 Bareilly Loch, J. H., M.D. 
 
 C.-ilcutta Jones, J., M.D. 
 
 Ceylon (Colombo) lunsey, W. E., M.D. 
 
 Hong-Kong General Military Hospital 
 
 Madras Brockman, Surgeon-Major E . F. , />. S( 
 
 King, H., M.B. 
 
 Morgan, AV. H. 
 
 Lloyd, E. E. 
 
 Porter, A., M.D., F.E.C.S.L 
 
 Eobcrtson, C, M.D. 
 
 Cornish, W. E., F.E.C.S. 
 
 Sibthorpe, C. 
 
 Branfoot, A. M., IM.B. 
 
 Nath, J. 
 
 Sturnier, A. J. 
 
 Moran, J. J., M.D. 
 
 Ward, T. 
 
 Boon, H. 
 
 Audy, S. Pulney, M.D. 
 
 Mootoosomar, ]\[oodolmr 
 MouLTAN ]'>L()0i), Joseph, j\I.B., Lor. Src. 
 
98 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 Mouz,TA.T<i, contimied Mullane, J., M.D. 
 
 Juswant, Eai 
 Mysore M'Gann, T. J. 
 
 Nagpur School of Medicine 
 
 Nanii Tal (N. W. P.) ... Cleghorn, James, M.D. 
 
 Obissa Gupta, B. 
 
 Peshawar Haig, P. E. D. H. 
 
 Singapore Kowell, T. S., M.D. 
 
 VizAGAPATAM Smith, J. 
 
 Yokohama & Yedo (Japan) Eldeidge, Stuart, M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 SOUTH AUSTRALIA. 
 
 Adelaide Thomas, J. D., M.D. 
 
 Whittell, Horatio, M.D. 
 
 Way, E. Willis, M.D. 
 
 Armidale Wigan, George, M.D. 
 
 Ararat Morrison, A. 
 
 VICT OBI A. 
 
 Melbourne Barker, E., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 And nineteen Members 
 
 NEW SOUTH WALES. 
 
 Sydney Spark, Jas., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Booker, E. E., M.D. 
 Dixson, Craig, M.D. 
 Durham, J. C. C, M.D. 
 Pickburn, — , M.D. 
 Mackenzie, W. F., M.D. 
 M'Kellar, Charles, M.D. 
 
 NEW ZEALAND. 
 Auckland Auckland Institute 
 
 Canterbury Guthrie, T. Orr, M.D. 
 
MEMBERS. 99 
 
 Christchukch Irving, J. , M.D. , T.<>c. Sec. 
 
 Prius, — . 
 
 Towiicnd, J. 11., L.E.C.P. 
 
 Napiek Dk Lisle, F. L., M.D., Luc. 8cc. 
 
 Cavo, — , M.D. 
 
 Hitcliiiigs, Thomas, M.D. 
 
 Spenser, W. J. 
 
 Todd, Alex., M.D., Waqnuva 
 
 Menzies, — , M.D, 
 Nelson Squire, W. W., M.D. 
 
 Williams, G. 
 
 QUEEXSLAM). 
 Brisbane Flood, S., M.D., Lac. Sec. 
 
 TASMANIA. 
 Swansea Lovett, — , M.D. 
 
 BAUBADOES. 
 
 Wallcott, K., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 Garrison Library, St. Ann's 
 
 UNITED STATES. 
 Abingdon Eeece, Madison, M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 Boston Salter, W. H., M.D., Loc. Sec. 
 
 And thirty-tlirec Members 
 
 Buffalo Cronyn, J. , M.D. 
 
 Samo, J. B., M.D. 
 
 DuBUGUE Horr, Asa, M.D. 
 
 Hay, Walter, M.D. 
 
 Jersey City Watson, B. A., M.D. 
 
 Louisville (Kentucky) ... Library of tlic Polytechnic Society of 
 
 Kentucky 
 Lynn (Massachussctts) ... Pinkham, J. G., M.D. 
 
 SiNG-SiNG Fisher, G. J., M.D. 
 
 Fisher, A. K. 
 Helm, W. A., ^I.D. 
 
100 THE NEW SYDENHAM SOCIETY. 
 
 New York Wood & Co. (Messrs.), Local Agents 
 
 Kuight, C. H., M.D. 
 Aud forty Members 
 
 Phil.\dklphia Blackiston, Presley, Local Agent 
 
 Da Costa, J. M., Pennsylvania 
 
 Meigs, John Forsyth, Pennsglcania 
 
 Lewis, Samuel, Pennsyh-ania 
 
 Hay, Thomas, Pennsylvania 
 
 Ashiirst, John, juu., Pennsylvania 
 
 Stille, Alfred, Pennsylvania 
 
 Collins, James, Pennsylvania 
 
 Atlee, W. L., Pennsylvania 
 
 West, T. H., West Virginia 
 
 Kemper, Gr. H., Indiana 
 
 Otte, C. H., Maryland 
 
 Moses, T. A., Missouri 
 
 Benham, S. M., Pennsylvania 
 
 Schultze, S. S., Pennsylvania 
 
 Ciu'wen, John, Pennsylvania 
 
 Darrach, James, Pennsylvania 
 
 Palmer, J. Dabrey, Florida 
 
 Gaines, E. P., Alabama 
 
 Fleming, A., Pennsylvania 
 
 Prince, David, Illinois 
 
 Hewlett, V. P., New Jersey 
 
 Hearne, J. C, Missouri 
 
 Wey, W. C, New York 
 
 Gamble, D. C, Missouri 
 
 Van der Veer, A., New York 
 
 Carpenter, John S., Pennsylvania 
 
 Surgeon-General, U. S. Navy 
 
 State Hospital for Insane, Warren, 
 
 Pennsylvania 
 Van der Poel, S. 0., New York 
 
 CANADA. 
 DuRHAxAi Gun, Jas., M.D. 
 
 Montreal Nichol, Thos., M.D., LL.B., B.C.L. 
 
 Nova Scotia Maclarty, — , Sydney 
 
 St. Johns (N. Brunswick) Berryman, — , M.D. 
 
 Toronto Geikie, W. B., M.D. 
 
MEMBERS. 101 
 
 WEST INDIES. 
 St. Lucia Galgcy, Otlio, M.D. 
 
 SOUTH AMERICA. 
 Valparaiso Cooper, G. ¥., M.D. 
 
 Argentink IvEPUBLic Froiicl, J. A., lamirio 
 
 JAMAICA. 
 
 Kingston Anderson, J., M.D. 
 
 Wegg, Jolm A. 
 Clarke, J. H., M.D. 
 Saunders, A. R., M.D. 
 
 WEST, NKW-MAN AND CO., I'lUNTKHS, 5.|, HATTuN OAIU)KN, I.uNUuN, K.t', 
 
'^^^ 14 DAY USE ^ 
 
 RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED 
 
 8KKI fillips '^ ""^^^'^^^^ ' 
 
 This book is due oWHW»srimWeMstaittped below,.Qf 
 
 on the date to which renewed. 
 
 Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. 
 
 AfR^O : -o 
 
 ' 
 
 5^.P'65FW 
 
 
 MAY 21 fqgs 
 
 
 ^:?-'65^^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 LD 21-40m.-4,'64 ri ■^'"^'^ Vl^^^F ■ 
 (E4555r10)476 "'"''^"^'^.^'eg^^'''"^ 
 

 ,» .1 /. !